0x40012400: ADC address block description
1/161 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | ISR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | IER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc | CFGR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 | CFGR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 | SMPR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 | AWD1TR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x24 | AWD2TR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x28 | CHSELR0 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x28 | CHSELR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x2c | AWD3TR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x40 | DR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xa0 | AWD2CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xa4 | AWD3CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xb4 | CALFACT | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x308 | CCR |
ADC interrupt and status register
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/10 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CCRDY
rw |
EOCAL
rw |
AWD3
rw |
AWD2
rw |
AWD1
rw |
OVR
rw |
EOS
rw |
EOC
rw |
EOSMP
rw |
ADRDY
rw |
Bit 0: ADC ready This bit is set by hardware after the ADC has been enabled (ADEN = 1) and when the ADC reaches a state where it is ready to accept conversion requests. It is cleared by software writing 1 to it..
Bit 1: End of sampling flag This bit is set by hardware during the conversion, at the end of the sampling phase.It is cleared by software by programming it to 1 ..
Bit 2: End of conversion flag This bit is set by hardware at the end of each conversion of a channel when a new data result is available in the ADC_DR register. It is cleared by software writing 1 to it or by reading the ADC_DR register..
Bit 3: End of sequence flag This bit is set by hardware at the end of the conversion of a sequence of channels selected by the CHSEL bits. It is cleared by software writing 1 to it..
Bit 4: ADC overrun This bit is set by hardware when an overrun occurs, meaning that a new conversion has complete while the EOC flag was already set. It is cleared by software writing 1 to it..
Bit 7: Analog watchdog 1 flag This bit is set by hardware when the converted voltage crosses the values programmed in ADC_TR1 and ADC_HR1 registers. It is cleared by software by programming it to 1..
Bit 8: Analog watchdog 2 flag This bit is set by hardware when the converted voltage crosses the values programmed in ADC_AWD2TR and ADC_AWD2TR registers. It is cleared by software programming it it..
Bit 9: Analog watchdog 3 flag This bit is set by hardware when the converted voltage crosses the values programmed in ADC_AWD3TR and ADC_AWD3TR registers. It is cleared by software by programming it to 1..
Bit 11: End Of Calibration flag This bit is set by hardware when calibration is complete. It is cleared by software writing 1 to it..
Bit 13: Channel Configuration Ready flag This flag bit is set by hardware when the channel configuration is applied after programming to ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR. It is cleared by software by programming it to it. Note: When the software configures the channels (by programming ADC_CHSELR or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), it must wait until the CCRDY flag rises before configuring again or starting conversions, otherwise the new configuration (or the START bit) is ignored. Once the flag is asserted, if the software needs to configure again the channels, it must clear the CCRDY flag before proceeding with a new configuration..
ADC interrupt enable register
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/10 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CCRDYIE
rw |
EOCALIE
rw |
AWD3IE
rw |
AWD2IE
rw |
AWD1IE
rw |
OVRIE
rw |
EOSIE
rw |
EOCIE
rw |
EOSMPIE
rw |
ADRDYIE
rw |
Bit 0: ADC ready interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable the ADC Ready interrupt. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART bit is cleared (this ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 1: End of sampling flag interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable the end of the sampling phase interrupt. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART bit is cleared (this ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 2: End of conversion interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable the end of conversion interrupt. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART bit is cleared (this ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 3: End of conversion sequence interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable the end of sequence of conversions interrupt. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART bit is cleared (this ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 4: Overrun interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable the overrun interrupt. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART bit is cleared (this ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 7: Analog watchdog 1 interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable the analog watchdog interrupt. Note: The Software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART bit is cleared (this ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 8: Analog watchdog 2 interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable the analog watchdog interrupt. Note: The Software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART bit is cleared (this ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 9: Analog watchdog 3 interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable the analog watchdog interrupt. Note: The Software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART bit is cleared (this ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 11: End of calibration interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable the end of calibration interrupt. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART bit is cleared (this ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 13: Channel Configuration Ready Interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable the channel configuration ready interrupt. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART bit is cleared (this ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
ADC control register
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/6 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ADCAL
rw |
ADVREGEN
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
ADSTP
rw |
ADSTART
rw |
ADDIS
rw |
ADEN
rw |
Bit 0: ADC enable command This bit is set by software to enable the ADC. The ADC is effectively ready to operate once the ADRDY flag has been set. It is cleared by hardware when the ADC is disabled, after the execution of the ADDIS command. Note: The software is allowed to set ADEN only when all bits of ADC_CR registers are 0 (ADCAL = 0, ADSTP = 0, ADSTART = 0, ADDIS = 0 and ADEN = 0).
Bit 1: ADC disable command.
Bit 2: ADC start conversion command This bit is set by software to start ADC conversion. Depending on the EXTEN [1:0] configuration bits, a conversion either starts immediately (software trigger configuration) or once a hardware trigger event occurs (hardware trigger configuration). It is cleared by hardware: In single conversion mode (CONT = 0, DISCEN = 0), when software trigger is selected (EXTEN = 00): at the assertion of the end of Conversion Sequence (EOS) flag. In discontinuous conversion mode(CONT = 0, DISCEN = 1), when the software trigger is selected (EXTEN = 00): at the assertion of the end of Conversion (EOC) flag. In all other cases: after the execution of the ADSTP command, at the same time as the ADSTP bit is cleared by hardware. Note: The software is allowed to set ADSTART only when ADEN = 1 and ADDIS = 0 (ADC is enabled and there is no pending request to disable the ADC). Note: After writing to ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIRW, it is mandatory to wait until CCRDY flag is asserted before setting ADSTART, otherwise, the value written to ADSTART is ignored..
Bit 4: ADC stop conversion command.
Bit 28: ADC Voltage Regulator Enable This bit is set by software, to enable the ADC internal voltage regulator. The voltage regulator output is available after t<sub>ADCVREG_STUP</sub>. It is cleared by software to disable the voltage regulator. It can be cleared only if ADEN is et to 0. Note: The software is allowed to program this bit field only when the ADC is disabled (ADCAL = 0, ADSTART = 0, ADSTP = 0, ADDIS = 0 and ADEN = 0)..
Bit 31: ADC calibration This bit is set by software to start the calibration of the ADC. It is cleared by hardware after calibration is complete. Note: The software is allowed to set ADCAL only when the ADC is disabled (ADCAL = 0, ADSTART = 0, ADSTP = 0, ADDIS = 0, AUTOFF = 0, and ADEN = 0). Note: The software is allowed to update the calibration factor by writing ADC_CALFACT only when ADEN = 1 and ADSTART = 0 (ADC enabled and no conversion is ongoing)..
ADC configuration register 1
Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/16 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
AWD1CH
rw |
AWD1EN
rw |
AWD1SGL
rw |
CHSELRMOD
rw |
DISCEN
rw |
|||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
AUTOFF
rw |
WAIT
rw |
CONT
rw |
OVRMOD
rw |
EXTEN
rw |
EXTSEL
rw |
ALIGN
rw |
RES
rw |
SCANDIR
rw |
DMACFG
rw |
DMAEN
rw |
Bit 0: Direct memory access enable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable the generation of DMA requests. This allows the DMA controller to be used to manage automatically the converted data. For more details, refer to Section 16.6.5: Managing converted data using the DMA on page 325..
Bit 1: Direct memory access configuration This bit is set and cleared by software to select between two DMA modes of operation and is effective only when DMAEN = 1. For more details, refer to Section 16.6.5: Managing converted data using the DMA on page 325..
Bit 2: Scan sequence direction This bit is set and cleared by software to select the direction in which the channels is scanned in the sequence. It is effective only if CHSELMOD bit is cleared. Note: If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..
Bits 3-4: Data resolution These bits are written by software to select the resolution of the conversion..
Bit 5: Data alignment This bit is set and cleared by software to select right or left alignment. Refer to Figure 43: Data alignment and resolution (oversampling disabled: OVSE = 0) on page 323.
Bits 6-8: External trigger selection These bits select the external event used to trigger the start of conversion (refer to Table 67: External triggers for details):.
Bits 10-11: External trigger enable and polarity selection These bits are set and cleared by software to select the external trigger polarity and enable the trigger..
Bit 12: Overrun management mode This bit is set and cleared by software and configure the way data overruns are managed..
Bit 13: Single / continuous conversion mode This bit is set and cleared by software. If it is set, conversion takes place continuously until it is cleared. Note: It is not possible to have both discontinuous mode and continuous mode enabled: it is forbidden to set both bits DISCEN = 1 and CONT = 1..
Bit 14: Wait conversion mode This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable wait conversion mode.<sup>.</sup>.
Bit 15: Auto-off mode This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable auto-off mode.<sup>.</sup>.
Bit 16: Discontinuous mode This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable discontinuous mode. Note: It is not possible to have both discontinuous mode and continuous mode enabled: it is forbidden to set both bits DISCEN = 1 and CONT = 1..
Bit 21: Mode selection of the ADC_CHSELR register This bit is set and cleared by software to control the ADC_CHSELR feature: Note: If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..
Bit 22: Enable the watchdog on a single channel or on all channels This bit is set and cleared by software to enable the analog watchdog on the channel identified by the AWDCH[4:0] bits or on all the channels.
Bit 23: Analog watchdog enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bits 26-30: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They select the input channel to be guarded by the analog watchdog. ..... Others: Reserved Note: The channel selected by the AWDCH[4:0] bits must be also set into the CHSELR register..
ADC configuration register 2
Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/6 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CKMODE
rw |
LFTRIG
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TOVS
rw |
OVSS
rw |
OVSR
rw |
OVSE
rw |
Bit 0: Oversampler Enable This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADEN bit is cleared..
Bits 2-4: Oversampling ratio This bit filed defines the number of oversampling ratio. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADEN bit is cleared..
Bits 5-8: Oversampling shift This bit is set and cleared by software. Others: Reserved Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADEN bit is cleared..
Bit 9: Triggered Oversampling This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADEN bit is cleared..
Bit 29: Low frequency trigger mode enable This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADEN bit is cleared..
Bits 30-31: ADC clock mode These bits are set and cleared by software to define how the analog ADC is clocked: In all synchronous clock modes, there is no jitter in the delay from a timer trigger to the start of a conversion. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when the ADC is disabled (ADCAL = 0, ADSTART = 0, ADSTP = 0, ADDIS = 0 and ADEN = 0)..
ADC sampling time register
Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/25 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
SMPSEL22
rw |
SMPSEL21
rw |
SMPSEL20
rw |
SMPSEL19
rw |
SMPSEL18
rw |
SMPSEL17
rw |
SMPSEL16
rw |
SMPSEL15
rw |
SMPSEL14
rw |
SMPSEL13
rw |
SMPSEL12
rw |
SMPSEL11
rw |
SMPSEL10
rw |
SMPSEL9
rw |
SMPSEL8
rw |
|
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
SMPSEL7
rw |
SMPSEL6
rw |
SMPSEL5
rw |
SMPSEL4
rw |
SMPSEL3
rw |
SMPSEL2
rw |
SMPSEL1
rw |
SMPSEL0
rw |
SMP2
rw |
SMP1
rw |
Bits 0-2: Sampling time selection 1 These bits are written by software to select the sampling time that applies to all channels. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bits 4-6: Sampling time selection 2 These bits are written by software to select the sampling time that applies to all channels. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 8: Channel-x sampling time selection (x = 22 to 0) These bits are written by software to define which sampling time is used. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: Refer to Section 16.3: ADC implementation for the maximum number of channels..
Bit 9: Channel-x sampling time selection (x = 22 to 0) These bits are written by software to define which sampling time is used. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: Refer to Section 16.3: ADC implementation for the maximum number of channels..
Bit 10: Channel-x sampling time selection (x = 22 to 0) These bits are written by software to define which sampling time is used. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: Refer to Section 16.3: ADC implementation for the maximum number of channels..
Bit 11: Channel-x sampling time selection (x = 22 to 0) These bits are written by software to define which sampling time is used. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: Refer to Section 16.3: ADC implementation for the maximum number of channels..
Bit 12: Channel-x sampling time selection (x = 22 to 0) These bits are written by software to define which sampling time is used. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: Refer to Section 16.3: ADC implementation for the maximum number of channels..
Bit 13: Channel-x sampling time selection (x = 22 to 0) These bits are written by software to define which sampling time is used. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: Refer to Section 16.3: ADC implementation for the maximum number of channels..
Bit 14: Channel-x sampling time selection (x = 22 to 0) These bits are written by software to define which sampling time is used. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: Refer to Section 16.3: ADC implementation for the maximum number of channels..
Bit 15: Channel-x sampling time selection (x = 22 to 0) These bits are written by software to define which sampling time is used. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: Refer to Section 16.3: ADC implementation for the maximum number of channels..
Bit 16: Channel-x sampling time selection (x = 22 to 0) These bits are written by software to define which sampling time is used. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: Refer to Section 16.3: ADC implementation for the maximum number of channels..
Bit 17: Channel-x sampling time selection (x = 22 to 0) These bits are written by software to define which sampling time is used. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: Refer to Section 16.3: ADC implementation for the maximum number of channels..
Bit 18: Channel-x sampling time selection (x = 22 to 0) These bits are written by software to define which sampling time is used. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: Refer to Section 16.3: ADC implementation for the maximum number of channels..
Bit 19: Channel-x sampling time selection (x = 22 to 0) These bits are written by software to define which sampling time is used. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: Refer to Section 16.3: ADC implementation for the maximum number of channels..
Bit 20: Channel-x sampling time selection (x = 22 to 0) These bits are written by software to define which sampling time is used. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: Refer to Section 16.3: ADC implementation for the maximum number of channels..
Bit 21: Channel-x sampling time selection (x = 22 to 0) These bits are written by software to define which sampling time is used. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: Refer to Section 16.3: ADC implementation for the maximum number of channels..
Bit 22: Channel-x sampling time selection (x = 22 to 0) These bits are written by software to define which sampling time is used. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: Refer to Section 16.3: ADC implementation for the maximum number of channels..
Bit 23: Channel-x sampling time selection (x = 22 to 0) These bits are written by software to define which sampling time is used. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: Refer to Section 16.3: ADC implementation for the maximum number of channels..
Bit 24: Channel-x sampling time selection (x = 22 to 0) These bits are written by software to define which sampling time is used. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: Refer to Section 16.3: ADC implementation for the maximum number of channels..
Bit 25: Channel-x sampling time selection (x = 22 to 0) These bits are written by software to define which sampling time is used. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: Refer to Section 16.3: ADC implementation for the maximum number of channels..
Bit 26: Channel-x sampling time selection (x = 22 to 0) These bits are written by software to define which sampling time is used. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: Refer to Section 16.3: ADC implementation for the maximum number of channels..
Bit 27: Channel-x sampling time selection (x = 22 to 0) These bits are written by software to define which sampling time is used. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: Refer to Section 16.3: ADC implementation for the maximum number of channels..
Bit 28: Channel-x sampling time selection (x = 22 to 0) These bits are written by software to define which sampling time is used. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: Refer to Section 16.3: ADC implementation for the maximum number of channels..
Bit 29: Channel-x sampling time selection (x = 22 to 0) These bits are written by software to define which sampling time is used. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: Refer to Section 16.3: ADC implementation for the maximum number of channels..
Bit 30: Channel-x sampling time selection (x = 22 to 0) These bits are written by software to define which sampling time is used. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: Refer to Section 16.3: ADC implementation for the maximum number of channels..
ADC watchdog threshold register
Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x0FFF0000, access: read-write
0/2 fields covered.
Bits 0-11: Analog watchdog 1 lower threshold These bits are written by software to define the lower threshold for the analog watchdog. Refer to Section 16.8: Analog window watchdogs on page 329..
Bits 16-27: Analog watchdog 1 higher threshold These bits are written by software to define the higher threshold for the analog watchdog. Refer to Section 16.8: Analog window watchdogs on page 329..
ADC watchdog threshold register
Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x0FFF0000, access: read-write
0/2 fields covered.
Bits 0-11: Analog watchdog 2 lower threshold These bits are written by software to define the lower threshold for the analog watchdog. Refer to Section 16.8: Analog window watchdogs on page 329..
Bits 16-27: Analog watchdog 2 higher threshold These bits are written by software to define the higher threshold for the analog watchdog. Refer to Section 16.8: Analog window watchdogs on page 329..
ADC channel selection register
Offset: 0x28, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/23 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CHSEL22
rw |
CHSEL21
rw |
CHSEL20
rw |
CHSEL19
rw |
CHSEL18
rw |
CHSEL17
rw |
CHSEL16
rw |
|||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CHSEL15
rw |
CHSEL14
rw |
CHSEL13
rw |
CHSEL12
rw |
CHSEL11
rw |
CHSEL10
rw |
CHSEL9
rw |
CHSEL8
rw |
CHSEL7
rw |
CHSEL6
rw |
CHSEL5
rw |
CHSEL4
rw |
CHSEL3
rw |
CHSEL2
rw |
CHSEL1
rw |
CHSEL0
rw |
Bit 0: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Refer to Figure 35: ADC connectivity for ADC inputs connected to external channels and internal sources. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..
Bit 1: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Refer to Figure 35: ADC connectivity for ADC inputs connected to external channels and internal sources. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..
Bit 2: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Refer to Figure 35: ADC connectivity for ADC inputs connected to external channels and internal sources. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..
Bit 3: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Refer to Figure 35: ADC connectivity for ADC inputs connected to external channels and internal sources. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..
Bit 4: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Refer to Figure 35: ADC connectivity for ADC inputs connected to external channels and internal sources. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..
Bit 5: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Refer to Figure 35: ADC connectivity for ADC inputs connected to external channels and internal sources. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..
Bit 6: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Refer to Figure 35: ADC connectivity for ADC inputs connected to external channels and internal sources. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..
Bit 7: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Refer to Figure 35: ADC connectivity for ADC inputs connected to external channels and internal sources. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..
Bit 8: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Refer to Figure 35: ADC connectivity for ADC inputs connected to external channels and internal sources. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..
Bit 9: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Refer to Figure 35: ADC connectivity for ADC inputs connected to external channels and internal sources. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..
Bit 10: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Refer to Figure 35: ADC connectivity for ADC inputs connected to external channels and internal sources. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..
Bit 11: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Refer to Figure 35: ADC connectivity for ADC inputs connected to external channels and internal sources. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..
Bit 12: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Refer to Figure 35: ADC connectivity for ADC inputs connected to external channels and internal sources. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..
Bit 13: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Refer to Figure 35: ADC connectivity for ADC inputs connected to external channels and internal sources. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..
Bit 14: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Refer to Figure 35: ADC connectivity for ADC inputs connected to external channels and internal sources. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..
Bit 15: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Refer to Figure 35: ADC connectivity for ADC inputs connected to external channels and internal sources. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..
Bit 16: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Refer to Figure 35: ADC connectivity for ADC inputs connected to external channels and internal sources. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..
Bit 17: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Refer to Figure 35: ADC connectivity for ADC inputs connected to external channels and internal sources. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..
Bit 18: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Refer to Figure 35: ADC connectivity for ADC inputs connected to external channels and internal sources. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..
Bit 19: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Refer to Figure 35: ADC connectivity for ADC inputs connected to external channels and internal sources. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..
Bit 20: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Refer to Figure 35: ADC connectivity for ADC inputs connected to external channels and internal sources. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..
Bit 21: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Refer to Figure 35: ADC connectivity for ADC inputs connected to external channels and internal sources. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..
Bit 22: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Refer to Figure 35: ADC connectivity for ADC inputs connected to external channels and internal sources. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..
ADC channel selection register
Offset: 0x28, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/8 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
SQ8
rw |
SQ7
rw |
SQ6
rw |
SQ5
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
SQ4
rw |
SQ3
rw |
SQ2
rw |
SQ1
rw |
Bits 0-3: 1st conversion of the sequence These bits are programmed by software with the channel number (0...14) assigned to the 8th conversion of the sequence. 0b1111 indicates end of the sequence. When 0b1111 (end of sequence) is programmed to the lower sequence channels, these bits are ignored. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bits 4-7: 2nd conversion of the sequence These bits are programmed by software with the channel number (0...14) assigned to the 8th conversion of the sequence. 0b1111 indicates end of the sequence. When 0b1111 (end of sequence) is programmed to the lower sequence channels, these bits are ignored. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bits 8-11: 3rd conversion of the sequence These bits are programmed by software with the channel number (0...14) assigned to the 8th conversion of the sequence. 0b1111 indicates end of the sequence. When 0b1111 (end of sequence) is programmed to the lower sequence channels, these bits are ignored. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bits 12-15: 4th conversion of the sequence These bits are programmed by software with the channel number (0...14) assigned to the 8th conversion of the sequence. 0b1111 indicates end of the sequence. When 0b1111 (end of sequence) is programmed to the lower sequence channels, these bits are ignored. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bits 16-19: 5th conversion of the sequence These bits are programmed by software with the channel number (0...14) assigned to the 8th conversion of the sequence. 0b1111 indicates end of the sequence. When 0b1111 (end of sequence) is programmed to the lower sequence channels, these bits are ignored. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bits 20-23: 6th conversion of the sequence These bits are programmed by software with the channel number (0...14) assigned to the 8th conversion of the sequence. 0b1111 indicates end of the sequence. When 0b1111 (end of sequence) is programmed to the lower sequence channels, these bits are ignored. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bits 24-27: 7th conversion of the sequence These bits are programmed by software with the channel number (0...14) assigned to the 8th conversion of the sequence. 0b1111 indicates end of the sequence. When 0b1111 (end of sequence) is programmed to the lower sequence channels, these bits are ignored. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bits 28-31: 8th conversion of the sequence These bits are programmed by software with the channel number (0...14) assigned to the 8th conversion of the sequence. 0b1111 indicates the end of the sequence. When 0b1111 (end of sequence) is programmed to the lower sequence channels, these bits are ignored. ... Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
ADC watchdog threshold register
Offset: 0x2c, size: 32, reset: 0x0FFF0000, access: read-write
0/2 fields covered.
Bits 0-11: Analog watchdog 3lower threshold These bits are written by software to define the lower threshold for the analog watchdog. Refer to Section 16.8: Analog window watchdogs on page 329..
Bits 16-27: Analog watchdog 3 higher threshold These bits are written by software to define the higher threshold for the analog watchdog. Refer to Section 16.8: Analog window watchdogs on page 329..
ADC data register
Offset: 0x40, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DATA
r |
Bits 0-15: Converted data These bits are read-only. They contain the conversion result from the last converted channel. The data are left- or right-aligned as shown in Figure 43: Data alignment and resolution (oversampling disabled: OVSE = 0) on page 323. Just after a calibration is complete, DATA[6:0] contains the calibration factor..
ADC analog watchdog 2 configuration register
Offset: 0xa0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/23 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
AWD2CH22
rw |
AWD2CH21
rw |
AWD2CH20
rw |
AWD2CH19
rw |
AWD2CH18
rw |
AWD2CH17
rw |
AWD2CH16
rw |
|||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
AWD2CH15
rw |
AWD2CH14
rw |
AWD2CH13
rw |
AWD2CH12
rw |
AWD2CH11
rw |
AWD2CH10
rw |
AWD2CH9
rw |
AWD2CH8
rw |
AWD2CH7
rw |
AWD2CH6
rw |
AWD2CH5
rw |
AWD2CH4
rw |
AWD2CH3
rw |
AWD2CH2
rw |
AWD2CH1
rw |
AWD2CH0
rw |
Bit 0: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 1: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 2: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 3: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 4: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 5: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 6: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 7: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 8: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 9: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 10: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 11: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 12: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 13: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 14: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 15: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 16: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 17: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 18: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 19: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 20: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 21: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 22: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
ADC Analog Watchdog 3 Configuration register
Offset: 0xa4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/23 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
AWD3CH22
rw |
AWD3CH21
rw |
AWD3CH20
rw |
AWD3CH19
rw |
AWD3CH18
rw |
AWD3CH17
rw |
AWD3CH16
rw |
|||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
AWD3CH15
rw |
AWD3CH14
rw |
AWD3CH13
rw |
AWD3CH12
rw |
AWD3CH11
rw |
AWD3CH10
rw |
AWD3CH9
rw |
AWD3CH8
rw |
AWD3CH7
rw |
AWD3CH6
rw |
AWD3CH5
rw |
AWD3CH4
rw |
AWD3CH3
rw |
AWD3CH2
rw |
AWD3CH1
rw |
AWD3CH0
rw |
Bit 0: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 1: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 2: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 3: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 4: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 5: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 6: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 7: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 8: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 9: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 10: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 11: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 12: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 13: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 14: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 15: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 16: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 17: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 18: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 19: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 20: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 21: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 22: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
ADC calibration factor
Offset: 0xb4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CALFACT
rw |
Bits 0-6: Calibration factor These bits are written by hardware or by software. Once a calibration is complete, they are updated by hardware with the calibration factors. Software can write these bits with a new calibration factor. If the new calibration factor is different from the current one stored into the analog ADC, it is then applied once a new conversion is launched. Just after a calibration is complete, DATA[6:0] contains the calibration factor. Note: Software can write these bits only when ADEN=1 (ADC is enabled and no calibration is ongoing and no conversion is ongoing)..
ADC common configuration register
Offset: 0x308, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/3 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TSEN
rw |
VREFEN
rw |
PRESC
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
Bits 18-21: ADC prescaler Set and cleared by software to select the frequency of the clock to the ADC. Other: Reserved Note: Software is allowed to write these bits only when the ADC is disabled (ADCAL = 0, ADSTART = 0, ADSTP = 0, ADDIS = 0 and ADEN = 0)..
Bit 22: V<sub>REFINT</sub> enable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable the V<sub>REFINT</sub>. Note: Software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 23: Temperature sensor enable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable the temperature sensor. Note: Software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
0x40023000: CRC address block description
0/8 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | DR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | IDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 | INIT | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 | POL |
CRC data register
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0xFFFFFFFF, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
CRC independent data register
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
CRC control register
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/4 fields covered.
Bit 0: RESET bit This bit is set by software to reset the CRC calculation unit and set the data register to the value stored in the CRC_INIT register. This bit can only be set, it is automatically cleared by hardware.
Bits 3-4: Polynomial size These bits control the size of the polynomial..
Bits 5-6: Reverse input data This bitfield controls the reversal of the bit order of the input data.
Bit 7: Reverse output data This bit controls the reversal of the bit order of the output data..
CRC initial value
Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0xFFFFFFFF, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
0x40006c00: CRS address block description
9/26 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | CFGR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | ISR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc | ICR |
CRS control register
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00004000, access: read-write
0/8 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TRIM
rw |
SWSYNC
rw |
AUTOTRIMEN
rw |
CEN
rw |
ESYNCIE
rw |
ERRIE
rw |
SYNCWARNIE
rw |
SYNCOKIE
rw |
Bit 0: SYNC event OK interrupt enable.
Bit 1: SYNC warning interrupt enable.
Bit 2: Synchronization or trimming error interrupt enable.
Bit 3: Expected SYNC interrupt enable.
Bit 5: Frequency error counter enable This bit enables the oscillator clock for the frequency error counter. When this bit is set, the CRS_CFGR register is write-protected and cannot be modified..
Bit 6: Automatic trimming enable This bit enables the automatic hardware adjustment of TRIM bits according to the measured frequency error between two SYNC events. If this bit is set, the TRIM bits are read-only. The TRIM value can be adjusted by hardware by one or two steps at a time, depending on the measured frequency error value. Refer to Section 7.4.4 for more details..
Bit 7: Generate software SYNC event This bit is set by software in order to generate a software SYNC event. It is automatically cleared by hardware..
Bits 8-14: HSI48 oscillator smooth trimming The default value of the HSI48 oscillator smooth trimming is 64, which corresponds to the middle of the trimming interval..
CRS configuration register
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x2022BB7F, access: read-write
0/5 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
SYNCPOL
rw |
SYNCSRC
rw |
SYNCDIV
rw |
FELIM
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
RELOAD
rw |
Bits 0-15: Counter reload value RELOAD is the value to be loaded in the frequency error counter with each SYNC event. Refer to Section 7.4.3 for more details about counter behavior..
Bits 16-23: Frequency error limit FELIM contains the value to be used to evaluate the captured frequency error value latched in the FECAP[15:0] bits of the CRS_ISR register. Refer to Section 7.4.4 for more details about FECAP evaluation..
Bits 24-26: SYNC divider These bits are set and cleared by software to control the division factor of the SYNC signal..
Bits 28-29: SYNC signal source selection These bits are set and cleared by software to select the SYNC signal source (see Table 28): Note: When using USB LPM (Link Power Management) and the device is in Sleep mode, the periodic USB SOF is not generated by the host. No SYNC signal is therefore provided to the CRS to calibrate the HSI48 oscillator on the run. To guarantee the required clock precision after waking up from Sleep mode, the LSE or reference clock on the GPIOs must be used as SYNC signal..
Bit 31: SYNC polarity selection This bit is set and cleared by software to select the input polarity for the SYNC signal source..
CRS interrupt and status register
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
9/9 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
FECAP
r |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
FEDIR
r |
TRIMOVF
r |
SYNCMISS
r |
SYNCERR
r |
ESYNCF
r |
ERRF
r |
SYNCWARNF
r |
SYNCOKF
r |
Bit 0: SYNC event OK flag This flag is set by hardware when the measured frequency error is smaller than FELIM * 3. This means that either no adjustment of the TRIM value is needed or that an adjustment by one trimming step is enough to compensate the frequency error. An interrupt is generated if the SYNCOKIE bit is set in the CRS_CR register. It is cleared by software by setting the SYNCOKC bit in the CRS_ICR register..
Bit 1: SYNC warning flag This flag is set by hardware when the measured frequency error is greater than or equal to FELIM * 3, but smaller than FELIM * 128. This means that to compensate the frequency error, the TRIM value must be adjusted by two steps or more. An interrupt is generated if the SYNCWARNIE bit is set in the CRS_CR register. It is cleared by software by setting the SYNCWARNC bit in the CRS_ICR register..
Bit 2: Error flag This flag is set by hardware in case of any synchronization or trimming error. It is the logical OR of the TRIMOVF, SYNCMISS and SYNCERR bits. An interrupt is generated if the ERRIE bit is set in the CRS_CR register. It is cleared by software in reaction to setting the ERRC bit in the CRS_ICR register, which clears the TRIMOVF, SYNCMISS and SYNCERR bits..
Bit 3: Expected SYNC flag This flag is set by hardware when the frequency error counter reached a zero value. An interrupt is generated if the ESYNCIE bit is set in the CRS_CR register. It is cleared by software by setting the ESYNCC bit in the CRS_ICR register..
Bit 8: SYNC error This flag is set by hardware when the SYNC pulse arrives before the ESYNC event and the measured frequency error is greater than or equal to FELIM * 128. This means that the frequency error is too big (internal frequency too low) to be compensated by adjusting the TRIM value, and that some other action has to be taken. An interrupt is generated if the ERRIE bit is set in the CRS_CR register. It is cleared by software by setting the ERRC bit in the CRS_ICR register..
Bit 9: SYNC missed This flag is set by hardware when the frequency error counter reaches value FELIM * 128 and no SYNC is detected, meaning either that a SYNC pulse was missed, or the frequency error is too big (internal frequency too high) to be compensated by adjusting the TRIM value, hence some other action must be taken. At this point, the frequency error counter is stopped (waiting for a next SYNC), and an interrupt is generated if the ERRIE bit is set in the CRS_CR register. It is cleared by software by setting the ERRC bit in the CRS_ICR register..
Bit 10: Trimming overflow or underflow This flag is set by hardware when the automatic trimming tries to over- or under-flow the TRIM value. An interrupt is generated if the ERRIE bit is set in the CRS_CR register. It is cleared by software by setting the ERRC bit in the CRS_ICR register..
Bit 15: Frequency error direction FEDIR is the counting direction of the frequency error counter latched in the time of the last SYNC event. It shows whether the actual frequency is below or above the target..
Bits 16-31: Frequency error capture FECAP is the frequency error counter value latched in the time of the last SYNC event. Refer to Section 7.4.4 for more details about FECAP usage..
CRS interrupt flag clear register
Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/4 fields covered.
Bit 0: SYNC event OK clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the SYNCOKF flag in the CRS_ISR register..
Bit 1: SYNC warning clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the SYNCWARNF flag in the CRS_ISR register..
Bit 2: Error clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears TRIMOVF, SYNCMISS and SYNCERR bits and consequently also the ERRF flag in the CRS_ISR register..
Bit 3: Expected SYNC clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the ESYNCF flag in the CRS_ISR register..
0x40015800: DBG address block description
2/14 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | IDCODE | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | APB_FZ1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc | APB_FZ2 |
DBG device ID code register
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
2/2 fields covered.
DBG configuration register
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/2 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DBG_STANDBY
rw |
DBG_STOP
rw |
DBG APB freeze register 1
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/6 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DBG_I2C1_SMBUS_TIMEOUT
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
DBG_IWDG_STOP
rw |
DBG_WWDG_STOP
rw |
DBG_RTC_STOP
rw |
DBG_TIM3_STOP
rw |
DBG_TIM2_STOP
rw |
Bit 0: Clocking of TIM2 counter when the core is halted This bit enables/disables the clock to the counter of TIM2 when the core is halted: This bit is only available on STM32C071xx. On the other devices, it is reserved..
Bit 1: Clocking of TIM3 counter when the core is halted This bit enables/disables the clock to the counter of TIM3 when the core is halted:.
Bit 10: Clocking of RTC counter when the core is halted This bit enables/disables the clock to the counter of RTC when the core is halted:.
Bit 11: Clocking of WWDG counter when the core is halted This bit enables/disables the clock to the counter of WWDG when the core is halted:.
Bit 12: Clocking of IWDG counter when the core is halted This bit enables/disables the clock to the counter of IWDG when the core is halted:.
Bit 21: SMBUS timeout when core is halted.
DBG APB freeze register 2
Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/4 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DBG_TIM17_STOP
rw |
DBG_TIM16_STOP
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
DBG_TIM14_STOP
rw |
DBG_TIM1_STOP
rw |
Bit 11: Clocking of TIM1 counter when the core is halted This bit enables/disables the clock to the counter of TIM1 when the core is halted:.
Bit 15: Clocking of TIM14 counter when the core is halted This bit enables/disables the clock to the counter of TIM14 when the core is halted:.
Bit 17: Clocking of TIM16 counter when the core is halted This bit enables/disables the clock to the counter of TIM16 when the core is halted:.
Bit 18: Clocking of TIM17 counter when the core is halted This bit enables/disables the clock to the counter of TIM17 when the core is halted:.
0x40020000: DMA register bank
20/115 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | ISR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | IFCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | CCR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc | CNDTR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 | CPAR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 | CMAR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1c | CCR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 | CNDTR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x24 | CPAR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x28 | CMAR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x30 | CCR3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x34 | CNDTR3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x38 | CPAR3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x3c | CMAR3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x44 | CCR4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x48 | CNDTR4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4c | CPAR4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x50 | CMAR4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x58 | CCR5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x5c | CNDTR5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x60 | CPAR5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x64 | CMAR5 |
DMA interrupt status register
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
20/20 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TEIF5
r |
HTIF5
r |
TCIF5
r |
GIF5
r |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TEIF4
r |
HTIF4
r |
TCIF4
r |
GIF4
r |
TEIF3
r |
HTIF3
r |
TCIF3
r |
GIF3
r |
TEIF2
r |
HTIF2
r |
TCIF2
r |
GIF2
r |
TEIF1
r |
HTIF1
r |
TCIF1
r |
GIF1
r |
Bit 0: Global interrupt flag for channel 1.
Bit 1: Transfer complete (TC) flag for channel 1.
Bit 2: Half transfer (HT) flag for channel 1.
Bit 3: Transfer error (TE) flag for channel 1.
Bit 4: Global interrupt flag for channel 2.
Bit 5: Transfer complete (TC) flag for channel 2.
Bit 6: Half transfer (HT) flag for channel 2.
Bit 7: Transfer error (TE) flag for channel 2.
Bit 8: Global interrupt flag for channel 3.
Bit 9: Transfer complete (TC) flag for channel 3.
Bit 10: Half transfer (HT) flag for channel 3.
Bit 11: Transfer error (TE) flag for channel 3.
Bit 12: global interrupt flag for channel 4.
Bit 13: Transfer complete (TC) flag for channel 4.
Bit 14: Half transfer (HT) flag for channel 4.
Bit 15: Transfer error (TE) flag for channel 4.
Bit 16: global interrupt flag for channel 5.
Bit 17: Transfer complete (TC) flag for channel 5.
Bit 18: Half transfer (HT) flag for channel 5.
Bit 19: Transfer error (TE) flag for channel 5.
DMA interrupt flag clear register
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only
0/20 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CTEIF5
w |
CHTIF5
w |
CTCIF5
w |
CGIF5
w |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CTEIF4
w |
CHTIF4
w |
CTCIF4
w |
CGIF4
w |
CTEIF3
w |
CHTIF3
w |
CTCIF3
w |
CGIF3
w |
CTEIF2
w |
CHTIF2
w |
CTCIF2
w |
CGIF2
w |
CTEIF1
w |
CHTIF1
w |
CTCIF1
w |
CGIF1
w |
Bit 0: Global interrupt flag clear for channel 1.
Bit 1: Transfer complete flag clear for channel 1.
Bit 2: Half transfer flag clear for channel 1.
Bit 3: Transfer error flag clear for channel 1.
Bit 4: Global interrupt flag clear for channel 2.
Bit 5: Transfer complete flag clear for channel 2.
Bit 6: Half transfer flag clear for channel 2.
Bit 7: Transfer error flag clear for channel 2.
Bit 8: Global interrupt flag clear for channel 3.
Bit 9: Transfer complete flag clear for channel 3.
Bit 10: Half transfer flag clear for channel 3.
Bit 11: Transfer error flag clear for channel 3.
Bit 12: Global interrupt flag clear for channel 4.
Bit 13: Transfer complete flag clear for channel 4.
Bit 14: Half transfer flag clear for channel 4.
Bit 15: Transfer error flag clear for channel 4.
Bit 16: Global interrupt flag clear for channel 5.
Bit 17: Transfer complete flag clear for channel 5.
Bit 18: Half transfer flag clear for channel 5.
Bit 19: Transfer error flag clear for channel 5.
DMA channel 1 configuration register
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/12 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
MEM2MEM
rw |
PL
rw |
MSIZE
rw |
PSIZE
rw |
MINC
rw |
PINC
rw |
CIRC
rw |
DIR
rw |
TEIE
rw |
HTIE
rw |
TCIE
rw |
EN
rw |
Bit 0: Channel enable When a channel transfer error occurs, this bit is cleared by hardware. It can not be set again by software (channel x re-activated) until the TEIFx bit of the DMA_ISR register is cleared (by setting the CTEIFx bit of the DMA_IFCR register). Note: This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 1: Transfer complete interrupt enable Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
Bit 2: Half transfer interrupt enable Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
Bit 3: Transfer error interrupt enable Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
Bit 4: Data transfer direction This bit must be set only in memory-to-peripheral and peripheral-to-memory modes. Source attributes are defined by PSIZE and PINC, plus the DMA_CPARx register. This is still valid in a memory-to-memory mode. Destination attributes are defined by MSIZE and MINC, plus the DMA_CMARx register. This is still valid in a peripheral-to-peripheral mode. Destination attributes are defined by PSIZE and PINC, plus the DMA_CPARx register. This is still valid in a memory-to-memory mode. Source attributes are defined by MSIZE and MINC, plus the DMA_CMARx register. This is still valid in a peripheral-to-peripheral mode. Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
Bit 5: Circular mode Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
Bit 6: Peripheral increment mode Defines the increment mode for each DMA transfer to the identified peripheral. n memory-to-memory mode, this bit identifies the memory destination if DIR = 1 and the memory source if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bit identifies the peripheral destination if DIR = 1 and the peripheral source if DIR = 0. Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
Bit 7: Memory increment mode Defines the increment mode for each DMA transfer to the identified memory. In memory-to-memory mode, this bit identifies the memory source if DIR = 1 and the memory destination if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bit identifies the peripheral source if DIR = 1 and the peripheral destination if DIR = 0. Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
Bits 8-9: Peripheral size Defines the data size of each DMA transfer to the identified peripheral. In memory-to-memory mode, this bitfield identifies the memory destination if DIR = 1 and the memory source if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bitfield identifies the peripheral destination if DIR = 1 and the peripheral source if DIR = 0. Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
Bits 10-11: Memory size Defines the data size of each DMA transfer to the identified memory. In memory-to-memory mode, this bitfield identifies the memory source if DIR = 1 and the memory destination if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bitfield identifies the peripheral source if DIR = 1 and the peripheral destination if DIR = 0. Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
Bits 12-13: Priority level Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
Bit 14: Memory-to-memory mode Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
DMA channel 1 number of data to transfer register
Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
NDT
rw |
Bits 0-15: Number of data to transfer (0 to 2<sup>16</sup> - 1) This bitfield is updated by hardware when the channel is enabled: It is decremented after each single DMA read followed by write transfer, indicating the remaining amount of data items to transfer. It is kept at zero when the programmed amount of data to transfer is reached, if the channel is not in circular mode (CIRC = 0 in the DMA_CCRx register). It is reloaded automatically by the previously programmed value, when the transfer is complete, if the channel is in circular mode (CIRC = 1). If this bitfield is zero, no transfer can be served whatever the channel status (enabled or not). Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
DMA channel 1 peripheral address register
Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
Bits 0-31: Peripheral address It contains the base address of the peripheral data register from/to which the data is read/written. When PSIZE[1:0] = 01 (16 bits), bit 0 of PA[31:0] is ignored. Access is automatically aligned to a half-word address. When PSIZE[1:0] = 10 (32 bits), bits 1 and 0 of PA[31:0] are ignored. Access is automatically aligned to a word address. In memory-to-memory mode, this bitfield identifies the memory destination address if DIR = 1 and the memory source address if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bitfield identifies the peripheral destination address if DIR = 1 and the peripheral source address if DIR = 0. Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
DMA channel 1 memory address register
Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
Bits 0-31: Peripheral address It contains the base address of the memory from/to which the data is read/written. When MSIZE[1:0] = 01 (16 bits), bit 0 of MA[31:0] is ignored. Access is automatically aligned to a half-word address. When MSIZE[1:0] = 10 (32 bits), bits 1 and 0 of MA[31:0] are ignored. Access is automatically aligned to a word address. In memory-to-memory mode, this bitfield identifies the memory source address if DIR = 1 and the memory destination address if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bitfield identifies the peripheral source address if DIR = 1 and the peripheral destination address if DIR = 0. Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
DMA channel 2 configuration register
Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/12 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
MEM2MEM
rw |
PL
rw |
MSIZE
rw |
PSIZE
rw |
MINC
rw |
PINC
rw |
CIRC
rw |
DIR
rw |
TEIE
rw |
HTIE
rw |
TCIE
rw |
EN
rw |
Bit 0: Channel enable When a channel transfer error occurs, this bit is cleared by hardware. It can not be set again by software (channel x re-activated) until the TEIFx bit of the DMA_ISR register is cleared (by setting the CTEIFx bit of the DMA_IFCR register). Note: This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 1: Transfer complete interrupt enable Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
Bit 2: Half transfer interrupt enable Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
Bit 3: Transfer error interrupt enable Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
Bit 4: Data transfer direction This bit must be set only in memory-to-peripheral and peripheral-to-memory modes. Source attributes are defined by PSIZE and PINC, plus the DMA_CPARx register. This is still valid in a memory-to-memory mode. Destination attributes are defined by MSIZE and MINC, plus the DMA_CMARx register. This is still valid in a peripheral-to-peripheral mode. Destination attributes are defined by PSIZE and PINC, plus the DMA_CPARx register. This is still valid in a memory-to-memory mode. Source attributes are defined by MSIZE and MINC, plus the DMA_CMARx register. This is still valid in a peripheral-to-peripheral mode. Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
Bit 5: Circular mode Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
Bit 6: Peripheral increment mode Defines the increment mode for each DMA transfer to the identified peripheral. n memory-to-memory mode, this bit identifies the memory destination if DIR = 1 and the memory source if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bit identifies the peripheral destination if DIR = 1 and the peripheral source if DIR = 0. Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
Bit 7: Memory increment mode Defines the increment mode for each DMA transfer to the identified memory. In memory-to-memory mode, this bit identifies the memory source if DIR = 1 and the memory destination if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bit identifies the peripheral source if DIR = 1 and the peripheral destination if DIR = 0. Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
Bits 8-9: Peripheral size Defines the data size of each DMA transfer to the identified peripheral. In memory-to-memory mode, this bitfield identifies the memory destination if DIR = 1 and the memory source if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bitfield identifies the peripheral destination if DIR = 1 and the peripheral source if DIR = 0. Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
Bits 10-11: Memory size Defines the data size of each DMA transfer to the identified memory. In memory-to-memory mode, this bitfield identifies the memory source if DIR = 1 and the memory destination if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bitfield identifies the peripheral source if DIR = 1 and the peripheral destination if DIR = 0. Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
Bits 12-13: Priority level Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
Bit 14: Memory-to-memory mode Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
DMA channel 2 number of data to transfer register
Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
NDT
rw |
Bits 0-15: Number of data to transfer (0 to 2<sup>16</sup> - 1) This bitfield is updated by hardware when the channel is enabled: It is decremented after each single DMA read followed by write transfer, indicating the remaining amount of data items to transfer. It is kept at zero when the programmed amount of data to transfer is reached, if the channel is not in circular mode (CIRC = 0 in the DMA_CCRx register). It is reloaded automatically by the previously programmed value, when the transfer is complete, if the channel is in circular mode (CIRC = 1). If this bitfield is zero, no transfer can be served whatever the channel status (enabled or not). Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
DMA channel 2 peripheral address register
Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
Bits 0-31: Peripheral address It contains the base address of the peripheral data register from/to which the data is read/written. When PSIZE[1:0] = 01 (16 bits), bit 0 of PA[31:0] is ignored. Access is automatically aligned to a half-word address. When PSIZE[1:0] = 10 (32 bits), bits 1 and 0 of PA[31:0] are ignored. Access is automatically aligned to a word address. In memory-to-memory mode, this bitfield identifies the memory destination address if DIR = 1 and the memory source address if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bitfield identifies the peripheral destination address if DIR = 1 and the peripheral source address if DIR = 0. Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
DMA channel 2 memory address register
Offset: 0x28, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
Bits 0-31: Peripheral address It contains the base address of the memory from/to which the data is read/written. When MSIZE[1:0] = 01 (16 bits), bit 0 of MA[31:0] is ignored. Access is automatically aligned to a half-word address. When MSIZE[1:0] = 10 (32 bits), bits 1 and 0 of MA[31:0] are ignored. Access is automatically aligned to a word address. In memory-to-memory mode, this bitfield identifies the memory source address if DIR = 1 and the memory destination address if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bitfield identifies the peripheral source address if DIR = 1 and the peripheral destination address if DIR = 0. Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
DMA channel 3 configuration register
Offset: 0x30, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/12 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
MEM2MEM
rw |
PL
rw |
MSIZE
rw |
PSIZE
rw |
MINC
rw |
PINC
rw |
CIRC
rw |
DIR
rw |
TEIE
rw |
HTIE
rw |
TCIE
rw |
EN
rw |
Bit 0: Channel enable When a channel transfer error occurs, this bit is cleared by hardware. It can not be set again by software (channel x re-activated) until the TEIFx bit of the DMA_ISR register is cleared (by setting the CTEIFx bit of the DMA_IFCR register). Note: This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 1: Transfer complete interrupt enable Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
Bit 2: Half transfer interrupt enable Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
Bit 3: Transfer error interrupt enable Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
Bit 4: Data transfer direction This bit must be set only in memory-to-peripheral and peripheral-to-memory modes. Source attributes are defined by PSIZE and PINC, plus the DMA_CPARx register. This is still valid in a memory-to-memory mode. Destination attributes are defined by MSIZE and MINC, plus the DMA_CMARx register. This is still valid in a peripheral-to-peripheral mode. Destination attributes are defined by PSIZE and PINC, plus the DMA_CPARx register. This is still valid in a memory-to-memory mode. Source attributes are defined by MSIZE and MINC, plus the DMA_CMARx register. This is still valid in a peripheral-to-peripheral mode. Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
Bit 5: Circular mode Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
Bit 6: Peripheral increment mode Defines the increment mode for each DMA transfer to the identified peripheral. n memory-to-memory mode, this bit identifies the memory destination if DIR = 1 and the memory source if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bit identifies the peripheral destination if DIR = 1 and the peripheral source if DIR = 0. Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
Bit 7: Memory increment mode Defines the increment mode for each DMA transfer to the identified memory. In memory-to-memory mode, this bit identifies the memory source if DIR = 1 and the memory destination if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bit identifies the peripheral source if DIR = 1 and the peripheral destination if DIR = 0. Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
Bits 8-9: Peripheral size Defines the data size of each DMA transfer to the identified peripheral. In memory-to-memory mode, this bitfield identifies the memory destination if DIR = 1 and the memory source if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bitfield identifies the peripheral destination if DIR = 1 and the peripheral source if DIR = 0. Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
Bits 10-11: Memory size Defines the data size of each DMA transfer to the identified memory. In memory-to-memory mode, this bitfield identifies the memory source if DIR = 1 and the memory destination if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bitfield identifies the peripheral source if DIR = 1 and the peripheral destination if DIR = 0. Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
Bits 12-13: Priority level Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
Bit 14: Memory-to-memory mode Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
DMA channel 3 number of data to transfer register
Offset: 0x34, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
NDT
rw |
Bits 0-15: Number of data to transfer (0 to 2<sup>16</sup> - 1) This bitfield is updated by hardware when the channel is enabled: It is decremented after each single DMA read followed by write transfer, indicating the remaining amount of data items to transfer. It is kept at zero when the programmed amount of data to transfer is reached, if the channel is not in circular mode (CIRC = 0 in the DMA_CCRx register). It is reloaded automatically by the previously programmed value, when the transfer is complete, if the channel is in circular mode (CIRC = 1). If this bitfield is zero, no transfer can be served whatever the channel status (enabled or not). Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
DMA channel 3 peripheral address register
Offset: 0x38, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
Bits 0-31: Peripheral address It contains the base address of the peripheral data register from/to which the data is read/written. When PSIZE[1:0] = 01 (16 bits), bit 0 of PA[31:0] is ignored. Access is automatically aligned to a half-word address. When PSIZE[1:0] = 10 (32 bits), bits 1 and 0 of PA[31:0] are ignored. Access is automatically aligned to a word address. In memory-to-memory mode, this bitfield identifies the memory destination address if DIR = 1 and the memory source address if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bitfield identifies the peripheral destination address if DIR = 1 and the peripheral source address if DIR = 0. Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
DMA channel 3 memory address register
Offset: 0x3c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
Bits 0-31: Peripheral address It contains the base address of the memory from/to which the data is read/written. When MSIZE[1:0] = 01 (16 bits), bit 0 of MA[31:0] is ignored. Access is automatically aligned to a half-word address. When MSIZE[1:0] = 10 (32 bits), bits 1 and 0 of MA[31:0] are ignored. Access is automatically aligned to a word address. In memory-to-memory mode, this bitfield identifies the memory source address if DIR = 1 and the memory destination address if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bitfield identifies the peripheral source address if DIR = 1 and the peripheral destination address if DIR = 0. Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
DMA channel 4 configuration register
Offset: 0x44, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/12 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
MEM2MEM
rw |
PL
rw |
MSIZE
rw |
PSIZE
rw |
MINC
rw |
PINC
rw |
CIRC
rw |
DIR
rw |
TEIE
rw |
HTIE
rw |
TCIE
rw |
EN
rw |
Bit 0: Channel enable When a channel transfer error occurs, this bit is cleared by hardware. It can not be set again by software (channel x re-activated) until the TEIFx bit of the DMA_ISR register is cleared (by setting the CTEIFx bit of the DMA_IFCR register). Note: This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 1: Transfer complete interrupt enable Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
Bit 2: Half transfer interrupt enable Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
Bit 3: Transfer error interrupt enable Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
Bit 4: Data transfer direction This bit must be set only in memory-to-peripheral and peripheral-to-memory modes. Source attributes are defined by PSIZE and PINC, plus the DMA_CPARx register. This is still valid in a memory-to-memory mode. Destination attributes are defined by MSIZE and MINC, plus the DMA_CMARx register. This is still valid in a peripheral-to-peripheral mode. Destination attributes are defined by PSIZE and PINC, plus the DMA_CPARx register. This is still valid in a memory-to-memory mode. Source attributes are defined by MSIZE and MINC, plus the DMA_CMARx register. This is still valid in a peripheral-to-peripheral mode. Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
Bit 5: Circular mode Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
Bit 6: Peripheral increment mode Defines the increment mode for each DMA transfer to the identified peripheral. n memory-to-memory mode, this bit identifies the memory destination if DIR = 1 and the memory source if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bit identifies the peripheral destination if DIR = 1 and the peripheral source if DIR = 0. Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
Bit 7: Memory increment mode Defines the increment mode for each DMA transfer to the identified memory. In memory-to-memory mode, this bit identifies the memory source if DIR = 1 and the memory destination if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bit identifies the peripheral source if DIR = 1 and the peripheral destination if DIR = 0. Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
Bits 8-9: Peripheral size Defines the data size of each DMA transfer to the identified peripheral. In memory-to-memory mode, this bitfield identifies the memory destination if DIR = 1 and the memory source if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bitfield identifies the peripheral destination if DIR = 1 and the peripheral source if DIR = 0. Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
Bits 10-11: Memory size Defines the data size of each DMA transfer to the identified memory. In memory-to-memory mode, this bitfield identifies the memory source if DIR = 1 and the memory destination if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bitfield identifies the peripheral source if DIR = 1 and the peripheral destination if DIR = 0. Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
Bits 12-13: Priority level Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
Bit 14: Memory-to-memory mode Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
DMA channel 4 number of data to transfer register
Offset: 0x48, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
NDT
rw |
Bits 0-15: Number of data to transfer (0 to 2<sup>16</sup> - 1) This bitfield is updated by hardware when the channel is enabled: It is decremented after each single DMA read followed by write transfer, indicating the remaining amount of data items to transfer. It is kept at zero when the programmed amount of data to transfer is reached, if the channel is not in circular mode (CIRC = 0 in the DMA_CCRx register). It is reloaded automatically by the previously programmed value, when the transfer is complete, if the channel is in circular mode (CIRC = 1). If this bitfield is zero, no transfer can be served whatever the channel status (enabled or not). Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
DMA channel 4 peripheral address register
Offset: 0x4c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
Bits 0-31: Peripheral address It contains the base address of the peripheral data register from/to which the data is read/written. When PSIZE[1:0] = 01 (16 bits), bit 0 of PA[31:0] is ignored. Access is automatically aligned to a half-word address. When PSIZE[1:0] = 10 (32 bits), bits 1 and 0 of PA[31:0] are ignored. Access is automatically aligned to a word address. In memory-to-memory mode, this bitfield identifies the memory destination address if DIR = 1 and the memory source address if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bitfield identifies the peripheral destination address if DIR = 1 and the peripheral source address if DIR = 0. Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
DMA channel 4 memory address register
Offset: 0x50, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
Bits 0-31: Peripheral address It contains the base address of the memory from/to which the data is read/written. When MSIZE[1:0] = 01 (16 bits), bit 0 of MA[31:0] is ignored. Access is automatically aligned to a half-word address. When MSIZE[1:0] = 10 (32 bits), bits 1 and 0 of MA[31:0] are ignored. Access is automatically aligned to a word address. In memory-to-memory mode, this bitfield identifies the memory source address if DIR = 1 and the memory destination address if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bitfield identifies the peripheral source address if DIR = 1 and the peripheral destination address if DIR = 0. Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
DMA channel 5 configuration register
Offset: 0x58, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/12 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
MEM2MEM
rw |
PL
rw |
MSIZE
rw |
PSIZE
rw |
MINC
rw |
PINC
rw |
CIRC
rw |
DIR
rw |
TEIE
rw |
HTIE
rw |
TCIE
rw |
EN
rw |
Bit 0: Channel enable When a channel transfer error occurs, this bit is cleared by hardware. It can not be set again by software (channel x re-activated) until the TEIFx bit of the DMA_ISR register is cleared (by setting the CTEIFx bit of the DMA_IFCR register). Note: This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 1: Transfer complete interrupt enable Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
Bit 2: Half transfer interrupt enable Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
Bit 3: Transfer error interrupt enable Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
Bit 4: Data transfer direction This bit must be set only in memory-to-peripheral and peripheral-to-memory modes. Source attributes are defined by PSIZE and PINC, plus the DMA_CPARx register. This is still valid in a memory-to-memory mode. Destination attributes are defined by MSIZE and MINC, plus the DMA_CMARx register. This is still valid in a peripheral-to-peripheral mode. Destination attributes are defined by PSIZE and PINC, plus the DMA_CPARx register. This is still valid in a memory-to-memory mode. Source attributes are defined by MSIZE and MINC, plus the DMA_CMARx register. This is still valid in a peripheral-to-peripheral mode. Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
Bit 5: Circular mode Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
Bit 6: Peripheral increment mode Defines the increment mode for each DMA transfer to the identified peripheral. n memory-to-memory mode, this bit identifies the memory destination if DIR = 1 and the memory source if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bit identifies the peripheral destination if DIR = 1 and the peripheral source if DIR = 0. Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
Bit 7: Memory increment mode Defines the increment mode for each DMA transfer to the identified memory. In memory-to-memory mode, this bit identifies the memory source if DIR = 1 and the memory destination if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bit identifies the peripheral source if DIR = 1 and the peripheral destination if DIR = 0. Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
Bits 8-9: Peripheral size Defines the data size of each DMA transfer to the identified peripheral. In memory-to-memory mode, this bitfield identifies the memory destination if DIR = 1 and the memory source if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bitfield identifies the peripheral destination if DIR = 1 and the peripheral source if DIR = 0. Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
Bits 10-11: Memory size Defines the data size of each DMA transfer to the identified memory. In memory-to-memory mode, this bitfield identifies the memory source if DIR = 1 and the memory destination if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bitfield identifies the peripheral source if DIR = 1 and the peripheral destination if DIR = 0. Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
Bits 12-13: Priority level Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
Bit 14: Memory-to-memory mode Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
DMA channel 5 number of data to transfer register
Offset: 0x5c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
NDT
rw |
Bits 0-15: Number of data to transfer (0 to 2<sup>16</sup> - 1) This bitfield is updated by hardware when the channel is enabled: It is decremented after each single DMA read followed by write transfer, indicating the remaining amount of data items to transfer. It is kept at zero when the programmed amount of data to transfer is reached, if the channel is not in circular mode (CIRC = 0 in the DMA_CCRx register). It is reloaded automatically by the previously programmed value, when the transfer is complete, if the channel is in circular mode (CIRC = 1). If this bitfield is zero, no transfer can be served whatever the channel status (enabled or not). Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
DMA channel 5 peripheral address register
Offset: 0x60, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
Bits 0-31: Peripheral address It contains the base address of the peripheral data register from/to which the data is read/written. When PSIZE[1:0] = 01 (16 bits), bit 0 of PA[31:0] is ignored. Access is automatically aligned to a half-word address. When PSIZE[1:0] = 10 (32 bits), bits 1 and 0 of PA[31:0] are ignored. Access is automatically aligned to a word address. In memory-to-memory mode, this bitfield identifies the memory destination address if DIR = 1 and the memory source address if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bitfield identifies the peripheral destination address if DIR = 1 and the peripheral source address if DIR = 0. Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
DMA channel 5 memory address register
Offset: 0x64, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
Bits 0-31: Peripheral address It contains the base address of the memory from/to which the data is read/written. When MSIZE[1:0] = 01 (16 bits), bit 0 of MA[31:0] is ignored. Access is automatically aligned to a half-word address. When MSIZE[1:0] = 10 (32 bits), bits 1 and 0 of MA[31:0] are ignored. Access is automatically aligned to a word address. In memory-to-memory mode, this bitfield identifies the memory source address if DIR = 1 and the memory destination address if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bitfield identifies the peripheral source address if DIR = 1 and the peripheral destination address if DIR = 0. Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..
0x40020800: DMAMUX address block description
9/73 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | CCR[0] | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | CCR[1] | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | CCR[2] | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc | CCR[3] | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 | CCR[4] | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x80 | CSR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x84 | CFR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x100 | RGCR[0] | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x104 | RGCR[1] | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x108 | RGCR[2] | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10c | RGCR[3] | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x140 | RGSR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x144 | RGCFR |
DMA Multiplexer Channel 0 Control register
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/7 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
SYNC_ID
rw |
NBREQ
rw |
SPOL
rw |
SE
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
EGE
rw |
SOIE
rw |
DMAREQ_ID
rw |
Bits 0-5: DMA request identification Selects the input DMA request. See the DMAMUX table about assignments of multiplexer inputs to resources..
Bit 8: Synchronization overrun interrupt enable.
Bit 9: Event generation enable.
Bit 16: Synchronization enable.
Bits 17-18: Synchronization polarity Defines the edge polarity of the selected synchronization input:.
Bits 19-23: Number of DMA requests minus 1 to forward Defines the number of DMA requests to forward to the DMA controller after a synchronization event, and/or the number of DMA requests before an output event is generated. This field must only be written when both SE and EGE bits are low..
Bits 24-28: Synchronization identification Selects the synchronization input (see Table 44: DMAMUX: assignment of synchronization inputs to resources)..
DMA Multiplexer Channel 1 Control register
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/7 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
SYNC_ID
rw |
NBREQ
rw |
SPOL
rw |
SE
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
EGE
rw |
SOIE
rw |
DMAREQ_ID
rw |
Bits 0-5: DMA request identification Selects the input DMA request. See the DMAMUX table about assignments of multiplexer inputs to resources..
Bit 8: Synchronization overrun interrupt enable.
Bit 9: Event generation enable.
Bit 16: Synchronization enable.
Bits 17-18: Synchronization polarity Defines the edge polarity of the selected synchronization input:.
Bits 19-23: Number of DMA requests minus 1 to forward Defines the number of DMA requests to forward to the DMA controller after a synchronization event, and/or the number of DMA requests before an output event is generated. This field must only be written when both SE and EGE bits are low..
Bits 24-28: Synchronization identification Selects the synchronization input (see Table 44: DMAMUX: assignment of synchronization inputs to resources)..
DMA Multiplexer Channel 2 Control register
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/7 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
SYNC_ID
rw |
NBREQ
rw |
SPOL
rw |
SE
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
EGE
rw |
SOIE
rw |
DMAREQ_ID
rw |
Bits 0-5: DMA request identification Selects the input DMA request. See the DMAMUX table about assignments of multiplexer inputs to resources..
Bit 8: Synchronization overrun interrupt enable.
Bit 9: Event generation enable.
Bit 16: Synchronization enable.
Bits 17-18: Synchronization polarity Defines the edge polarity of the selected synchronization input:.
Bits 19-23: Number of DMA requests minus 1 to forward Defines the number of DMA requests to forward to the DMA controller after a synchronization event, and/or the number of DMA requests before an output event is generated. This field must only be written when both SE and EGE bits are low..
Bits 24-28: Synchronization identification Selects the synchronization input (see Table 44: DMAMUX: assignment of synchronization inputs to resources)..
DMA Multiplexer Channel 3 Control register
Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/7 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
SYNC_ID
rw |
NBREQ
rw |
SPOL
rw |
SE
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
EGE
rw |
SOIE
rw |
DMAREQ_ID
rw |
Bits 0-5: DMA request identification Selects the input DMA request. See the DMAMUX table about assignments of multiplexer inputs to resources..
Bit 8: Synchronization overrun interrupt enable.
Bit 9: Event generation enable.
Bit 16: Synchronization enable.
Bits 17-18: Synchronization polarity Defines the edge polarity of the selected synchronization input:.
Bits 19-23: Number of DMA requests minus 1 to forward Defines the number of DMA requests to forward to the DMA controller after a synchronization event, and/or the number of DMA requests before an output event is generated. This field must only be written when both SE and EGE bits are low..
Bits 24-28: Synchronization identification Selects the synchronization input (see Table 44: DMAMUX: assignment of synchronization inputs to resources)..
DMA Multiplexer Channel 4 Control register
Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/7 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
SYNC_ID
rw |
NBREQ
rw |
SPOL
rw |
SE
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
EGE
rw |
SOIE
rw |
DMAREQ_ID
rw |
Bits 0-5: DMA request identification Selects the input DMA request. See the DMAMUX table about assignments of multiplexer inputs to resources..
Bit 8: Synchronization overrun interrupt enable.
Bit 9: Event generation enable.
Bit 16: Synchronization enable.
Bits 17-18: Synchronization polarity Defines the edge polarity of the selected synchronization input:.
Bits 19-23: Number of DMA requests minus 1 to forward Defines the number of DMA requests to forward to the DMA controller after a synchronization event, and/or the number of DMA requests before an output event is generated. This field must only be written when both SE and EGE bits are low..
Bits 24-28: Synchronization identification Selects the synchronization input (see Table 44: DMAMUX: assignment of synchronization inputs to resources)..
DMAMUX request line multiplexer interrupt channel status register
Offset: 0x80, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
5/5 fields covered.
Bit 0: Synchronization overrun event flag The flag is set when a synchronization event occurs on a DMA request line multiplexer channel x, while the DMA request counter value is lower than NBREQ. The flag is cleared by writing 1 to the corresponding CSOFx bit in DMAMUX_CFR register..
Bit 1: Synchronization overrun event flag The flag is set when a synchronization event occurs on a DMA request line multiplexer channel x, while the DMA request counter value is lower than NBREQ. The flag is cleared by writing 1 to the corresponding CSOFx bit in DMAMUX_CFR register..
Bit 2: Synchronization overrun event flag The flag is set when a synchronization event occurs on a DMA request line multiplexer channel x, while the DMA request counter value is lower than NBREQ. The flag is cleared by writing 1 to the corresponding CSOFx bit in DMAMUX_CFR register..
Bit 3: Synchronization overrun event flag The flag is set when a synchronization event occurs on a DMA request line multiplexer channel x, while the DMA request counter value is lower than NBREQ. The flag is cleared by writing 1 to the corresponding CSOFx bit in DMAMUX_CFR register..
Bit 4: Synchronization overrun event flag The flag is set when a synchronization event occurs on a DMA request line multiplexer channel x, while the DMA request counter value is lower than NBREQ. The flag is cleared by writing 1 to the corresponding CSOFx bit in DMAMUX_CFR register..
DMAMUX request line multiplexer interrupt clear flag register
Offset: 0x84, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only
0/5 fields covered.
Bit 0: Clear synchronization overrun event flag Writing 1 in each bit clears the corresponding overrun flag SOFx in the DMAMUX_CSR register..
Bit 1: Clear synchronization overrun event flag Writing 1 in each bit clears the corresponding overrun flag SOFx in the DMAMUX_CSR register..
Bit 2: Clear synchronization overrun event flag Writing 1 in each bit clears the corresponding overrun flag SOFx in the DMAMUX_CSR register..
Bit 3: Clear synchronization overrun event flag Writing 1 in each bit clears the corresponding overrun flag SOFx in the DMAMUX_CSR register..
Bit 4: Clear synchronization overrun event flag Writing 1 in each bit clears the corresponding overrun flag SOFx in the DMAMUX_CSR register..
DMAMUX request generator channel 0 configuration register
Offset: 0x100, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/5 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
GNBREQ
rw |
GPOL
rw |
GE
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
OIE
rw |
SIG_ID
rw |
Bits 0-4: Signal identification Selects the DMA request trigger input used for the channel x of the DMA request generator.
Bit 8: Trigger overrun interrupt enable.
Bit 16: DMA request generator channel x enable.
Bits 17-18: DMA request generator trigger polarity Defines the edge polarity of the selected trigger input.
Bits 19-23: Number of DMA requests to be generated (minus 1) Defines the number of DMA requests to be generated after a trigger event. The actual number of generated DMA requests is GNBREQ +1. Note: This field must be written only when GE bit is disabled..
DMAMUX request generator channel 1 configuration register
Offset: 0x104, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/5 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
GNBREQ
rw |
GPOL
rw |
GE
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
OIE
rw |
SIG_ID
rw |
Bits 0-4: Signal identification Selects the DMA request trigger input used for the channel x of the DMA request generator.
Bit 8: Trigger overrun interrupt enable.
Bit 16: DMA request generator channel x enable.
Bits 17-18: DMA request generator trigger polarity Defines the edge polarity of the selected trigger input.
Bits 19-23: Number of DMA requests to be generated (minus 1) Defines the number of DMA requests to be generated after a trigger event. The actual number of generated DMA requests is GNBREQ +1. Note: This field must be written only when GE bit is disabled..
DMAMUX request generator channel 2 configuration register
Offset: 0x108, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/5 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
GNBREQ
rw |
GPOL
rw |
GE
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
OIE
rw |
SIG_ID
rw |
Bits 0-4: Signal identification Selects the DMA request trigger input used for the channel x of the DMA request generator.
Bit 8: Trigger overrun interrupt enable.
Bit 16: DMA request generator channel x enable.
Bits 17-18: DMA request generator trigger polarity Defines the edge polarity of the selected trigger input.
Bits 19-23: Number of DMA requests to be generated (minus 1) Defines the number of DMA requests to be generated after a trigger event. The actual number of generated DMA requests is GNBREQ +1. Note: This field must be written only when GE bit is disabled..
DMAMUX request generator channel 3 configuration register
Offset: 0x10c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/5 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
GNBREQ
rw |
GPOL
rw |
GE
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
OIE
rw |
SIG_ID
rw |
Bits 0-4: Signal identification Selects the DMA request trigger input used for the channel x of the DMA request generator.
Bit 8: Trigger overrun interrupt enable.
Bit 16: DMA request generator channel x enable.
Bits 17-18: DMA request generator trigger polarity Defines the edge polarity of the selected trigger input.
Bits 19-23: Number of DMA requests to be generated (minus 1) Defines the number of DMA requests to be generated after a trigger event. The actual number of generated DMA requests is GNBREQ +1. Note: This field must be written only when GE bit is disabled..
DMAMUX request generator interrupt status register
Offset: 0x140, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
4/4 fields covered.
Bit 0: Trigger overrun event flag The flag is set when a new trigger event occurs on DMA request generator channel x, before the request counter underrun (the internal request counter programmed via the GNBREQ field of the DMAMUX_RGxCR register). The flag is cleared by writing 1 to the corresponding COFx bit in the DMAMUX_RGCFR register..
Bit 1: Trigger overrun event flag The flag is set when a new trigger event occurs on DMA request generator channel x, before the request counter underrun (the internal request counter programmed via the GNBREQ field of the DMAMUX_RGxCR register). The flag is cleared by writing 1 to the corresponding COFx bit in the DMAMUX_RGCFR register..
Bit 2: Trigger overrun event flag The flag is set when a new trigger event occurs on DMA request generator channel x, before the request counter underrun (the internal request counter programmed via the GNBREQ field of the DMAMUX_RGxCR register). The flag is cleared by writing 1 to the corresponding COFx bit in the DMAMUX_RGCFR register..
Bit 3: Trigger overrun event flag The flag is set when a new trigger event occurs on DMA request generator channel x, before the request counter underrun (the internal request counter programmed via the GNBREQ field of the DMAMUX_RGxCR register). The flag is cleared by writing 1 to the corresponding COFx bit in the DMAMUX_RGCFR register..
DMAMUX request generator interrupt clear flag register
Offset: 0x144, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only
0/4 fields covered.
Bit 0: Clear trigger overrun event flag Writing 1 in each bit clears the corresponding overrun flag OFx in the DMAMUX_RGSR register..
Bit 1: Clear trigger overrun event flag Writing 1 in each bit clears the corresponding overrun flag OFx in the DMAMUX_RGSR register..
Bit 2: Clear trigger overrun event flag Writing 1 in each bit clears the corresponding overrun flag OFx in the DMAMUX_RGSR register..
Bit 3: Clear trigger overrun event flag Writing 1 in each bit clears the corresponding overrun flag OFx in the DMAMUX_RGSR register..
0x40021800: EXTI address block description
0/145 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | RTSR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | FTSR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | SWIER1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc | RPR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 | FPR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x28 | RTSR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x2c | FTSR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x30 | SWIER2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x34 | RPR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x38 | FPR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x60 | EXTICR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x64 | EXTICR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x68 | EXTICR3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x6c | EXTICR4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x80 | IMR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x84 | EMR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x90 | IMR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x94 | EMR2 |
EXTI rising trigger selection register 1
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/16 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
RT15
rw |
RT14
rw |
RT13
rw |
RT12
rw |
RT11
rw |
RT10
rw |
RT9
rw |
RT8
rw |
RT7
rw |
RT6
rw |
RT5
rw |
RT4
rw |
RT3
rw |
RT2
rw |
RT1
rw |
RT0
rw |
Bit 0: Rising trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit enables/disables the rising edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. Note: The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. If a rising edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Rising edge trigger can be set for a line with falling edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..
Bit 1: Rising trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit enables/disables the rising edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. Note: The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. If a rising edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Rising edge trigger can be set for a line with falling edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..
Bit 2: Rising trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit enables/disables the rising edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. Note: The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. If a rising edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Rising edge trigger can be set for a line with falling edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..
Bit 3: Rising trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit enables/disables the rising edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. Note: The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. If a rising edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Rising edge trigger can be set for a line with falling edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..
Bit 4: Rising trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit enables/disables the rising edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. Note: The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. If a rising edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Rising edge trigger can be set for a line with falling edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..
Bit 5: Rising trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit enables/disables the rising edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. Note: The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. If a rising edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Rising edge trigger can be set for a line with falling edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..
Bit 6: Rising trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit enables/disables the rising edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. Note: The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. If a rising edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Rising edge trigger can be set for a line with falling edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..
Bit 7: Rising trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit enables/disables the rising edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. Note: The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. If a rising edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Rising edge trigger can be set for a line with falling edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..
Bit 8: Rising trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit enables/disables the rising edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. Note: The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. If a rising edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Rising edge trigger can be set for a line with falling edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..
Bit 9: Rising trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit enables/disables the rising edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. Note: The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. If a rising edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Rising edge trigger can be set for a line with falling edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..
Bit 10: Rising trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit enables/disables the rising edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. Note: The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. If a rising edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Rising edge trigger can be set for a line with falling edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..
Bit 11: Rising trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit enables/disables the rising edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. Note: The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. If a rising edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Rising edge trigger can be set for a line with falling edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..
Bit 12: Rising trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit enables/disables the rising edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. Note: The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. If a rising edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Rising edge trigger can be set for a line with falling edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..
Bit 13: Rising trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit enables/disables the rising edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. Note: The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. If a rising edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Rising edge trigger can be set for a line with falling edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..
Bit 14: Rising trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit enables/disables the rising edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. Note: The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. If a rising edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Rising edge trigger can be set for a line with falling edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..
Bit 15: Rising trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit enables/disables the rising edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. Note: The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. If a rising edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Rising edge trigger can be set for a line with falling edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..
EXTI falling trigger selection register 1
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/16 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
FT15
rw |
FT14
rw |
FT13
rw |
FT12
rw |
FT11
rw |
FT10
rw |
FT9
rw |
FT8
rw |
FT7
rw |
FT6
rw |
FT5
rw |
FT4
rw |
FT3
rw |
FT2
rw |
FT1
rw |
FT0
rw |
Bit 0: Falling trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0). Each bit enables/disables the falling edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. Note: If a falling edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Falling edge trigger can be set for a line with rising edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..
Bit 1: Falling trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0). Each bit enables/disables the falling edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. Note: If a falling edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Falling edge trigger can be set for a line with rising edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..
Bit 2: Falling trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0). Each bit enables/disables the falling edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. Note: If a falling edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Falling edge trigger can be set for a line with rising edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..
Bit 3: Falling trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0). Each bit enables/disables the falling edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. Note: If a falling edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Falling edge trigger can be set for a line with rising edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..
Bit 4: Falling trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0). Each bit enables/disables the falling edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. Note: If a falling edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Falling edge trigger can be set for a line with rising edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..
Bit 5: Falling trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0). Each bit enables/disables the falling edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. Note: If a falling edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Falling edge trigger can be set for a line with rising edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..
Bit 6: Falling trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0). Each bit enables/disables the falling edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. Note: If a falling edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Falling edge trigger can be set for a line with rising edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..
Bit 7: Falling trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0). Each bit enables/disables the falling edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. Note: If a falling edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Falling edge trigger can be set for a line with rising edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..
Bit 8: Falling trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0). Each bit enables/disables the falling edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. Note: If a falling edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Falling edge trigger can be set for a line with rising edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..
Bit 9: Falling trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0). Each bit enables/disables the falling edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. Note: If a falling edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Falling edge trigger can be set for a line with rising edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..
Bit 10: Falling trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0). Each bit enables/disables the falling edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. Note: If a falling edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Falling edge trigger can be set for a line with rising edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..
Bit 11: Falling trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0). Each bit enables/disables the falling edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. Note: If a falling edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Falling edge trigger can be set for a line with rising edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..
Bit 12: Falling trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0). Each bit enables/disables the falling edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. Note: If a falling edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Falling edge trigger can be set for a line with rising edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..
Bit 13: Falling trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0). Each bit enables/disables the falling edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. Note: If a falling edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Falling edge trigger can be set for a line with rising edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..
Bit 14: Falling trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0). Each bit enables/disables the falling edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. Note: If a falling edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Falling edge trigger can be set for a line with rising edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..
Bit 15: Falling trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0). Each bit enables/disables the falling edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. Note: If a falling edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Falling edge trigger can be set for a line with rising edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..
EXTI software interrupt event register 1
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/16 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
SWI15
rw |
SWI14
rw |
SWI13
rw |
SWI12
rw |
SWI11
rw |
SWI10
rw |
SWI9
rw |
SWI8
rw |
SWI7
rw |
SWI6
rw |
SWI5
rw |
SWI4
rw |
SWI3
rw |
SWI2
rw |
SWI1
rw |
SWI0
rw |
Bit 0: Software rising edge event trigger on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting of any bit by software triggers a rising edge event on the corresponding line x, resulting in an interrupt, independently of EXTI_RTSR1 and EXTI_FTSR1 settings. The bits are automatically cleared by HW. Reading of any bit always returns 0..
Bit 1: Software rising edge event trigger on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting of any bit by software triggers a rising edge event on the corresponding line x, resulting in an interrupt, independently of EXTI_RTSR1 and EXTI_FTSR1 settings. The bits are automatically cleared by HW. Reading of any bit always returns 0..
Bit 2: Software rising edge event trigger on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting of any bit by software triggers a rising edge event on the corresponding line x, resulting in an interrupt, independently of EXTI_RTSR1 and EXTI_FTSR1 settings. The bits are automatically cleared by HW. Reading of any bit always returns 0..
Bit 3: Software rising edge event trigger on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting of any bit by software triggers a rising edge event on the corresponding line x, resulting in an interrupt, independently of EXTI_RTSR1 and EXTI_FTSR1 settings. The bits are automatically cleared by HW. Reading of any bit always returns 0..
Bit 4: Software rising edge event trigger on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting of any bit by software triggers a rising edge event on the corresponding line x, resulting in an interrupt, independently of EXTI_RTSR1 and EXTI_FTSR1 settings. The bits are automatically cleared by HW. Reading of any bit always returns 0..
Bit 5: Software rising edge event trigger on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting of any bit by software triggers a rising edge event on the corresponding line x, resulting in an interrupt, independently of EXTI_RTSR1 and EXTI_FTSR1 settings. The bits are automatically cleared by HW. Reading of any bit always returns 0..
Bit 6: Software rising edge event trigger on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting of any bit by software triggers a rising edge event on the corresponding line x, resulting in an interrupt, independently of EXTI_RTSR1 and EXTI_FTSR1 settings. The bits are automatically cleared by HW. Reading of any bit always returns 0..
Bit 7: Software rising edge event trigger on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting of any bit by software triggers a rising edge event on the corresponding line x, resulting in an interrupt, independently of EXTI_RTSR1 and EXTI_FTSR1 settings. The bits are automatically cleared by HW. Reading of any bit always returns 0..
Bit 8: Software rising edge event trigger on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting of any bit by software triggers a rising edge event on the corresponding line x, resulting in an interrupt, independently of EXTI_RTSR1 and EXTI_FTSR1 settings. The bits are automatically cleared by HW. Reading of any bit always returns 0..
Bit 9: Software rising edge event trigger on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting of any bit by software triggers a rising edge event on the corresponding line x, resulting in an interrupt, independently of EXTI_RTSR1 and EXTI_FTSR1 settings. The bits are automatically cleared by HW. Reading of any bit always returns 0..
Bit 10: Software rising edge event trigger on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting of any bit by software triggers a rising edge event on the corresponding line x, resulting in an interrupt, independently of EXTI_RTSR1 and EXTI_FTSR1 settings. The bits are automatically cleared by HW. Reading of any bit always returns 0..
Bit 11: Software rising edge event trigger on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting of any bit by software triggers a rising edge event on the corresponding line x, resulting in an interrupt, independently of EXTI_RTSR1 and EXTI_FTSR1 settings. The bits are automatically cleared by HW. Reading of any bit always returns 0..
Bit 12: Software rising edge event trigger on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting of any bit by software triggers a rising edge event on the corresponding line x, resulting in an interrupt, independently of EXTI_RTSR1 and EXTI_FTSR1 settings. The bits are automatically cleared by HW. Reading of any bit always returns 0..
Bit 13: Software rising edge event trigger on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting of any bit by software triggers a rising edge event on the corresponding line x, resulting in an interrupt, independently of EXTI_RTSR1 and EXTI_FTSR1 settings. The bits are automatically cleared by HW. Reading of any bit always returns 0..
Bit 14: Software rising edge event trigger on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting of any bit by software triggers a rising edge event on the corresponding line x, resulting in an interrupt, independently of EXTI_RTSR1 and EXTI_FTSR1 settings. The bits are automatically cleared by HW. Reading of any bit always returns 0..
Bit 15: Software rising edge event trigger on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting of any bit by software triggers a rising edge event on the corresponding line x, resulting in an interrupt, independently of EXTI_RTSR1 and EXTI_FTSR1 settings. The bits are automatically cleared by HW. Reading of any bit always returns 0..
EXTI rising edge pending register 1
Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/16 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
RPIF15
rw |
RPIF14
rw |
RPIF13
rw |
RPIF12
rw |
RPIF11
rw |
RPIF10
rw |
RPIF9
rw |
RPIF8
rw |
RPIF7
rw |
RPIF6
rw |
RPIF5
rw |
RPIF4
rw |
RPIF3
rw |
RPIF2
rw |
RPIF1
rw |
RPIF0
rw |
Bit 0: Rising edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a rising edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..
Bit 1: Rising edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a rising edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..
Bit 2: Rising edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a rising edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..
Bit 3: Rising edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a rising edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..
Bit 4: Rising edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a rising edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..
Bit 5: Rising edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a rising edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..
Bit 6: Rising edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a rising edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..
Bit 7: Rising edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a rising edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..
Bit 8: Rising edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a rising edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..
Bit 9: Rising edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a rising edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..
Bit 10: Rising edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a rising edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..
Bit 11: Rising edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a rising edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..
Bit 12: Rising edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a rising edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..
Bit 13: Rising edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a rising edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..
Bit 14: Rising edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a rising edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..
Bit 15: Rising edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a rising edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..
EXTI falling edge pending register 1
Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/16 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
FPIF15
rw |
FPIF14
rw |
FPIF13
rw |
FPIF12
rw |
FPIF11
rw |
FPIF10
rw |
FPIF9
rw |
FPIF8
rw |
FPIF7
rw |
FPIF6
rw |
FPIF5
rw |
FPIF4
rw |
FPIF3
rw |
FPIF2
rw |
FPIF1
rw |
FPIF0
rw |
Bit 0: Falling edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a falling edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..
Bit 1: Falling edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a falling edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..
Bit 2: Falling edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a falling edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..
Bit 3: Falling edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a falling edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..
Bit 4: Falling edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a falling edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..
Bit 5: Falling edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a falling edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..
Bit 6: Falling edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a falling edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..
Bit 7: Falling edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a falling edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..
Bit 8: Falling edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a falling edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..
Bit 9: Falling edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a falling edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..
Bit 10: Falling edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a falling edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..
Bit 11: Falling edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a falling edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..
Bit 12: Falling edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a falling edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..
Bit 13: Falling edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a falling edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..
Bit 14: Falling edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a falling edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..
Bit 15: Falling edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a falling edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..
EXTI rising trigger selection register 2
Offset: 0x28, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
RT34
rw |
Bit 2: Rising trigger event configuration bit of configurable line 34 Each bit enables/disables the rising edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the line 34. This configurable line is edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on this inputs. Note: If a rising edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Rising edge trigger can be set for a line with falling edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..
EXTI falling trigger selection register 2
Offset: 0x2c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
FT34
rw |
Bit 2: Falling trigger event configuration bit of configurable line 34. Each bit enables/disables the falling edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the line 34. The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. Note: If a falling edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Falling edge trigger can be set for a line with rising edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..
EXTI software interrupt event register 2
Offset: 0x30, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
SWI34
rw |
Bit 2: Software rising edge event trigger on line 34 Setting of any bit by software triggers a rising edge event on the line 34, resulting in an interrupt, independently of EXTI_RTSR2 and EXTI_FTSR2 settings. The bits are automatically cleared by HW. Reading of any bit always returns 0..
EXTI rising edge pending register 2
Offset: 0x34, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
RPIF34
rw |
EXTI falling edge pending register 2
Offset: 0x38, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
FPIF34
rw |
EXTI external interrupt selection register
Offset: 0x60, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/4 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
EXTI3
rw |
EXTI2
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
EXTI1
rw |
EXTI0
rw |
Bits 0-7: EXTI0 GPIO port selection These bits are written by software to select the source input for EXTI0 external interrupt. Others reserved.
Bits 8-15: EXTI1 GPIO port selection These bits are written by software to select the source input for EXTI1 external interrupt. Others reserved.
Bits 16-23: EXTI2 GPIO port selection These bits are written by software to select the source input for EXTI2 external interrupt. Others reserved.
Bits 24-31: EXTI3 GPIO port selection These bits are written by software to select the source input for EXTI3 external interrupt. Others reserved.
EXTI external interrupt selection register
Offset: 0x64, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/4 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
EXTI7
rw |
EXTI6
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
EXTI5
rw |
EXTI4
rw |
Bits 0-7: EXTI4 GPIO port selection These bits are written by software to select the source input for EXTI4 external interrupt. Others reserved.
Bits 8-15: EXTI5 GPIO port selection These bits are written by software to select the source input for EXTI5 external interrupt. Others reserved.
Bits 16-23: EXTI6 GPIO port selection These bits are written by software to select the source input for EXTI6 external interrupt. Others reserved.
Bits 24-31: EXTI7 GPIO port selection These bits are written by software to select the source input for EXTI7 external interrupt. Others reserved.
EXTI external interrupt selection register
Offset: 0x68, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/4 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
EXTI11
rw |
EXTI10
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
EXTI9
rw |
EXTI8
rw |
Bits 0-7: EXTI8 GPIO port selection These bits are written by software to select the source input for EXTI8 external interrupt. Others reserved.
Bits 8-15: EXTI9 GPIO port selection These bits are written by software to select the source input for EXTI9 external interrupt. Others reserved.
Bits 16-23: EXTI10 GPIO port selection These bits are written by software to select the source input for EXTI10 external interrupt. Others reserved.
Bits 24-31: EXTI11 GPIO port selection These bits are written by software to select the source input for EXTI11 external interrupt. Others reserved.
EXTI external interrupt selection register
Offset: 0x6c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/4 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
EXTI15
rw |
EXTI14
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
EXTI13
rw |
EXTI12
rw |
Bits 0-7: EXTI12 GPIO port selection These bits are written by software to select the source input for EXTI12 external interrupt. Others reserved.
Bits 8-15: EXTI13 GPIO port selection These bits are written by software to select the source input for EXTI13 external interrupt. Others reserved.
Bits 16-23: EXTI14 GPIO port selection These bits are written by software to select the source input for EXTI14 external interrupt. Others reserved.
Bits 24-31: EXTI15 GPIO port selection These bits are written by software to select the source input for EXTI15 external interrupt. Others reserved.
EXTI CPU wakeup with interrupt mask register 1
Offset: 0x80, size: 32, reset: 0xFFF80000, access: read-write
0/20 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
IM31
rw |
IM25
rw |
IM23
rw |
IM19
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
IM15
rw |
IM14
rw |
IM13
rw |
IM12
rw |
IM11
rw |
IM10
rw |
IM9
rw |
IM8
rw |
IM7
rw |
IM6
rw |
IM5
rw |
IM4
rw |
IM3
rw |
IM2
rw |
IM1
rw |
IM0
rw |
Bit 0: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with interrupt, by an event on the corresponding line..
Bit 1: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with interrupt, by an event on the corresponding line..
Bit 2: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with interrupt, by an event on the corresponding line..
Bit 3: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with interrupt, by an event on the corresponding line..
Bit 4: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with interrupt, by an event on the corresponding line..
Bit 5: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with interrupt, by an event on the corresponding line..
Bit 6: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with interrupt, by an event on the corresponding line..
Bit 7: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with interrupt, by an event on the corresponding line..
Bit 8: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with interrupt, by an event on the corresponding line..
Bit 9: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with interrupt, by an event on the corresponding line..
Bit 10: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with interrupt, by an event on the corresponding line..
Bit 11: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with interrupt, by an event on the corresponding line..
Bit 12: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with interrupt, by an event on the corresponding line..
Bit 13: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with interrupt, by an event on the corresponding line..
Bit 14: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with interrupt, by an event on the corresponding line..
Bit 15: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with interrupt, by an event on the corresponding line..
Bit 19: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on line 19 Setting/clearing this bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with interrupt, by an event on the corresponding line..
Bit 23: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on line 23 Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with interrupt, by an event on the corresponding line..
Bit 25: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on line 25 Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with interrupt, by an event on the corresponding line..
Bit 31: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on line 31 Setting/clearing this bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with interrupt, by an event on the corresponding line..
EXTI CPU wakeup with event mask register
Offset: 0x84, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/20 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
EM31
rw |
EM25
rw |
EM23
rw |
EM19
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
EM15
rw |
EM14
rw |
EM13
rw |
EM12
rw |
EM11
rw |
EM10
rw |
EM9
rw |
EM8
rw |
EM7
rw |
EM6
rw |
EM5
rw |
EM4
rw |
EM3
rw |
EM2
rw |
EM1
rw |
EM0
rw |
Bit 0: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with event generation on the corresponding line..
Bit 1: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with event generation on the corresponding line..
Bit 2: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with event generation on the corresponding line..
Bit 3: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with event generation on the corresponding line..
Bit 4: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with event generation on the corresponding line..
Bit 5: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with event generation on the corresponding line..
Bit 6: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with event generation on the corresponding line..
Bit 7: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with event generation on the corresponding line..
Bit 8: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with event generation on the corresponding line..
Bit 9: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with event generation on the corresponding line..
Bit 10: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with event generation on the corresponding line..
Bit 11: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with event generation on the corresponding line..
Bit 12: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with event generation on the corresponding line..
Bit 13: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with event generation on the corresponding line..
Bit 14: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with event generation on the corresponding line..
Bit 15: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with event generation on the corresponding line..
Bit 19: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on line 19 Setting/clearing this bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with event generation on the corresponding line..
Bit 23: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on line 23 Setting/clearing this bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with event generation on the corresponding line..
Bit 25: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on line 25 Setting/clearing this bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with event generation on the corresponding line..
Bit 31: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on line 31 Setting/clearing this bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with event generation on the corresponding line..
EXTI CPU wakeup with interrupt mask register 2
Offset: 0x90, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/2 fields covered.
0x40022000: Spider_FLASH register block
2/65 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | ACR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | KEYR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc | OPTKEYR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 | SR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 | CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 | OPTR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x24 | PCROP1ASR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x28 | PCROP1AER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x2c | WRP1AR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x30 | WRP1BR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x34 | PCROP1BSR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x38 | PCROP1BER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x80 | SECR |
FLASH access control register
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00040600, access: read-write
0/6 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DBG_SWEN
rw |
EMPTY
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
ICRST
rw |
ICEN
rw |
PRFTEN
rw |
LATENCY
rw |
Bits 0-2: Flash memory access latency The value in this bitfield represents the number of CPU wait states when accessing the flash memory. Other: Reserved A new write into the bitfield becomes effective when it returns the same value upon read..
Bit 8: CPU Prefetch enable.
Bit 9: CPU Instruction cache enable.
Bit 11: CPU Instruction cache reset This bit can be written only when the instruction cache is disabled..
Bit 16: Main flash memory area empty This bit indicates whether the first location of the Main flash memory area was read as erased or as programmed during OBL. It is not affected by the system reset. Software may need to change this bit value after a flash memory program or erase operation. The bit can be set and reset by software..
Bit 18: Debug access software enable Software may use this bit to enable/disable the debugger read access..
FLASH key register
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only
0/1 fields covered.
FLASH option key register
Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only
0/1 fields covered.
FLASH status register
Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
2/13 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CFGBSY
r |
BSY1
r |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
OPTVERR
rw |
RDERR
rw |
FASTERR
rw |
MISSERR
rw |
PGSERR
rw |
SIZERR
rw |
PGAERR
rw |
WRPERR
rw |
PROGERR
rw |
OPERR
rw |
EOP
rw |
Bit 0: End of operation Set by hardware when one or more flash memory operation (programming / erase) has been completed successfully. This bit is set only if the end of operation interrupts are enabled (EOPIE=1). Cleared by writing 1..
Bit 1: Operation error Set by hardware when a flash memory operation (program / erase) completes unsuccessfully. This bit is set only if error interrupts are enabled (ERRIE=1). Cleared by writing 1 ..
Bit 3: Programming error Set by hardware when a double-word address to be programmed contains a value different from '0xFFFF FFFF' before programming, except if the data to write is '0x0000 0000'. Cleared by writing 1..
Bit 4: Write protection error Set by hardware when an address to be erased/programmed belongs to a write-protected part (by WRP, PCROP or RDP Level 1) of the flash memory. Cleared by writing 1..
Bit 5: Programming alignment error Set by hardware when the data to program cannot be contained in the same double word (64-bit) flash memory in case of standard programming, or if there is a change of page during fast programming. Cleared by writing 1..
Bit 6: Size error Set by hardware when the size of the access is a byte or half-word during a program or a fast program sequence. Only double word programming is allowed (consequently: word access). Cleared by writing 1..
Bit 7: Programming sequence error Set by hardware when a write access to the flash memory is performed by the code while PG or FSTPG have not been set previously. Set also by hardware when PROGERR, SIZERR, PGAERR, WRPERR, MISSERR or FASTERR is set due to a previous programming error. Cleared by writing 1..
Bit 8: Fast programming data miss error In Fast programming mode, 16 double words (128 bytes) must be sent to flash memory successively, and the new data must be sent to the logic control before the current data is fully programmed. MISSERR is set by hardware when the new data is not present in time. Cleared by writing 1..
Bit 9: Fast programming error Set by hardware when a fast programming sequence (activated by FSTPG) is interrupted due to an error (alignment, size, write protection or data miss). The corresponding status bit (PGAERR, SIZERR, WRPERR or MISSERR) is set at the same time. Cleared by writing 1..
Bit 14: PCROP read error Set by hardware when an address to be read belongs to a read protected area of the flash memory (PCROP protection). An interrupt is generated if RDERRIE is set in FLASH_CR. Cleared by writing 1..
Bit 15: Option and Engineering bits loading validity error.
Bit 16: Busy This flag indicates that a flash memory operation requested by FLASH control register (FLASH_CR) is in progress. This bit is set at the beginning of the flash memory operation, and cleared when the operation finishes or when an error occurs..
Bit 18: Programming or erase configuration busy. This flag is set and reset by hardware. For flash program operation, it is set when the first word is sent, and cleared after the second word is sent when the operation completes or ends with an error. For flash erase operation, it is set when setting the STRT bit of the FLASH_CR register and cleared when the operation completes or ends with an error. When set, a programming or erase operation is ongoing and the corresponding settings in the FLASH control register (FLASH_CR) are used (busy) and cannot be changed. Any other flash operation launch must be postponed. When cleared, the programming and erase settings in the FLASH control register (FLASH_CR) can be modified. Note: The CFGBSY bit is also set when attempting to write locked flash memory (with the first byte sent). When the CFGBSY bit is set, writing into the FLASH_CR register causes HardFault.To clear the CFGBSY bit, send a double word to the flash memory and wait until the access is finished (otherwise the CFGBSY bit remains set)..
FLASH control register
Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0xC0000000, access: read-write
0/14 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
LOCK
rw |
OPTLOCK
rw |
SEC_PROT
rw |
OBL_LAUNCH
rw |
RDERRIE
rw |
ERRIE
rw |
EOPIE
rw |
FSTPG
rw |
OPTSTRT
rw |
STRT
rw |
||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PNB
rw |
MER1
rw |
PER
rw |
PG
rw |
Bit 0: Flash memory programming enable.
Bit 1: Page erase enable.
Bit 2: Mass erase When set, this bit triggers the mass erase, that is, all user pages..
Bits 3-8: Page number selection These bits select the page to erase: ... Note: Values corresponding to addresses outside the Main memory are not allowed. See Table 6 and Table 7..
Bit 16: Start erase operation This bit triggers an erase operation when set. This bit is possible to set only by software and to clear only by hardware. The hardware clears it when one of BSY1 and BSY2 flags in the FLASH_SR register transits to zero..
Bit 17: Start of modification of option bytes This bit triggers an options operation when set. This bit is set only by software, and is cleared when the BSY1 bit is cleared in FLASH_SR..
Bit 18: Fast programming enable.
Bit 24: End-of-operation interrupt enable This bit enables the interrupt generation upon setting the EOP flag in the FLASH_SR register..
Bit 25: Error interrupt enable This bit enables the interrupt generation upon setting the OPERR flag in the FLASH_SR register..
Bit 26: PCROP read error interrupt enable This bit enables the interrupt generation upon setting the RDERR flag in the FLASH_SR register..
Bit 27: Option byte load launch When set, this bit triggers the load of option bytes into option registers. It is automatically cleared upon the completion of the load. The high state of the bit indicates pending option byte load. The bit cannot be cleared by software. It cannot be written as long as OPTLOCK is set..
Bit 28: Securable memory area protection enable This bit enables the protection on securable area, provided that a non-null securable memory area size (SEC_SIZE[4:0]) is defined in option bytes. This bit is possible to set only by software and to clear only through a system reset..
Bit 30: Options Lock This bit is set only. When set, all bits concerning user option in FLASH_CR register and so option page are locked. This bit is cleared by hardware after detecting the unlock sequence. The LOCK bit must be cleared before doing the unlock sequence for OPTLOCK bit. In case of an unsuccessful unlock operation, this bit remains set until the next reset..
Bit 31: FLASH_CR Lock This bit is set only. When set, the FLASH_CR register is locked. It is cleared by hardware after detecting the unlock sequence. In case of an unsuccessful unlock operation, this bit remains set until the next system reset..
FLASH option register
Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/19 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
IRHEN
rw |
NRST_MODE
rw |
nBOOT0
rw |
nBOOT1
rw |
nBOOT_SEL
rw |
SECURE_MUXING_EN
rw |
RAM_PARITY_CHECK
rw |
HSE_NOT_REMAPPED
rw |
WWDG_SW
rw |
IWGD_STDBY
rw |
IWDG_STOP
rw |
IWDG_SW
rw |
||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
nRST_SHDW
rw |
nRST_STDBY
rw |
nRST_STOP
rw |
BORF_LEV
rw |
BORR_LEV
rw |
BOR_EN
rw |
RDP
rw |
Bits 0-7: Read protection level Other: Level 1, memories read protection active.
Bit 8: Brown out reset enable.
Bits 9-10: BOR threshold at rising V<sub>DD</sub> supply Rising V<sub>DD</sub> crossings this threshold releases the reset signal..
Bits 11-12: BOR threshold at falling V<sub>DD</sub> supply Falling V<sub>DD</sub> crossings this threshold activates the reset signal..
Bit 13: None.
Bit 14: None.
Bit 15: None.
Bit 16: None.
Bit 17: Independent watchdog counter freeze in Stop mode.
Bit 18: None.
Bit 19: Window watchdog selection.
Bit 21: HSE remapping enable/disable When cleared, the bit remaps the HSE clock source from PF0-OSC_IN/PF1-OSC_OUT pins to PC14-OSCX_IN/PC15-OSCX_OUT. Thus PC14-OSCX_IN/PC15-OSCX_OUT are shared by both LSE and HSE and the two clock sources cannot be use simultaneously. On packages with less than 48 pins, the remapping is always enabled (PF0-OSC_IN/PF1-OSC_OUT are not available), regardless of this bit. As all STM32C011xx packages have less than 48 pins, this bit is only applicable to STM32C031xx. Note: On 48 pins packages, when HSE_NOT_REMAPPED is reset, HSE cannot be used in bypass mode. Refer to product errata sheet for more details..
Bit 22: SRAM parity check control enable/disable.
Bit 23: Multiple-bonding security The bit allows enabling automatic I/O configuration to prevent conflicts on I/Os connected (bonded) onto the same pin. If the software sets one of the I/Os connected to the same pin as active by configuring the SYSCFG_CFGR3 register, enabling this bit automatically forces the other I/Os in digital input mode, regardless of their software configuration. When the bit is disabled, the SYSCFG_CFGR3 register setting is ignored, all GPIOs linked to a given pin are active and can be set in the mode specified by the corresponding GPIOx_MODER register. The user software must ensure that there is no conflict between GPIOs..
Bit 24: BOOT0 signal source selection This option bit defines the source of the BOOT0 signal..
Bit 25: Boot configuration Together with the BOOT0 pin or option bit nBOOT0 (depending on nBOOT_SEL option bit configuration), this bit selects boot mode from the Main flash memory, SRAM or the System memory. Refer to Section 3: Boot configuration..
Bit 26: nBOOT0 option bit.
Bits 27-28: NRST pin configuration.
Bit 29: Internal reset holder enable bit.
FLASH PCROP area A start address register
Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PCROP1A_STRT
rw |
FLASH PCROP area A end address register
Offset: 0x28, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/2 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PCROP_RDP
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PCROP1A_END
rw |
Bits 0-7: PCROP1A area end offset Contains the offset of the last subpage of the PCROP1A area. Note: The number of effective bits depends on the size of the flash memory in the device..
Bit 31: PCROP area erase upon RDP level regression This bit determines whether the PCROP area (and the totality of the PCROP area boundary pages) is erased by the mass erase triggered by the RDP level regression from Level 1 to Level 0: The software can only set this bit. It is automatically reset upon mass erase following the RDP regression from Level 1 to Level 0..
FLASH WRP area A address register
Offset: 0x2c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/2 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
WRP1A_END
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
WRP1A_STRT
rw |
Bits 0-5: WRP area A start offset This bitfield contains the offset of the first page of the WRP area A. Note: The number of effective bits depends on the size of the flash memory in the device..
Bits 16-21: WRP area A end offset This bitfield contains the offset of the last page of the WRP area A. Note: The number of effective bits depends on the size of the flash memory in the device..
FLASH WRP area B address register
Offset: 0x30, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/2 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
WRP1B_END
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
WRP1B_STRT
rw |
Bits 0-5: WRP area B start offset This bitfield contains the offset of the first page of the WRP area B. Note: The number of effective bits depends on the size of the flash memory in the device..
Bits 16-21: WRP area B end offset This bitfield contains the offset of the last page of the WRP area B. Note: The number of effective bits depends on the size of the flash memory in the device..
FLASH PCROP area B start address register
Offset: 0x34, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PCROP1B_STRT
rw |
FLASH PCROP area B end address register
Offset: 0x38, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PCROP1B_END
rw |
FLASH security register
Offset: 0x80, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/2 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BOOT_LOCK
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
SEC_SIZE
rw |
Bits 0-5: Securable memory area size Contains the number of securable flash memory pages. Note: The number of effective bits depends on the size of the flash memory in the device..
Bit 16: used to force boot from user area If the bit is set in association with RDP level 1, the debug capabilities are disabled, except in the case of a bad OBL (mismatch)..
0x50000000: GPIOA address block description
16/177 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | MODER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | OTYPER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | OSPEEDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc | PUPDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 | IDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 | ODR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | BSRR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1c | LCKR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 | AFRL | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x24 | AFRH | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x28 | BRR |
GPIO port mode register
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0xFFFFFFFF, access: read-write
0/16 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
MODE15
rw |
MODE14
rw |
MODE13
rw |
MODE12
rw |
MODE11
rw |
MODE10
rw |
MODE9
rw |
MODE8
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
MODE7
rw |
MODE6
rw |
MODE5
rw |
MODE4
rw |
MODE3
rw |
MODE2
rw |
MODE1
rw |
MODE0
rw |
Bits 0-1: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 2-3: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 4-5: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 6-7: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 8-9: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 10-11: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 12-13: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 14-15: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 16-17: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 18-19: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 20-21: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 22-23: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 24-25: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 26-27: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 28-29: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 30-31: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
GPIO port output type register
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/16 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
OT15
rw |
OT14
rw |
OT13
rw |
OT12
rw |
OT11
rw |
OT10
rw |
OT9
rw |
OT8
rw |
OT7
rw |
OT6
rw |
OT5
rw |
OT4
rw |
OT3
rw |
OT2
rw |
OT1
rw |
OT0
rw |
Bit 0: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 1: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 2: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 3: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 4: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 5: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 6: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 7: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 8: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 9: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 10: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 11: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 12: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 13: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 14: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 15: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
GPIO port output speed register
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/16 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
OSPEED15
rw |
OSPEED14
rw |
OSPEED13
rw |
OSPEED12
rw |
OSPEED11
rw |
OSPEED10
rw |
OSPEED9
rw |
OSPEED8
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
OSPEED7
rw |
OSPEED6
rw |
OSPEED5
rw |
OSPEED4
rw |
OSPEED3
rw |
OSPEED2
rw |
OSPEED1
rw |
OSPEED0
rw |
Bits 0-1: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 2-3: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 4-5: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 6-7: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 8-9: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 10-11: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 12-13: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 14-15: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 16-17: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 18-19: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 20-21: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 22-23: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 24-25: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 26-27: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 28-29: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 30-31: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
GPIO port pull-up/pull-down register
Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/16 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PUPD15
rw |
PUPD14
rw |
PUPD13
rw |
PUPD12
rw |
PUPD11
rw |
PUPD10
rw |
PUPD9
rw |
PUPD8
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PUPD7
rw |
PUPD6
rw |
PUPD5
rw |
PUPD4
rw |
PUPD3
rw |
PUPD2
rw |
PUPD1
rw |
PUPD0
rw |
Bits 0-1: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 2-3: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 4-5: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 6-7: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 8-9: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 10-11: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 12-13: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 14-15: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 16-17: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 18-19: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 20-21: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 22-23: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 24-25: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 26-27: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 28-29: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 30-31: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
GPIO port input data register
Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
16/16 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ID15
r |
ID14
r |
ID13
r |
ID12
r |
ID11
r |
ID10
r |
ID9
r |
ID8
r |
ID7
r |
ID6
r |
ID5
r |
ID4
r |
ID3
r |
ID2
r |
ID1
r |
ID0
r |
Bit 0: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 1: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 2: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 3: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 4: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 5: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 6: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 7: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 8: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 9: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 10: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 11: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 12: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 13: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 14: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 15: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
GPIO port output data register
Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/16 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
OD15
rw |
OD14
rw |
OD13
rw |
OD12
rw |
OD11
rw |
OD10
rw |
OD9
rw |
OD8
rw |
OD7
rw |
OD6
rw |
OD5
rw |
OD4
rw |
OD3
rw |
OD2
rw |
OD1
rw |
OD0
rw |
Bit 0: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 1: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 2: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 3: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 4: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 5: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 6: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 7: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 8: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 9: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 10: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 11: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 12: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 13: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 14: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 15: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
GPIO port bit set/reset register
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BR15
w |
BR14
w |
BR13
w |
BR12
w |
BR11
w |
BR10
w |
BR9
w |
BR8
w |
BR7
w |
BR6
w |
BR5
w |
BR4
w |
BR3
w |
BR2
w |
BR1
w |
BR0
w |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
BS15
w |
BS14
w |
BS13
w |
BS12
w |
BS11
w |
BS10
w |
BS9
w |
BS8
w |
BS7
w |
BS6
w |
BS5
w |
BS4
w |
BS3
w |
BS2
w |
BS1
w |
BS0
w |
Bit 0: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 1: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 2: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 3: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 4: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 5: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 6: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 7: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 8: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 9: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 10: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 11: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 12: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 13: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 14: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 15: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 16: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 17: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 18: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 19: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 20: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 21: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 22: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 23: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 24: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 25: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 26: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 27: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 28: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 29: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 30: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 31: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
GPIO port configuration lock register
Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/17 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
LCKK
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
LCK15
rw |
LCK14
rw |
LCK13
rw |
LCK12
rw |
LCK11
rw |
LCK10
rw |
LCK9
rw |
LCK8
rw |
LCK7
rw |
LCK6
rw |
LCK5
rw |
LCK4
rw |
LCK3
rw |
LCK2
rw |
LCK1
rw |
LCK0
rw |
Bit 0: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 1: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 2: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 3: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 4: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 5: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 6: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 7: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 8: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 9: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 10: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 11: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 12: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 13: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 14: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 15: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 16: Lock key This bit can be read any time. It can only be modified using the lock key write sequence. LOCK key write sequence: WR LCKR[16] = 1 + LCKR[15:0] WR LCKR[16] = 0 + LCKR[15:0] WR LCKR[16] = 1 + LCKR[15:0] RD LCKR RD LCKR[16] = 1 (this read operation is optional but it confirms that the lock is active) Note: During the LOCK key write sequence, the value of LCK[15:0] must not change. Note: Any error in the lock sequence aborts the lock. Note: After the first lock sequence on any bit of the port, any read access on the LCKK bit returns 1 until the next MCU reset or peripheral reset..
GPIO alternate function low register
Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/8 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
AFSEL7
rw |
AFSEL6
rw |
AFSEL5
rw |
AFSEL4
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
AFSEL3
rw |
AFSEL2
rw |
AFSEL1
rw |
AFSEL0
rw |
Bits 0-3: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 4-7: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 8-11: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 12-15: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 16-19: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 20-23: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 24-27: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 28-31: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
GPIO alternate function high register
Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/8 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
AFSEL15
rw |
AFSEL14
rw |
AFSEL13
rw |
AFSEL12
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
AFSEL11
rw |
AFSEL10
rw |
AFSEL9
rw |
AFSEL8
rw |
Bits 0-3: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 4-7: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 8-11: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 12-15: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 16-19: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 20-23: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 24-27: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 28-31: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
GPIO port bit reset register
Offset: 0x28, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only
0/16 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BR15
w |
BR14
w |
BR13
w |
BR12
w |
BR11
w |
BR10
w |
BR9
w |
BR8
w |
BR7
w |
BR6
w |
BR5
w |
BR4
w |
BR3
w |
BR2
w |
BR1
w |
BR0
w |
Bit 0: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 1: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 2: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 3: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 4: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 5: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 6: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 7: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 8: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 9: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 10: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 11: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 12: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 13: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 14: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 15: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
0x50000400: GPIOB address block description
16/177 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | MODER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | OTYPER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | OSPEEDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc | PUPDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 | IDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 | ODR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | BSRR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1c | LCKR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 | AFRL | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x24 | AFRH | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x28 | BRR |
GPIO port mode register
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0xFFFFFFFF, access: read-write
0/16 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
MODE15
rw |
MODE14
rw |
MODE13
rw |
MODE12
rw |
MODE11
rw |
MODE10
rw |
MODE9
rw |
MODE8
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
MODE7
rw |
MODE6
rw |
MODE5
rw |
MODE4
rw |
MODE3
rw |
MODE2
rw |
MODE1
rw |
MODE0
rw |
Bits 0-1: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 2-3: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 4-5: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 6-7: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 8-9: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 10-11: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 12-13: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 14-15: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 16-17: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 18-19: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 20-21: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 22-23: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 24-25: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 26-27: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 28-29: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 30-31: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
GPIO port output type register
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/16 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
OT15
rw |
OT14
rw |
OT13
rw |
OT12
rw |
OT11
rw |
OT10
rw |
OT9
rw |
OT8
rw |
OT7
rw |
OT6
rw |
OT5
rw |
OT4
rw |
OT3
rw |
OT2
rw |
OT1
rw |
OT0
rw |
Bit 0: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 1: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 2: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 3: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 4: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 5: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 6: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 7: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 8: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 9: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 10: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 11: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 12: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 13: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 14: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 15: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
GPIO port output speed register
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/16 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
OSPEED15
rw |
OSPEED14
rw |
OSPEED13
rw |
OSPEED12
rw |
OSPEED11
rw |
OSPEED10
rw |
OSPEED9
rw |
OSPEED8
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
OSPEED7
rw |
OSPEED6
rw |
OSPEED5
rw |
OSPEED4
rw |
OSPEED3
rw |
OSPEED2
rw |
OSPEED1
rw |
OSPEED0
rw |
Bits 0-1: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 2-3: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 4-5: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 6-7: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 8-9: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 10-11: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 12-13: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 14-15: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 16-17: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 18-19: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 20-21: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 22-23: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 24-25: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 26-27: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 28-29: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 30-31: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
GPIO port pull-up/pull-down register
Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/16 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PUPD15
rw |
PUPD14
rw |
PUPD13
rw |
PUPD12
rw |
PUPD11
rw |
PUPD10
rw |
PUPD9
rw |
PUPD8
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PUPD7
rw |
PUPD6
rw |
PUPD5
rw |
PUPD4
rw |
PUPD3
rw |
PUPD2
rw |
PUPD1
rw |
PUPD0
rw |
Bits 0-1: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 2-3: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 4-5: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 6-7: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 8-9: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 10-11: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 12-13: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 14-15: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 16-17: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 18-19: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 20-21: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 22-23: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 24-25: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 26-27: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 28-29: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 30-31: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
GPIO port input data register
Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
16/16 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ID15
r |
ID14
r |
ID13
r |
ID12
r |
ID11
r |
ID10
r |
ID9
r |
ID8
r |
ID7
r |
ID6
r |
ID5
r |
ID4
r |
ID3
r |
ID2
r |
ID1
r |
ID0
r |
Bit 0: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 1: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 2: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 3: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 4: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 5: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 6: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 7: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 8: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 9: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 10: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 11: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 12: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 13: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 14: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 15: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
GPIO port output data register
Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/16 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
OD15
rw |
OD14
rw |
OD13
rw |
OD12
rw |
OD11
rw |
OD10
rw |
OD9
rw |
OD8
rw |
OD7
rw |
OD6
rw |
OD5
rw |
OD4
rw |
OD3
rw |
OD2
rw |
OD1
rw |
OD0
rw |
Bit 0: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 1: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 2: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 3: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 4: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 5: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 6: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 7: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 8: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 9: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 10: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 11: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 12: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 13: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 14: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 15: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
GPIO port bit set/reset register
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BR15
w |
BR14
w |
BR13
w |
BR12
w |
BR11
w |
BR10
w |
BR9
w |
BR8
w |
BR7
w |
BR6
w |
BR5
w |
BR4
w |
BR3
w |
BR2
w |
BR1
w |
BR0
w |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
BS15
w |
BS14
w |
BS13
w |
BS12
w |
BS11
w |
BS10
w |
BS9
w |
BS8
w |
BS7
w |
BS6
w |
BS5
w |
BS4
w |
BS3
w |
BS2
w |
BS1
w |
BS0
w |
Bit 0: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 1: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 2: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 3: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 4: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 5: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 6: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 7: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 8: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 9: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 10: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 11: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 12: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 13: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 14: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 15: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 16: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 17: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 18: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 19: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 20: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 21: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 22: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 23: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 24: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 25: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 26: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 27: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 28: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 29: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 30: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 31: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
GPIO port configuration lock register
Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/17 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
LCKK
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
LCK15
rw |
LCK14
rw |
LCK13
rw |
LCK12
rw |
LCK11
rw |
LCK10
rw |
LCK9
rw |
LCK8
rw |
LCK7
rw |
LCK6
rw |
LCK5
rw |
LCK4
rw |
LCK3
rw |
LCK2
rw |
LCK1
rw |
LCK0
rw |
Bit 0: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 1: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 2: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 3: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 4: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 5: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 6: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 7: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 8: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 9: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 10: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 11: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 12: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 13: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 14: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 15: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 16: Lock key This bit can be read any time. It can only be modified using the lock key write sequence. LOCK key write sequence: WR LCKR[16] = 1 + LCKR[15:0] WR LCKR[16] = 0 + LCKR[15:0] WR LCKR[16] = 1 + LCKR[15:0] RD LCKR RD LCKR[16] = 1 (this read operation is optional but it confirms that the lock is active) Note: During the LOCK key write sequence, the value of LCK[15:0] must not change. Note: Any error in the lock sequence aborts the lock. Note: After the first lock sequence on any bit of the port, any read access on the LCKK bit returns 1 until the next MCU reset or peripheral reset..
GPIO alternate function low register
Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/8 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
AFSEL7
rw |
AFSEL6
rw |
AFSEL5
rw |
AFSEL4
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
AFSEL3
rw |
AFSEL2
rw |
AFSEL1
rw |
AFSEL0
rw |
Bits 0-3: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 4-7: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 8-11: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 12-15: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 16-19: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 20-23: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 24-27: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 28-31: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
GPIO alternate function high register
Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/8 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
AFSEL15
rw |
AFSEL14
rw |
AFSEL13
rw |
AFSEL12
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
AFSEL11
rw |
AFSEL10
rw |
AFSEL9
rw |
AFSEL8
rw |
Bits 0-3: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 4-7: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 8-11: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 12-15: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 16-19: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 20-23: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 24-27: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 28-31: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
GPIO port bit reset register
Offset: 0x28, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only
0/16 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BR15
w |
BR14
w |
BR13
w |
BR12
w |
BR11
w |
BR10
w |
BR9
w |
BR8
w |
BR7
w |
BR6
w |
BR5
w |
BR4
w |
BR3
w |
BR2
w |
BR1
w |
BR0
w |
Bit 0: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 1: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 2: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 3: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 4: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 5: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 6: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 7: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 8: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 9: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 10: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 11: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 12: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 13: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 14: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 15: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
0x50000800: GPIOC address block description
16/177 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | MODER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | OTYPER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | OSPEEDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc | PUPDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 | IDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 | ODR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | BSRR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1c | LCKR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 | AFRL | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x24 | AFRH | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x28 | BRR |
GPIO port mode register
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0xFFFFFFFF, access: read-write
0/16 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
MODE15
rw |
MODE14
rw |
MODE13
rw |
MODE12
rw |
MODE11
rw |
MODE10
rw |
MODE9
rw |
MODE8
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
MODE7
rw |
MODE6
rw |
MODE5
rw |
MODE4
rw |
MODE3
rw |
MODE2
rw |
MODE1
rw |
MODE0
rw |
Bits 0-1: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 2-3: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 4-5: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 6-7: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 8-9: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 10-11: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 12-13: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 14-15: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 16-17: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 18-19: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 20-21: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 22-23: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 24-25: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 26-27: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 28-29: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 30-31: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
GPIO port output type register
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/16 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
OT15
rw |
OT14
rw |
OT13
rw |
OT12
rw |
OT11
rw |
OT10
rw |
OT9
rw |
OT8
rw |
OT7
rw |
OT6
rw |
OT5
rw |
OT4
rw |
OT3
rw |
OT2
rw |
OT1
rw |
OT0
rw |
Bit 0: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 1: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 2: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 3: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 4: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 5: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 6: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 7: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 8: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 9: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 10: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 11: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 12: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 13: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 14: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 15: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
GPIO port output speed register
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/16 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
OSPEED15
rw |
OSPEED14
rw |
OSPEED13
rw |
OSPEED12
rw |
OSPEED11
rw |
OSPEED10
rw |
OSPEED9
rw |
OSPEED8
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
OSPEED7
rw |
OSPEED6
rw |
OSPEED5
rw |
OSPEED4
rw |
OSPEED3
rw |
OSPEED2
rw |
OSPEED1
rw |
OSPEED0
rw |
Bits 0-1: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 2-3: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 4-5: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 6-7: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 8-9: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 10-11: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 12-13: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 14-15: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 16-17: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 18-19: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 20-21: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 22-23: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 24-25: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 26-27: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 28-29: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 30-31: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
GPIO port pull-up/pull-down register
Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/16 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PUPD15
rw |
PUPD14
rw |
PUPD13
rw |
PUPD12
rw |
PUPD11
rw |
PUPD10
rw |
PUPD9
rw |
PUPD8
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PUPD7
rw |
PUPD6
rw |
PUPD5
rw |
PUPD4
rw |
PUPD3
rw |
PUPD2
rw |
PUPD1
rw |
PUPD0
rw |
Bits 0-1: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 2-3: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 4-5: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 6-7: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 8-9: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 10-11: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 12-13: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 14-15: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 16-17: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 18-19: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 20-21: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 22-23: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 24-25: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 26-27: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 28-29: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 30-31: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
GPIO port input data register
Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
16/16 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ID15
r |
ID14
r |
ID13
r |
ID12
r |
ID11
r |
ID10
r |
ID9
r |
ID8
r |
ID7
r |
ID6
r |
ID5
r |
ID4
r |
ID3
r |
ID2
r |
ID1
r |
ID0
r |
Bit 0: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 1: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 2: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 3: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 4: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 5: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 6: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 7: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 8: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 9: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 10: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 11: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 12: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 13: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 14: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 15: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
GPIO port output data register
Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/16 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
OD15
rw |
OD14
rw |
OD13
rw |
OD12
rw |
OD11
rw |
OD10
rw |
OD9
rw |
OD8
rw |
OD7
rw |
OD6
rw |
OD5
rw |
OD4
rw |
OD3
rw |
OD2
rw |
OD1
rw |
OD0
rw |
Bit 0: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 1: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 2: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 3: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 4: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 5: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 6: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 7: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 8: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 9: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 10: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 11: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 12: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 13: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 14: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 15: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
GPIO port bit set/reset register
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BR15
w |
BR14
w |
BR13
w |
BR12
w |
BR11
w |
BR10
w |
BR9
w |
BR8
w |
BR7
w |
BR6
w |
BR5
w |
BR4
w |
BR3
w |
BR2
w |
BR1
w |
BR0
w |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
BS15
w |
BS14
w |
BS13
w |
BS12
w |
BS11
w |
BS10
w |
BS9
w |
BS8
w |
BS7
w |
BS6
w |
BS5
w |
BS4
w |
BS3
w |
BS2
w |
BS1
w |
BS0
w |
Bit 0: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 1: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 2: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 3: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 4: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 5: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 6: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 7: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 8: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 9: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 10: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 11: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 12: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 13: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 14: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 15: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 16: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 17: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 18: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 19: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 20: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 21: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 22: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 23: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 24: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 25: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 26: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 27: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 28: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 29: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 30: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 31: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
GPIO port configuration lock register
Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/17 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
LCKK
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
LCK15
rw |
LCK14
rw |
LCK13
rw |
LCK12
rw |
LCK11
rw |
LCK10
rw |
LCK9
rw |
LCK8
rw |
LCK7
rw |
LCK6
rw |
LCK5
rw |
LCK4
rw |
LCK3
rw |
LCK2
rw |
LCK1
rw |
LCK0
rw |
Bit 0: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 1: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 2: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 3: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 4: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 5: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 6: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 7: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 8: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 9: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 10: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 11: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 12: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 13: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 14: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 15: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 16: Lock key This bit can be read any time. It can only be modified using the lock key write sequence. LOCK key write sequence: WR LCKR[16] = 1 + LCKR[15:0] WR LCKR[16] = 0 + LCKR[15:0] WR LCKR[16] = 1 + LCKR[15:0] RD LCKR RD LCKR[16] = 1 (this read operation is optional but it confirms that the lock is active) Note: During the LOCK key write sequence, the value of LCK[15:0] must not change. Note: Any error in the lock sequence aborts the lock. Note: After the first lock sequence on any bit of the port, any read access on the LCKK bit returns 1 until the next MCU reset or peripheral reset..
GPIO alternate function low register
Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/8 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
AFSEL7
rw |
AFSEL6
rw |
AFSEL5
rw |
AFSEL4
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
AFSEL3
rw |
AFSEL2
rw |
AFSEL1
rw |
AFSEL0
rw |
Bits 0-3: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 4-7: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 8-11: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 12-15: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 16-19: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 20-23: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 24-27: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 28-31: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
GPIO alternate function high register
Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/8 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
AFSEL15
rw |
AFSEL14
rw |
AFSEL13
rw |
AFSEL12
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
AFSEL11
rw |
AFSEL10
rw |
AFSEL9
rw |
AFSEL8
rw |
Bits 0-3: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 4-7: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 8-11: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 12-15: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 16-19: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 20-23: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 24-27: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 28-31: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
GPIO port bit reset register
Offset: 0x28, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only
0/16 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BR15
w |
BR14
w |
BR13
w |
BR12
w |
BR11
w |
BR10
w |
BR9
w |
BR8
w |
BR7
w |
BR6
w |
BR5
w |
BR4
w |
BR3
w |
BR2
w |
BR1
w |
BR0
w |
Bit 0: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 1: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 2: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 3: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 4: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 5: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 6: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 7: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 8: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 9: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 10: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 11: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 12: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 13: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 14: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 15: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
0x50000c00: GPIOD address block description
16/177 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | MODER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | OTYPER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | OSPEEDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc | PUPDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 | IDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 | ODR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | BSRR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1c | LCKR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 | AFRL | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x24 | AFRH | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x28 | BRR |
GPIO port mode register
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0xFFFFFFFF, access: read-write
0/16 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
MODE15
rw |
MODE14
rw |
MODE13
rw |
MODE12
rw |
MODE11
rw |
MODE10
rw |
MODE9
rw |
MODE8
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
MODE7
rw |
MODE6
rw |
MODE5
rw |
MODE4
rw |
MODE3
rw |
MODE2
rw |
MODE1
rw |
MODE0
rw |
Bits 0-1: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 2-3: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 4-5: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 6-7: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 8-9: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 10-11: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 12-13: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 14-15: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 16-17: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 18-19: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 20-21: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 22-23: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 24-25: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 26-27: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 28-29: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 30-31: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
GPIO port output type register
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/16 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
OT15
rw |
OT14
rw |
OT13
rw |
OT12
rw |
OT11
rw |
OT10
rw |
OT9
rw |
OT8
rw |
OT7
rw |
OT6
rw |
OT5
rw |
OT4
rw |
OT3
rw |
OT2
rw |
OT1
rw |
OT0
rw |
Bit 0: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 1: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 2: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 3: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 4: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 5: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 6: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 7: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 8: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 9: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 10: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 11: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 12: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 13: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 14: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 15: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
GPIO port output speed register
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/16 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
OSPEED15
rw |
OSPEED14
rw |
OSPEED13
rw |
OSPEED12
rw |
OSPEED11
rw |
OSPEED10
rw |
OSPEED9
rw |
OSPEED8
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
OSPEED7
rw |
OSPEED6
rw |
OSPEED5
rw |
OSPEED4
rw |
OSPEED3
rw |
OSPEED2
rw |
OSPEED1
rw |
OSPEED0
rw |
Bits 0-1: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 2-3: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 4-5: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 6-7: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 8-9: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 10-11: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 12-13: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 14-15: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 16-17: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 18-19: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 20-21: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 22-23: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 24-25: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 26-27: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 28-29: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 30-31: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
GPIO port pull-up/pull-down register
Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/16 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PUPD15
rw |
PUPD14
rw |
PUPD13
rw |
PUPD12
rw |
PUPD11
rw |
PUPD10
rw |
PUPD9
rw |
PUPD8
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PUPD7
rw |
PUPD6
rw |
PUPD5
rw |
PUPD4
rw |
PUPD3
rw |
PUPD2
rw |
PUPD1
rw |
PUPD0
rw |
Bits 0-1: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 2-3: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 4-5: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 6-7: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 8-9: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 10-11: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 12-13: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 14-15: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 16-17: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 18-19: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 20-21: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 22-23: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 24-25: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 26-27: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 28-29: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 30-31: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
GPIO port input data register
Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
16/16 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ID15
r |
ID14
r |
ID13
r |
ID12
r |
ID11
r |
ID10
r |
ID9
r |
ID8
r |
ID7
r |
ID6
r |
ID5
r |
ID4
r |
ID3
r |
ID2
r |
ID1
r |
ID0
r |
Bit 0: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 1: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 2: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 3: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 4: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 5: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 6: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 7: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 8: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 9: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 10: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 11: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 12: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 13: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 14: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 15: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
GPIO port output data register
Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/16 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
OD15
rw |
OD14
rw |
OD13
rw |
OD12
rw |
OD11
rw |
OD10
rw |
OD9
rw |
OD8
rw |
OD7
rw |
OD6
rw |
OD5
rw |
OD4
rw |
OD3
rw |
OD2
rw |
OD1
rw |
OD0
rw |
Bit 0: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 1: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 2: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 3: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 4: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 5: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 6: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 7: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 8: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 9: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 10: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 11: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 12: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 13: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 14: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 15: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
GPIO port bit set/reset register
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BR15
w |
BR14
w |
BR13
w |
BR12
w |
BR11
w |
BR10
w |
BR9
w |
BR8
w |
BR7
w |
BR6
w |
BR5
w |
BR4
w |
BR3
w |
BR2
w |
BR1
w |
BR0
w |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
BS15
w |
BS14
w |
BS13
w |
BS12
w |
BS11
w |
BS10
w |
BS9
w |
BS8
w |
BS7
w |
BS6
w |
BS5
w |
BS4
w |
BS3
w |
BS2
w |
BS1
w |
BS0
w |
Bit 0: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 1: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 2: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 3: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 4: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 5: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 6: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 7: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 8: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 9: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 10: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 11: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 12: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 13: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 14: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 15: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 16: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 17: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 18: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 19: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 20: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 21: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 22: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 23: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 24: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 25: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 26: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 27: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 28: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 29: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 30: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 31: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
GPIO port configuration lock register
Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/17 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
LCKK
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
LCK15
rw |
LCK14
rw |
LCK13
rw |
LCK12
rw |
LCK11
rw |
LCK10
rw |
LCK9
rw |
LCK8
rw |
LCK7
rw |
LCK6
rw |
LCK5
rw |
LCK4
rw |
LCK3
rw |
LCK2
rw |
LCK1
rw |
LCK0
rw |
Bit 0: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 1: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 2: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 3: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 4: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 5: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 6: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 7: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 8: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 9: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 10: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 11: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 12: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 13: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 14: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 15: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 16: Lock key This bit can be read any time. It can only be modified using the lock key write sequence. LOCK key write sequence: WR LCKR[16] = 1 + LCKR[15:0] WR LCKR[16] = 0 + LCKR[15:0] WR LCKR[16] = 1 + LCKR[15:0] RD LCKR RD LCKR[16] = 1 (this read operation is optional but it confirms that the lock is active) Note: During the LOCK key write sequence, the value of LCK[15:0] must not change. Note: Any error in the lock sequence aborts the lock. Note: After the first lock sequence on any bit of the port, any read access on the LCKK bit returns 1 until the next MCU reset or peripheral reset..
GPIO alternate function low register
Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/8 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
AFSEL7
rw |
AFSEL6
rw |
AFSEL5
rw |
AFSEL4
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
AFSEL3
rw |
AFSEL2
rw |
AFSEL1
rw |
AFSEL0
rw |
Bits 0-3: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 4-7: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 8-11: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 12-15: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 16-19: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 20-23: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 24-27: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 28-31: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
GPIO alternate function high register
Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/8 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
AFSEL15
rw |
AFSEL14
rw |
AFSEL13
rw |
AFSEL12
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
AFSEL11
rw |
AFSEL10
rw |
AFSEL9
rw |
AFSEL8
rw |
Bits 0-3: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 4-7: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 8-11: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 12-15: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 16-19: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 20-23: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 24-27: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 28-31: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
GPIO port bit reset register
Offset: 0x28, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only
0/16 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BR15
w |
BR14
w |
BR13
w |
BR12
w |
BR11
w |
BR10
w |
BR9
w |
BR8
w |
BR7
w |
BR6
w |
BR5
w |
BR4
w |
BR3
w |
BR2
w |
BR1
w |
BR0
w |
Bit 0: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 1: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 2: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 3: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 4: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 5: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 6: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 7: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 8: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 9: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 10: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 11: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 12: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 13: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 14: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 15: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
0x50001400: GPIOF address block description
16/177 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | MODER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | OTYPER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | OSPEEDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc | PUPDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 | IDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 | ODR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | BSRR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1c | LCKR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 | AFRL | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x24 | AFRH | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x28 | BRR |
GPIO port mode register
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0xFFFFFFFF, access: read-write
0/16 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
MODE15
rw |
MODE14
rw |
MODE13
rw |
MODE12
rw |
MODE11
rw |
MODE10
rw |
MODE9
rw |
MODE8
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
MODE7
rw |
MODE6
rw |
MODE5
rw |
MODE4
rw |
MODE3
rw |
MODE2
rw |
MODE1
rw |
MODE0
rw |
Bits 0-1: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 2-3: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 4-5: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 6-7: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 8-9: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 10-11: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 12-13: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 14-15: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 16-17: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 18-19: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 20-21: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 22-23: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 24-25: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 26-27: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 28-29: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
Bits 30-31: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..
GPIO port output type register
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/16 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
OT15
rw |
OT14
rw |
OT13
rw |
OT12
rw |
OT11
rw |
OT10
rw |
OT9
rw |
OT8
rw |
OT7
rw |
OT6
rw |
OT5
rw |
OT4
rw |
OT3
rw |
OT2
rw |
OT1
rw |
OT0
rw |
Bit 0: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 1: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 2: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 3: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 4: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 5: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 6: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 7: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 8: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 9: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 10: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 11: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 12: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 13: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 14: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
Bit 15: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..
GPIO port output speed register
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/16 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
OSPEED15
rw |
OSPEED14
rw |
OSPEED13
rw |
OSPEED12
rw |
OSPEED11
rw |
OSPEED10
rw |
OSPEED9
rw |
OSPEED8
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
OSPEED7
rw |
OSPEED6
rw |
OSPEED5
rw |
OSPEED4
rw |
OSPEED3
rw |
OSPEED2
rw |
OSPEED1
rw |
OSPEED0
rw |
Bits 0-1: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 2-3: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 4-5: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 6-7: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 8-9: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 10-11: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 12-13: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 14-15: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 16-17: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 18-19: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 20-21: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 22-23: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 24-25: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 26-27: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 28-29: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
Bits 30-31: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..
GPIO port pull-up/pull-down register
Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/16 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PUPD15
rw |
PUPD14
rw |
PUPD13
rw |
PUPD12
rw |
PUPD11
rw |
PUPD10
rw |
PUPD9
rw |
PUPD8
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PUPD7
rw |
PUPD6
rw |
PUPD5
rw |
PUPD4
rw |
PUPD3
rw |
PUPD2
rw |
PUPD1
rw |
PUPD0
rw |
Bits 0-1: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 2-3: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 4-5: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 6-7: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 8-9: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 10-11: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 12-13: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 14-15: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 16-17: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 18-19: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 20-21: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 22-23: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 24-25: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 26-27: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 28-29: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
Bits 30-31: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..
GPIO port input data register
Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
16/16 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ID15
r |
ID14
r |
ID13
r |
ID12
r |
ID11
r |
ID10
r |
ID9
r |
ID8
r |
ID7
r |
ID6
r |
ID5
r |
ID4
r |
ID3
r |
ID2
r |
ID1
r |
ID0
r |
Bit 0: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 1: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 2: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 3: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 4: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 5: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 6: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 7: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 8: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 9: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 10: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 11: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 12: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 13: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 14: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
Bit 15: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..
GPIO port output data register
Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/16 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
OD15
rw |
OD14
rw |
OD13
rw |
OD12
rw |
OD11
rw |
OD10
rw |
OD9
rw |
OD8
rw |
OD7
rw |
OD6
rw |
OD5
rw |
OD4
rw |
OD3
rw |
OD2
rw |
OD1
rw |
OD0
rw |
Bit 0: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 1: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 2: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 3: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 4: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 5: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 6: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 7: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 8: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 9: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 10: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 11: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 12: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 13: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 14: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
Bit 15: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..
GPIO port bit set/reset register
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BR15
w |
BR14
w |
BR13
w |
BR12
w |
BR11
w |
BR10
w |
BR9
w |
BR8
w |
BR7
w |
BR6
w |
BR5
w |
BR4
w |
BR3
w |
BR2
w |
BR1
w |
BR0
w |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
BS15
w |
BS14
w |
BS13
w |
BS12
w |
BS11
w |
BS10
w |
BS9
w |
BS8
w |
BS7
w |
BS6
w |
BS5
w |
BS4
w |
BS3
w |
BS2
w |
BS1
w |
BS0
w |
Bit 0: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 1: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 2: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 3: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 4: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 5: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 6: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 7: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 8: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 9: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 10: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 11: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 12: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 13: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 14: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 15: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 16: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 17: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 18: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 19: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 20: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 21: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 22: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 23: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 24: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 25: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 26: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 27: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 28: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 29: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 30: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
Bit 31: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..
GPIO port configuration lock register
Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/17 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
LCKK
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
LCK15
rw |
LCK14
rw |
LCK13
rw |
LCK12
rw |
LCK11
rw |
LCK10
rw |
LCK9
rw |
LCK8
rw |
LCK7
rw |
LCK6
rw |
LCK5
rw |
LCK4
rw |
LCK3
rw |
LCK2
rw |
LCK1
rw |
LCK0
rw |
Bit 0: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 1: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 2: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 3: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 4: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 5: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 6: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 7: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 8: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 9: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 10: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 11: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 12: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 13: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 14: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 15: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..
Bit 16: Lock key This bit can be read any time. It can only be modified using the lock key write sequence. LOCK key write sequence: WR LCKR[16] = 1 + LCKR[15:0] WR LCKR[16] = 0 + LCKR[15:0] WR LCKR[16] = 1 + LCKR[15:0] RD LCKR RD LCKR[16] = 1 (this read operation is optional but it confirms that the lock is active) Note: During the LOCK key write sequence, the value of LCK[15:0] must not change. Note: Any error in the lock sequence aborts the lock. Note: After the first lock sequence on any bit of the port, any read access on the LCKK bit returns 1 until the next MCU reset or peripheral reset..
GPIO alternate function low register
Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/8 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
AFSEL7
rw |
AFSEL6
rw |
AFSEL5
rw |
AFSEL4
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
AFSEL3
rw |
AFSEL2
rw |
AFSEL1
rw |
AFSEL0
rw |
Bits 0-3: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 4-7: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 8-11: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 12-15: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 16-19: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 20-23: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 24-27: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 28-31: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
GPIO alternate function high register
Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/8 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
AFSEL15
rw |
AFSEL14
rw |
AFSEL13
rw |
AFSEL12
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
AFSEL11
rw |
AFSEL10
rw |
AFSEL9
rw |
AFSEL8
rw |
Bits 0-3: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 4-7: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 8-11: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 12-15: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 16-19: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 20-23: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 24-27: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
Bits 28-31: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.
GPIO port bit reset register
Offset: 0x28, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only
0/16 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BR15
w |
BR14
w |
BR13
w |
BR12
w |
BR11
w |
BR10
w |
BR9
w |
BR8
w |
BR7
w |
BR6
w |
BR5
w |
BR4
w |
BR3
w |
BR2
w |
BR1
w |
BR0
w |
Bit 0: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 1: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 2: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 3: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 4: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 5: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 6: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 7: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 8: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 9: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 10: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 11: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 12: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 13: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 14: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
Bit 15: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..
0x40005400: I2C address block description
17/76 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | CR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | CR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | OAR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc | OAR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 | TIMINGR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 | TIMEOUTR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | ISR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1c | ICR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 | PECR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x24 | RXDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x28 | TXDR |
I2C control register 1
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/20 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PECEN
rw |
ALERTEN
rw |
SMBDEN
rw |
SMBHEN
rw |
GCEN
rw |
WUPEN
rw |
NOSTRETCH
rw |
SBC
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
RXDMAEN
rw |
TXDMAEN
rw |
ANFOFF
rw |
DNF
rw |
ERRIE
rw |
TCIE
rw |
STOPIE
rw |
NACKIE
rw |
ADDRIE
rw |
RXIE
rw |
TXIE
rw |
PE
rw |
Bit 0: Peripheral enable Note: When PE = 0, the I2C SCL and SDA lines are released. Internal state machines and status bits are put back to their reset value. When cleared, PE must be kept low for at least three APB clock cycles..
Bit 1: TX interrupt enable.
Bit 2: RX interrupt enable.
Bit 3: Address match interrupt enable (slave only).
Bit 4: Not acknowledge received interrupt enable.
Bit 5: Stop detection interrupt enable.
Bit 6: Transfer complete interrupt enable Note: Any of these events generates an interrupt: Note: Transfer complete (TC) Note: Transfer complete reload (TCR).
Bit 7: Error interrupts enable Note: Any of these errors generates an interrupt: Note: Arbitration loss (ARLO) Note: Bus error detection (BERR) Note: Overrun/underrun (OVR) Note: Timeout detection (TIMEOUT) Note: PEC error detection (PECERR) Note: Alert pin event detection (ALERT).
Bits 8-11: Digital noise filter These bits are used to configure the digital noise filter on SDA and SCL input. The digital filter, filters spikes with a length of up to DNF[3:0] * t<sub>I2CCLK</sub> ... Note: If the analog filter is enabled, the digital filter is added to it. This filter can be programmed only when the I2C is disabled (PE = 0)..
Bit 12: Analog noise filter OFF Note: This bit can be programmed only when the I2C is disabled (PE = 0)..
Bit 14: DMA transmission requests enable.
Bit 15: DMA reception requests enable.
Bit 16: Slave byte control This bit is used to enable hardware byte control in slave mode..
Bit 17: Clock stretching disable This bit is used to disable clock stretching in slave mode. It must be kept cleared in master mode. Note: This bit can be programmed only when the I2C is disabled (PE = 0)..
Bit 18: Wake-up from Stop mode enable Note: If the wake-up from Stop mode feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to 0. Refer to Section 25.3. Note: WUPEN can be set only when DNF = 0000..
Bit 19: General call enable.
Bit 20: SMBus host address enable Note: If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to 0. Refer to Section 25.3..
Bit 21: SMBus device default address enable Note: If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to 0. Refer to Section 25.3..
Bit 22: SMBus alert enable Note: When ALERTEN = 0, the SMBA pin can be used as a standard GPIO. Note: If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to 0. Refer to Section 25.3..
Bit 23: PEC enable Note: If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to 0. Refer to Section 25.3..
I2C control register 2
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/11 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PECBYTE
rw |
AUTOEND
rw |
RELOAD
rw |
NBYTES
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
NACK
rw |
STOP
rw |
START
rw |
HEAD10R
rw |
ADD10
rw |
RD_WRN
rw |
SADD
rw |
Bits 0-9: Slave address (master mode) In 7-bit addressing mode (ADD10 = 0): SADD[7:1] must be written with the 7-bit slave address to be sent. Bits SADD[9], SADD[8] and SADD[0] are don't care. In 10-bit addressing mode (ADD10 = 1): SADD[9:0] must be written with the 10-bit slave address to be sent. Note: Changing these bits when the START bit is set is not allowed..
Bit 10: Transfer direction (master mode) Note: Changing this bit when the START bit is set is not allowed..
Bit 11: 10-bit addressing mode (master mode) Note: Changing this bit when the START bit is set is not allowed..
Bit 12: 10-bit address header only read direction (master receiver mode) Note: Changing this bit when the START bit is set is not allowed..
Bit 13: Start generation This bit is set by software, and cleared by hardware after the Start followed by the address sequence is sent, by an arbitration loss, by an address matched in slave mode, by a timeout error detection, or when PE = 0. If the I2C is already in master mode with AUTOEND = 0, setting this bit generates a Repeated start condition when RELOAD = 0, after the end of the NBYTES transfer. Otherwise, setting this bit generates a START condition once the bus is free. Note: Writing 0 to this bit has no effect. Note: The START bit can be set even if the bus is BUSY or I2C is in slave mode. Note: This bit has no effect when RELOAD is set..
Bit 14: Stop generation (master mode) The bit is set by software, cleared by hardware when a STOP condition is detected, or when PE = 0. In master mode: Note: Writing 0 to this bit has no effect..
Bit 15: NACK generation (slave mode) The bit is set by software, cleared by hardware when the NACK is sent, or when a STOP condition or an Address matched is received, or when PE = 0. Note: Writing 0 to this bit has no effect. Note: This bit is used only in slave mode: in master receiver mode, NACK is automatically generated after last byte preceding STOP or RESTART condition, whatever the NACK bit value. Note: When an overrun occurs in slave receiver NOSTRETCH mode, a NACK is automatically generated, whatever the NACK bit value. Note: When hardware PEC checking is enabled (PECBYTE = 1), the PEC acknowledge value does not depend on the NACK value..
Bits 16-23: Number of bytes The number of bytes to be transmitted/received is programmed there. This field is don t care in slave mode with SBC = 0. Note: Changing these bits when the START bit is set is not allowed..
Bit 24: NBYTES reload mode This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 25: Automatic end mode (master mode) This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: This bit has no effect in slave mode or when the RELOAD bit is set..
Bit 26: Packet error checking byte This bit is set by software, and cleared by hardware when the PEC is transferred, or when a STOP condition or an Address matched is received, also when PE = 0. Note: Writing 0 to this bit has no effect. Note: This bit has no effect when RELOAD is set, and in slave mode when SBC = 0. Note: If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to 0. Refer to Section 25.3..
I2C own address 1 register
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/3 fields covered.
Bits 0-9: Interface own slave address 7-bit addressing mode: OA1[7:1] contains the 7-bit own slave address. Bits OA1[9], OA1[8] and OA1[0] are don't care. 10-bit addressing mode: OA1[9:0] contains the 10-bit own slave address. Note: These bits can be written only when OA1EN = 0..
Bit 10: Own address 1 10-bit mode Note: This bit can be written only when OA1EN = 0..
Bit 15: Own address 1 enable.
I2C own address 2 register
Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/3 fields covered.
I2C timing register
Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/5 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRESC
rw |
SCLDEL
rw |
SDADEL
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
SCLH
rw |
SCLL
rw |
Bits 0-7: SCL low period (master mode) This field is used to generate the SCL low period in master mode. t<sub>SCLL </sub>= (SCLL + 1) x t<sub>PRESC</sub> Note: SCLL is also used to generate t<sub>BUF </sub>and t<sub>SU:STA </sub>timings..
Bits 8-15: SCL high period (master mode) This field is used to generate the SCL high period in master mode. t<sub>SCLH </sub>= (SCLH + 1) x t<sub>PRESC</sub> Note: SCLH is also used to generate t<sub>SU:STO </sub>and t<sub>HD:STA </sub>timing..
Bits 16-19: Data hold time This field is used to generate the delay t<sub>SDADEL </sub>between SCL falling edge and SDA edge. In master and in slave modes with NOSTRETCH = 0, the SCL line is stretched low during t<sub>SDADEL</sub>. t<sub>SDADEL</sub>= SDADEL x t<sub>PRESC</sub> Note: SDADEL is used to generate t<sub>HD:DAT </sub>timing..
Bits 20-23: Data setup time This field is used to generate a delay t<sub>SCLDEL</sub> = (SCLDEL + 1) x t<sub>PRESC</sub> between SDA edge and SCL rising edge. In master and in slave modes with NOSTRETCH = 0, the SCL line is stretched low during t<sub>SCLDEL</sub>. Note: t<sub>SCLDEL</sub> is used to generate t<sub>SU:DAT </sub>timing..
Bits 28-31: Timing prescaler This field is used to prescale I2CCLK to generate the clock period t<sub>PRESC </sub>used for data setup and hold counters (refer to I2C timings), and for SCL high and low level counters (refer to I2C master initialization). t<sub>PRESC </sub>= (PRESC + 1) x t<sub>I2CCLK</sub>.
I2C timeout register
Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/5 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TEXTEN
rw |
TIMEOUTB
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TIMOUTEN
rw |
TIDLE
rw |
TIMEOUTA
rw |
Bits 0-11: Bus timeout A This field is used to configure: The SCL low timeout condition t<sub>TIMEOUT</sub> when TIDLE = 0 t<sub>TIMEOUT</sub>= (TIMEOUTA + 1) x 2048 x t<sub>I2CCLK</sub> The bus idle condition (both SCL and SDA high) when TIDLE = 1 t<sub>IDLE</sub>= (TIMEOUTA + 1) x 4 x t<sub>I2CCLK</sub> Note: These bits can be written only when TIMOUTEN = 0..
Bit 12: Idle clock timeout detection Note: This bit can be written only when TIMOUTEN = 0..
Bit 15: Clock timeout enable.
Bits 16-27: Bus timeout B This field is used to configure the cumulative clock extension timeout: Master mode: the master cumulative clock low extend time (t<sub>LOW:MEXT</sub>) is detected Slave mode: the slave cumulative clock low extend time (t<sub>LOW:SEXT</sub>) is detected t<sub>LOW:EXT </sub>= (TIMEOUTB + TIDLE = 01) x 2048 x t<sub>I2CCLK</sub> Note: These bits can be written only when TEXTEN = 0..
Bit 31: Extended clock timeout enable.
I2C interrupt and status register
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000001, access: read-write
15/17 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ADDCODE
r |
DIR
r |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
BUSY
r |
ALERT
r |
TIMEOUT
r |
PECERR
r |
OVR
r |
ARLO
r |
BERR
r |
TCR
r |
TC
r |
STOPF
r |
NACKF
r |
ADDR
r |
RXNE
r |
TXIS
rw |
TXE
rw |
Bit 0: Transmit data register empty (transmitters) This bit is set by hardware when the I2C_TXDR register is empty. It is cleared when the next data to be sent is written in the I2C_TXDR register. This bit can be written to 1 by software in order to flush the transmit data register I2C_TXDR. Note: This bit is set by hardware when PE = 0..
Bit 1: Transmit interrupt status (transmitters) This bit is set by hardware when the I2C_TXDR register is empty and the data to be transmitted must be written in the I2C_TXDR register. It is cleared when the next data to be sent is written in the I2C_TXDR register. This bit can be written to 1 by software only when NOSTRETCH = 1, to generate a TXIS event (interrupt if TXIE = 1 or DMA request if TXDMAEN = 1). Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE = 0..
Bit 2: Receive data register not empty (receivers) This bit is set by hardware when the received data is copied into the I2C_RXDR register, and is ready to be read. It is cleared when I2C_RXDR is read. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE = 0..
Bit 3: Address matched (slave mode) This bit is set by hardware as soon as the received slave address matched with one of the enabled slave addresses. It is cleared by software by setting ADDRCF bit. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE = 0..
Bit 4: Not acknowledge received flag This flag is set by hardware when a NACK is received after a byte transmission. It is cleared by software by setting the NACKCF bit. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE = 0..
Bit 5: Stop detection flag This flag is set by hardware when a STOP condition is detected on the bus and the peripheral is involved in this transfer: as a master, provided that the STOP condition is generated by the peripheral. as a slave, provided that the peripheral has been addressed previously during this transfer. It is cleared by software by setting the STOPCF bit. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE = 0..
Bit 6: Transfer complete (master mode) This flag is set by hardware when RELOAD = 0, AUTOEND = 0 and NBYTES data have been transferred. It is cleared by software when START bit or STOP bit is set. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE = 0..
Bit 7: Transfer complete reload This flag is set by hardware when RELOAD = 1 and NBYTES data have been transferred. It is cleared by software when NBYTES is written to a non-zero value. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE = 0. Note: This flag is only for master mode, or for slave mode when the SBC bit is set..
Bit 8: Bus error This flag is set by hardware when a misplaced Start or STOP condition is detected whereas the peripheral is involved in the transfer. The flag is not set during the address phase in slave mode. It is cleared by software by setting the BERRCF bit. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE = 0..
Bit 9: Arbitration lost This flag is set by hardware in case of arbitration loss. It is cleared by software by setting the ARLOCF bit. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE = 0..
Bit 10: Overrun/underrun (slave mode) This flag is set by hardware in slave mode with NOSTRETCH = 1, when an overrun/underrun error occurs. It is cleared by software by setting the OVRCF bit. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE = 0..
Bit 11: PEC error in reception This flag is set by hardware when the received PEC does not match with the PEC register content. A NACK is automatically sent after the wrong PEC reception. It is cleared by software by setting the PECCF bit. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE = 0. Note: If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to 0. Refer to Section 25.3..
Bit 12: Timeout or t<sub>LOW</sub> detection flag This flag is set by hardware when a timeout or extended clock timeout occurred. It is cleared by software by setting the TIMEOUTCF bit. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE = 0. Note: If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to 0. Refer to Section 25.3..
Bit 13: SMBus alert This flag is set by hardware when SMBHEN = 1 (SMBus host configuration), ALERTEN = 1 and an SMBALERT event (falling edge) is detected on SMBA pin. It is cleared by software by setting the ALERTCF bit. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE = 0. Note: If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to 0. Refer to Section 25.3..
Bit 15: Bus busy This flag indicates that a communication is in progress on the bus. It is set by hardware when a START condition is detected, and cleared by hardware when a STOP condition is detected, or when PE = 0..
Bit 16: Transfer direction (slave mode) This flag is updated when an address match event occurs (ADDR = 1)..
Bits 17-23: Address match code (slave mode) These bits are updated with the received address when an address match event occurs (ADDR = 1). In the case of a 10-bit address, ADDCODE provides the 10-bit header followed by the two MSBs of the address..
I2C interrupt clear register
Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only
0/9 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ALERTCF
w |
TIMOUTCF
w |
PECCF
w |
OVRCF
w |
ARLOCF
w |
BERRCF
w |
STOPCF
w |
NACKCF
w |
ADDRCF
w |
Bit 3: Address matched flag clear Writing 1 to this bit clears the ADDR flag in the I2C_ISR register. Writing 1 to this bit also clears the START bit in the I2C_CR2 register..
Bit 4: Not acknowledge flag clear Writing 1 to this bit clears the NACKF flag in I2C_ISR register..
Bit 5: STOP detection flag clear Writing 1 to this bit clears the STOPF flag in the I2C_ISR register..
Bit 8: Bus error flag clear Writing 1 to this bit clears the BERRF flag in the I2C_ISR register..
Bit 9: Arbitration lost flag clear Writing 1 to this bit clears the ARLO flag in the I2C_ISR register..
Bit 10: Overrun/underrun flag clear Writing 1 to this bit clears the OVR flag in the I2C_ISR register..
Bit 11: PEC error flag clear Writing 1 to this bit clears the PECERR flag in the I2C_ISR register. Note: If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to 0. Refer to Section 25.3..
Bit 12: Timeout detection flag clear Writing 1 to this bit clears the TIMEOUT flag in the I2C_ISR register. Note: If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to 0. Refer to Section 25.3..
Bit 13: Alert flag clear Note: Writing 1 to this bit clears the ALERT flag in the I2C_ISR register. Note: If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to 0. Refer to Section 25.3..
I2C PEC register
Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PEC
r |
I2C receive data register
Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
RXDATA
r |
I2C transmit data register
Offset: 0x28, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TXDATA
rw |
0x40005800: I2C address block description
17/76 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | CR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | CR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | OAR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc | OAR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 | TIMINGR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 | TIMEOUTR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | ISR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1c | ICR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 | PECR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x24 | RXDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x28 | TXDR |
I2C control register 1
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/20 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PECEN
rw |
ALERTEN
rw |
SMBDEN
rw |
SMBHEN
rw |
GCEN
rw |
WUPEN
rw |
NOSTRETCH
rw |
SBC
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
RXDMAEN
rw |
TXDMAEN
rw |
ANFOFF
rw |
DNF
rw |
ERRIE
rw |
TCIE
rw |
STOPIE
rw |
NACKIE
rw |
ADDRIE
rw |
RXIE
rw |
TXIE
rw |
PE
rw |
Bit 0: Peripheral enable Note: When PE = 0, the I2C SCL and SDA lines are released. Internal state machines and status bits are put back to their reset value. When cleared, PE must be kept low for at least three APB clock cycles..
Bit 1: TX interrupt enable.
Bit 2: RX interrupt enable.
Bit 3: Address match interrupt enable (slave only).
Bit 4: Not acknowledge received interrupt enable.
Bit 5: Stop detection interrupt enable.
Bit 6: Transfer complete interrupt enable Note: Any of these events generates an interrupt: Note: Transfer complete (TC) Note: Transfer complete reload (TCR).
Bit 7: Error interrupts enable Note: Any of these errors generates an interrupt: Note: Arbitration loss (ARLO) Note: Bus error detection (BERR) Note: Overrun/underrun (OVR) Note: Timeout detection (TIMEOUT) Note: PEC error detection (PECERR) Note: Alert pin event detection (ALERT).
Bits 8-11: Digital noise filter These bits are used to configure the digital noise filter on SDA and SCL input. The digital filter, filters spikes with a length of up to DNF[3:0] * t<sub>I2CCLK</sub> ... Note: If the analog filter is enabled, the digital filter is added to it. This filter can be programmed only when the I2C is disabled (PE = 0)..
Bit 12: Analog noise filter OFF Note: This bit can be programmed only when the I2C is disabled (PE = 0)..
Bit 14: DMA transmission requests enable.
Bit 15: DMA reception requests enable.
Bit 16: Slave byte control This bit is used to enable hardware byte control in slave mode..
Bit 17: Clock stretching disable This bit is used to disable clock stretching in slave mode. It must be kept cleared in master mode. Note: This bit can be programmed only when the I2C is disabled (PE = 0)..
Bit 18: Wake-up from Stop mode enable Note: If the wake-up from Stop mode feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to 0. Refer to Section 25.3. Note: WUPEN can be set only when DNF = 0000..
Bit 19: General call enable.
Bit 20: SMBus host address enable Note: If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to 0. Refer to Section 25.3..
Bit 21: SMBus device default address enable Note: If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to 0. Refer to Section 25.3..
Bit 22: SMBus alert enable Note: When ALERTEN = 0, the SMBA pin can be used as a standard GPIO. Note: If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to 0. Refer to Section 25.3..
Bit 23: PEC enable Note: If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to 0. Refer to Section 25.3..
I2C control register 2
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/11 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PECBYTE
rw |
AUTOEND
rw |
RELOAD
rw |
NBYTES
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
NACK
rw |
STOP
rw |
START
rw |
HEAD10R
rw |
ADD10
rw |
RD_WRN
rw |
SADD
rw |
Bits 0-9: Slave address (master mode) In 7-bit addressing mode (ADD10 = 0): SADD[7:1] must be written with the 7-bit slave address to be sent. Bits SADD[9], SADD[8] and SADD[0] are don't care. In 10-bit addressing mode (ADD10 = 1): SADD[9:0] must be written with the 10-bit slave address to be sent. Note: Changing these bits when the START bit is set is not allowed..
Bit 10: Transfer direction (master mode) Note: Changing this bit when the START bit is set is not allowed..
Bit 11: 10-bit addressing mode (master mode) Note: Changing this bit when the START bit is set is not allowed..
Bit 12: 10-bit address header only read direction (master receiver mode) Note: Changing this bit when the START bit is set is not allowed..
Bit 13: Start generation This bit is set by software, and cleared by hardware after the Start followed by the address sequence is sent, by an arbitration loss, by an address matched in slave mode, by a timeout error detection, or when PE = 0. If the I2C is already in master mode with AUTOEND = 0, setting this bit generates a Repeated start condition when RELOAD = 0, after the end of the NBYTES transfer. Otherwise, setting this bit generates a START condition once the bus is free. Note: Writing 0 to this bit has no effect. Note: The START bit can be set even if the bus is BUSY or I2C is in slave mode. Note: This bit has no effect when RELOAD is set..
Bit 14: Stop generation (master mode) The bit is set by software, cleared by hardware when a STOP condition is detected, or when PE = 0. In master mode: Note: Writing 0 to this bit has no effect..
Bit 15: NACK generation (slave mode) The bit is set by software, cleared by hardware when the NACK is sent, or when a STOP condition or an Address matched is received, or when PE = 0. Note: Writing 0 to this bit has no effect. Note: This bit is used only in slave mode: in master receiver mode, NACK is automatically generated after last byte preceding STOP or RESTART condition, whatever the NACK bit value. Note: When an overrun occurs in slave receiver NOSTRETCH mode, a NACK is automatically generated, whatever the NACK bit value. Note: When hardware PEC checking is enabled (PECBYTE = 1), the PEC acknowledge value does not depend on the NACK value..
Bits 16-23: Number of bytes The number of bytes to be transmitted/received is programmed there. This field is don t care in slave mode with SBC = 0. Note: Changing these bits when the START bit is set is not allowed..
Bit 24: NBYTES reload mode This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 25: Automatic end mode (master mode) This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: This bit has no effect in slave mode or when the RELOAD bit is set..
Bit 26: Packet error checking byte This bit is set by software, and cleared by hardware when the PEC is transferred, or when a STOP condition or an Address matched is received, also when PE = 0. Note: Writing 0 to this bit has no effect. Note: This bit has no effect when RELOAD is set, and in slave mode when SBC = 0. Note: If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to 0. Refer to Section 25.3..
I2C own address 1 register
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/3 fields covered.
Bits 0-9: Interface own slave address 7-bit addressing mode: OA1[7:1] contains the 7-bit own slave address. Bits OA1[9], OA1[8] and OA1[0] are don't care. 10-bit addressing mode: OA1[9:0] contains the 10-bit own slave address. Note: These bits can be written only when OA1EN = 0..
Bit 10: Own address 1 10-bit mode Note: This bit can be written only when OA1EN = 0..
Bit 15: Own address 1 enable.
I2C own address 2 register
Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/3 fields covered.
I2C timing register
Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/5 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRESC
rw |
SCLDEL
rw |
SDADEL
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
SCLH
rw |
SCLL
rw |
Bits 0-7: SCL low period (master mode) This field is used to generate the SCL low period in master mode. t<sub>SCLL </sub>= (SCLL + 1) x t<sub>PRESC</sub> Note: SCLL is also used to generate t<sub>BUF </sub>and t<sub>SU:STA </sub>timings..
Bits 8-15: SCL high period (master mode) This field is used to generate the SCL high period in master mode. t<sub>SCLH </sub>= (SCLH + 1) x t<sub>PRESC</sub> Note: SCLH is also used to generate t<sub>SU:STO </sub>and t<sub>HD:STA </sub>timing..
Bits 16-19: Data hold time This field is used to generate the delay t<sub>SDADEL </sub>between SCL falling edge and SDA edge. In master and in slave modes with NOSTRETCH = 0, the SCL line is stretched low during t<sub>SDADEL</sub>. t<sub>SDADEL</sub>= SDADEL x t<sub>PRESC</sub> Note: SDADEL is used to generate t<sub>HD:DAT </sub>timing..
Bits 20-23: Data setup time This field is used to generate a delay t<sub>SCLDEL</sub> = (SCLDEL + 1) x t<sub>PRESC</sub> between SDA edge and SCL rising edge. In master and in slave modes with NOSTRETCH = 0, the SCL line is stretched low during t<sub>SCLDEL</sub>. Note: t<sub>SCLDEL</sub> is used to generate t<sub>SU:DAT </sub>timing..
Bits 28-31: Timing prescaler This field is used to prescale I2CCLK to generate the clock period t<sub>PRESC </sub>used for data setup and hold counters (refer to I2C timings), and for SCL high and low level counters (refer to I2C master initialization). t<sub>PRESC </sub>= (PRESC + 1) x t<sub>I2CCLK</sub>.
I2C timeout register
Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/5 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TEXTEN
rw |
TIMEOUTB
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TIMOUTEN
rw |
TIDLE
rw |
TIMEOUTA
rw |
Bits 0-11: Bus timeout A This field is used to configure: The SCL low timeout condition t<sub>TIMEOUT</sub> when TIDLE = 0 t<sub>TIMEOUT</sub>= (TIMEOUTA + 1) x 2048 x t<sub>I2CCLK</sub> The bus idle condition (both SCL and SDA high) when TIDLE = 1 t<sub>IDLE</sub>= (TIMEOUTA + 1) x 4 x t<sub>I2CCLK</sub> Note: These bits can be written only when TIMOUTEN = 0..
Bit 12: Idle clock timeout detection Note: This bit can be written only when TIMOUTEN = 0..
Bit 15: Clock timeout enable.
Bits 16-27: Bus timeout B This field is used to configure the cumulative clock extension timeout: Master mode: the master cumulative clock low extend time (t<sub>LOW:MEXT</sub>) is detected Slave mode: the slave cumulative clock low extend time (t<sub>LOW:SEXT</sub>) is detected t<sub>LOW:EXT </sub>= (TIMEOUTB + TIDLE = 01) x 2048 x t<sub>I2CCLK</sub> Note: These bits can be written only when TEXTEN = 0..
Bit 31: Extended clock timeout enable.
I2C interrupt and status register
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000001, access: read-write
15/17 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ADDCODE
r |
DIR
r |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
BUSY
r |
ALERT
r |
TIMEOUT
r |
PECERR
r |
OVR
r |
ARLO
r |
BERR
r |
TCR
r |
TC
r |
STOPF
r |
NACKF
r |
ADDR
r |
RXNE
r |
TXIS
rw |
TXE
rw |
Bit 0: Transmit data register empty (transmitters) This bit is set by hardware when the I2C_TXDR register is empty. It is cleared when the next data to be sent is written in the I2C_TXDR register. This bit can be written to 1 by software in order to flush the transmit data register I2C_TXDR. Note: This bit is set by hardware when PE = 0..
Bit 1: Transmit interrupt status (transmitters) This bit is set by hardware when the I2C_TXDR register is empty and the data to be transmitted must be written in the I2C_TXDR register. It is cleared when the next data to be sent is written in the I2C_TXDR register. This bit can be written to 1 by software only when NOSTRETCH = 1, to generate a TXIS event (interrupt if TXIE = 1 or DMA request if TXDMAEN = 1). Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE = 0..
Bit 2: Receive data register not empty (receivers) This bit is set by hardware when the received data is copied into the I2C_RXDR register, and is ready to be read. It is cleared when I2C_RXDR is read. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE = 0..
Bit 3: Address matched (slave mode) This bit is set by hardware as soon as the received slave address matched with one of the enabled slave addresses. It is cleared by software by setting ADDRCF bit. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE = 0..
Bit 4: Not acknowledge received flag This flag is set by hardware when a NACK is received after a byte transmission. It is cleared by software by setting the NACKCF bit. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE = 0..
Bit 5: Stop detection flag This flag is set by hardware when a STOP condition is detected on the bus and the peripheral is involved in this transfer: as a master, provided that the STOP condition is generated by the peripheral. as a slave, provided that the peripheral has been addressed previously during this transfer. It is cleared by software by setting the STOPCF bit. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE = 0..
Bit 6: Transfer complete (master mode) This flag is set by hardware when RELOAD = 0, AUTOEND = 0 and NBYTES data have been transferred. It is cleared by software when START bit or STOP bit is set. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE = 0..
Bit 7: Transfer complete reload This flag is set by hardware when RELOAD = 1 and NBYTES data have been transferred. It is cleared by software when NBYTES is written to a non-zero value. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE = 0. Note: This flag is only for master mode, or for slave mode when the SBC bit is set..
Bit 8: Bus error This flag is set by hardware when a misplaced Start or STOP condition is detected whereas the peripheral is involved in the transfer. The flag is not set during the address phase in slave mode. It is cleared by software by setting the BERRCF bit. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE = 0..
Bit 9: Arbitration lost This flag is set by hardware in case of arbitration loss. It is cleared by software by setting the ARLOCF bit. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE = 0..
Bit 10: Overrun/underrun (slave mode) This flag is set by hardware in slave mode with NOSTRETCH = 1, when an overrun/underrun error occurs. It is cleared by software by setting the OVRCF bit. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE = 0..
Bit 11: PEC error in reception This flag is set by hardware when the received PEC does not match with the PEC register content. A NACK is automatically sent after the wrong PEC reception. It is cleared by software by setting the PECCF bit. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE = 0. Note: If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to 0. Refer to Section 25.3..
Bit 12: Timeout or t<sub>LOW</sub> detection flag This flag is set by hardware when a timeout or extended clock timeout occurred. It is cleared by software by setting the TIMEOUTCF bit. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE = 0. Note: If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to 0. Refer to Section 25.3..
Bit 13: SMBus alert This flag is set by hardware when SMBHEN = 1 (SMBus host configuration), ALERTEN = 1 and an SMBALERT event (falling edge) is detected on SMBA pin. It is cleared by software by setting the ALERTCF bit. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE = 0. Note: If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to 0. Refer to Section 25.3..
Bit 15: Bus busy This flag indicates that a communication is in progress on the bus. It is set by hardware when a START condition is detected, and cleared by hardware when a STOP condition is detected, or when PE = 0..
Bit 16: Transfer direction (slave mode) This flag is updated when an address match event occurs (ADDR = 1)..
Bits 17-23: Address match code (slave mode) These bits are updated with the received address when an address match event occurs (ADDR = 1). In the case of a 10-bit address, ADDCODE provides the 10-bit header followed by the two MSBs of the address..
I2C interrupt clear register
Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only
0/9 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ALERTCF
w |
TIMOUTCF
w |
PECCF
w |
OVRCF
w |
ARLOCF
w |
BERRCF
w |
STOPCF
w |
NACKCF
w |
ADDRCF
w |
Bit 3: Address matched flag clear Writing 1 to this bit clears the ADDR flag in the I2C_ISR register. Writing 1 to this bit also clears the START bit in the I2C_CR2 register..
Bit 4: Not acknowledge flag clear Writing 1 to this bit clears the NACKF flag in I2C_ISR register..
Bit 5: STOP detection flag clear Writing 1 to this bit clears the STOPF flag in the I2C_ISR register..
Bit 8: Bus error flag clear Writing 1 to this bit clears the BERRF flag in the I2C_ISR register..
Bit 9: Arbitration lost flag clear Writing 1 to this bit clears the ARLO flag in the I2C_ISR register..
Bit 10: Overrun/underrun flag clear Writing 1 to this bit clears the OVR flag in the I2C_ISR register..
Bit 11: PEC error flag clear Writing 1 to this bit clears the PECERR flag in the I2C_ISR register. Note: If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to 0. Refer to Section 25.3..
Bit 12: Timeout detection flag clear Writing 1 to this bit clears the TIMEOUT flag in the I2C_ISR register. Note: If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to 0. Refer to Section 25.3..
Bit 13: Alert flag clear Note: Writing 1 to this bit clears the ALERT flag in the I2C_ISR register. Note: If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to 0. Refer to Section 25.3..
I2C PEC register
Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PEC
r |
I2C receive data register
Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
RXDATA
r |
I2C transmit data register
Offset: 0x28, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TXDATA
rw |
0x40003000: IWDG address block description
3/7 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | KR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | PR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | RLR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc | SR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 | WINR |
IWDG key register
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
KEY
w |
Bits 0-15: Key value (write only, read 0x0000) These bits must be written by software at regular intervals with the key value 0xAAAA, otherwise the watchdog generates a reset when the counter reaches 0. Writing the key value 0x5555 to enable access to the IWDG_PR, IWDG_RLR and IWDG_WINR registers (see Section 22.3.4: Register access protection) Writing the key value 0xCCCC starts the watchdog (except if the hardware watchdog option is selected).
IWDG prescaler register
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PR
rw |
Bits 0-2: Prescaler divider These bits are write access protected see Section 22.3.4: Register access protection. They are written by software to select the prescaler divider feeding the counter clock. PVU bit of the IWDG status register (IWDG_SR) must be reset in order to be able to change the prescaler divider. Note: Reading this register returns the prescaler value from the V<sub>DD</sub> voltage domain. This value may not be up to date/valid if a write operation to this register is ongoing. For this reason the value read from this register is valid only when the PVU bit in the IWDG status register (IWDG_SR) is reset..
IWDG reload register
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000FFF, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
RL
rw |
Bits 0-11: Watchdog counter reload value These bits are write access protected see Register access protection. They are written by software to define the value to be loaded in the watchdog counter each time the value 0xAAAA is written in the IWDG key register (IWDG_KR). The watchdog counter counts down from this value. The timeout period is a function of this value and the clock prescaler. Refer to the datasheet for the timeout information. The RVU bit in the IWDG status register (IWDG_SR) must be reset to be able to change the reload value. Note: Reading this register returns the reload value from the V<sub>DD</sub> voltage domain. This value may not be up to date/valid if a write operation to this register is ongoing on it. For this reason the value read from this register is valid only when the RVU bit in the IWDG status register (IWDG_SR) is reset..
IWDG status register
Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
3/3 fields covered.
Bit 0: Watchdog prescaler value update This bit is set by hardware to indicate that an update of the prescaler value is ongoing. It is reset by hardware when the prescaler update operation is completed in the V<sub>DD</sub> voltage domain (takes up to five LSI cycles). Prescaler value can be updated only when PVU bit is reset..
Bit 1: Watchdog counter reload value update This bit is set by hardware to indicate that an update of the reload value is ongoing. It is reset by hardware when the reload value update operation is completed in the V<sub>DD</sub> voltage domain (takes up to five LSI cycles). Reload value can be updated only when RVU bit is reset..
Bit 2: Watchdog counter window value update This bit is set by hardware to indicate that an update of the window value is ongoing. It is reset by hardware when the reload value update operation is completed in the V<sub>DD</sub> voltage domain (takes up to five LSI cycles). Window value can be updated only when WVU bit is reset..
IWDG window register
Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000FFF, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
WIN
rw |
Bits 0-11: Watchdog counter window value These bits are write access protected, see Section 22.3.4, they contain the high limit of the window value to be compared with the downcounter. To prevent a reset, the downcounter must be reloaded when its value is lower than the window register value and greater than 0x0 The WVU bit in the IWDG status register (IWDG_SR) must be reset in order to be able to change the reload value. Note: Reading this register returns the reload value from the V<sub>DD</sub> voltage domain. This value may not be valid if a write operation to this register is ongoing. For this reason the value read from this register is valid only when the WVU bit in the IWDG status register (IWDG_SR) is reset..
0x40007000: PWR address block description
10/161 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | CR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | CR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | CR3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc | CR4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 | SR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 | SR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | SCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 | PUCRA | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x24 | PDCRA | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x28 | PUCRB | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x2c | PDCRB | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x30 | PUCRC | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x34 | PDCRC | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x38 | PUCRD | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x3c | PDCRD | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x48 | PUCRF | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4c | PDCRF | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x70 | BKP0R | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x74 | BKP1R | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x78 | BKP2R | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x7c | BKP3R |
PWR control register 1
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000208, access: read-write
0/3 fields covered.
Bits 0-2: Low-power mode selection These bits select the low-power mode entered when CPU enters deepsleep mode. 1XX: Shutdown mode.
Bit 3: Flash memory powered down during Stop mode This bit determines whether the Flash memory is put in power-down mode or remains in idle mode when the device enters Stop mode..
Bit 5: Flash memory powered down during Sleep mode This bit determines whether the Flash memory is put in power-down mode or remains in idle mode when the device enters Sleep mode..
PWR control register 1
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000100, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PVM_VDDIO2
rw |
PWR control register 3
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00008000, access: read-write
0/8 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
EIWUL
rw |
APC
rw |
EWUP6
rw |
EWUP5
rw |
EWUP4
rw |
EWUP3
rw |
EWUP2
rw |
EWUP1
rw |
Bit 0: Enable WKUP1 wakeup pin When this bit is set, the WKUP1 external wakeup pin is enabled and triggers a wakeup event when a rising or a falling edge occurs. The active edge is configured via the WP1 bit of the PWR_CR4 register..
Bit 1: Enable WKUP2 wakeup pin When this bit is set, the WKUP2 external wakeup pin is enabled and triggers a wakeup event when a rising or a falling edge occurs. The active edge is configured via the WP2 bit of the PWR_CR4 register..
Bit 2: Enable WKUP3 wakeup pin When this bit is set, the WKUP3 external wakeup pin is enabled and triggers a wakeup event when a rising or a falling edge occurs. The active edge is configured via the WP3 bit of the PWR_CR4 register..
Bit 3: Enable WKUP4 wakeup pin When this bit is set, the WKUP4 external wakeup pin is enabled and triggers a wakeup event when a rising or a falling edge occurs. The active edge is configured via the WP4 bit in the PWR_CR4 register..
Bit 4: Enable WKUP5 wakeup pin When this bit is set, the WKUP5 external wakeup pin is enabled and triggers a wakeup event when a rising or a falling edge occurs. The active edge is configured through WP5 bit in the PWR_CR4 register..
Bit 5: Enable WKUP6 wakeup pin When this bit is set, the WKUP6 external wakeup pin is enabled and triggers a wakeup event when a rising or a falling edge occurs. The active edge is configured through WP6 bit in the PWR_CR4 register..
Bit 10: Apply pull-up and pull-down configuration This bit determines whether the I/O pull-up and pull-down configurations defined in the PWR_PUCRx and PWR_PDCRx registers are applied..
Bit 15: Enable internal wakeup line When set, a rising edge on the internal wakeup line triggers a wakeup event..
PWR control register 4
Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/6 fields covered.
Bit 0: WKUP1 wakeup pin polarity WKUP1 external wakeup signal polarity (level or edge) to generate wakeup condition:.
Bit 1: WKUP2 wakeup pin polarity WKUP2 external wakeup signal polarity (level or edge) to generate wakeup condition:.
Bit 2: WKUP3 wakeup pin polarity WKUP3 external wakeup signal polarity (level or edge) to generate wakeup condition:.
Bit 3: WKUP4 wakeup pin polarity WKUP4 external wakeup signal polarity (level or edge) to generate wakeup condition:.
Bit 4: WKUP5 wakeup pin polarity WKUP5 external wakeup signal polarity (level or edge) to generate wakeup condition:.
Bit 5: WKUP6 wakeup pin polarity WKUP6 external wakeup signal polarity (level or edge) to generate wakeup condition:.
PWR status register 1
Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
8/8 fields covered.
Bit 0: Wakeup flag 1 This bit is set when a wakeup condition is detected on WKUP1 wakeup pin. It is cleared by setting the CWUF1 bit of the PWR_SCR register..
Bit 1: Wakeup flag 2 This bit is set when a wakeup condition is detected on WKUP2 wakeup pin. It is cleared by setting the CWUF2 bit of the PWR_SCR register..
Bit 2: Wakeup flag 3 This bit is set when a wakeup condition is detected on WKUP3 wakeup pin. It is cleared by setting the CWUF3 bit of the PWR_SCR register..
Bit 3: Wakeup flag 4 This bit is set when a wakeup condition is detected on WKUP4 wakeup pin. It is cleared by setting the CWUF4 bit of the PWR_SCR register..
Bit 4: Wakeup flag 5 This bit is set when a wakeup condition is detected on WKUP5 wakeup pin. It is cleared by setting the CWUF5 bit of the PWR_SCR register..
Bit 5: Wakeup flag 6 This bit is set when a wakeup condition is detected on WKUP6 wakeup pin. It is cleared by setting the CWUF6 bit of the PWR_SCR register..
Bit 8: Standby flag This bit is set by hardware when the device enters Standby mode and is cleared by setting the CSBF bit in the PWR_SCR register, or by a power-on reset. It is not cleared by the system reset..
Bit 15: Wakeup flag internal This bit is set when a wakeup condition is detected on the internal wakeup line. It is cleared when all internal wakeup sources are cleared..
PWR status register 2
Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
2/2 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PVM_VDDIO2_OUT
r |
FLASH_RDY
r |
Bit 7: Flash ready flag This bit is set by hardware to indicate when the Flash memory is ready to be accessed after wakeup from power-down. To place the Flash memory in power-down, set either FPD_SLP or FPD_STP bit. Note: If the system boots from SRAM, the user application must wait till FLASH_RDY bit is set, prior to jumping to Flash memory..
Bit 13: V<sub>DDIO2</sub> supply voltage monitoring output flag This flag indicates the readiness of the V<sub>DDIO2</sub> supply voltage (excess of 1.2 V). The flag is cleared when the PVM of V<sub>DDIO2</sub> is disabled (PVM_VDDIO2[0] = 0). Note: Only applicable on STM32C071xx, reserved on the other products..
PWR status clear register
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only
0/7 fields covered.
Bit 0: Clear wakeup flag 1 Setting this bit clears the WUF1 flag in the PWR_SR1 register..
Bit 1: Clear wakeup flag 2 Setting this bit clears the WUF2 flag in the PWR_SR1 register..
Bit 2: Clear wakeup flag 3 Setting this bit clears the WUF3 flag in the PWR_SR1 register..
Bit 3: Clear wakeup flag 4 Setting this bit clears the WUF4 flag in the PWR_SR1 register..
Bit 4: Clear wakeup flag 5 Setting this bit clears the WUF5 flag in the PWR_SR1 register..
Bit 5: Clear wakeup flag 6 Setting this bit clears the WUF6 flag in the PWR_SR1 register..
Bit 8: Clear standby flag Setting this bit clears the SBF flag in the PWR_SR1 register..
PWR Port A pull-up control register
Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/16 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PU15
rw |
PU14
rw |
PU13
rw |
PU12
rw |
PU11
rw |
PU10
rw |
PU9
rw |
PU8
rw |
PU7
rw |
PU6
rw |
PU5
rw |
PU4
rw |
PU3
rw |
PU2
rw |
PU1
rw |
PU0
rw |
Bit 0: Port A pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 1: Port A pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 2: Port A pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 3: Port A pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 4: Port A pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 5: Port A pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 6: Port A pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 7: Port A pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 8: Port A pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 9: Port A pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 10: Port A pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 11: Port A pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 12: Port A pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 13: Port A pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 14: Port A pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 15: Port A pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
PWR Port A pull-down control register
Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/16 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PD15
rw |
PD14
rw |
PD13
rw |
PD12
rw |
PD11
rw |
PD10
rw |
PD9
rw |
PD8
rw |
PD7
rw |
PD6
rw |
PD5
rw |
PD4
rw |
PD3
rw |
PD2
rw |
PD1
rw |
PD0
rw |
Bit 0: Port A pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 1: Port A pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 2: Port A pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 3: Port A pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 4: Port A pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 5: Port A pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 6: Port A pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 7: Port A pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 8: Port A pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 9: Port A pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 10: Port A pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 11: Port A pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 12: Port A pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 13: Port A pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 14: Port A pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 15: Port A pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
PWR Port B pull-up control register
Offset: 0x28, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/16 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PU15
rw |
PU14
rw |
PU13
rw |
PU12
rw |
PU11
rw |
PU10
rw |
PU9
rw |
PU8
rw |
PU7
rw |
PU6
rw |
PU5
rw |
PU4
rw |
PU3
rw |
PU2
rw |
PU1
rw |
PU0
rw |
Bit 0: Port B pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU7 and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 1: Port B pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU7 and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 2: Port B pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU7 and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 3: Port B pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU7 and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 4: Port B pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU7 and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 5: Port B pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU7 and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 6: Port B pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU7 and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 7: Port B pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU7 and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 8: Port B pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU7 and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 9: Port B pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU7 and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 10: Port B pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU7 and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 11: Port B pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU7 and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 12: Port B pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU7 and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 13: Port B pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU7 and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 14: Port B pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU7 and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 15: Port B pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU7 and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
PWR Port B pull-down control register
Offset: 0x2c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/16 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PD15
rw |
PD14
rw |
PD13
rw |
PD12
rw |
PD11
rw |
PD10
rw |
PD9
rw |
PD8
rw |
PD7
rw |
PD6
rw |
PD5
rw |
PD4
rw |
PD3
rw |
PD2
rw |
PD1
rw |
PD0
rw |
Bit 0: Port B pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD7 and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 1: Port B pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD7 and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 2: Port B pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD7 and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 3: Port B pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD7 and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 4: Port B pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD7 and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 5: Port B pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD7 and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 6: Port B pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD7 and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 7: Port B pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD7 and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 8: Port B pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD7 and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 9: Port B pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD7 and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 10: Port B pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD7 and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 11: Port B pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD7 and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 12: Port B pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD7 and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 13: Port B pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD7 and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 14: Port B pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD7 and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 15: Port B pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD7 and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
PWR Port C pull-up control register
Offset: 0x30, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/16 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PU15
rw |
PU14
rw |
PU13
rw |
PU12
rw |
PU11
rw |
PU10
rw |
PU9
rw |
PU8
rw |
PU7
rw |
PU6
rw |
PU5
rw |
PU4
rw |
PU3
rw |
PU2
rw |
PU1
rw |
PU0
rw |
Bit 0: Port C pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU15 and PU14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PU15 to PU13, PU7, and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 1: Port C pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU15 and PU14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PU15 to PU13, PU7, and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 2: Port C pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU15 and PU14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PU15 to PU13, PU7, and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 3: Port C pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU15 and PU14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PU15 to PU13, PU7, and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 4: Port C pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU15 and PU14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PU15 to PU13, PU7, and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 5: Port C pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU15 and PU14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PU15 to PU13, PU7, and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 6: Port C pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU15 and PU14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PU15 to PU13, PU7, and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 7: Port C pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU15 and PU14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PU15 to PU13, PU7, and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 8: Port C pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU15 and PU14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PU15 to PU13, PU7, and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 9: Port C pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU15 and PU14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PU15 to PU13, PU7, and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 10: Port C pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU15 and PU14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PU15 to PU13, PU7, and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 11: Port C pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU15 and PU14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PU15 to PU13, PU7, and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 12: Port C pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU15 and PU14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PU15 to PU13, PU7, and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 13: Port C pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU15 and PU14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PU15 to PU13, PU7, and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 14: Port C pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU15 and PU14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PU15 to PU13, PU7, and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 15: Port C pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU15 and PU14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PU15 to PU13, PU7, and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
PWR Port C pull-down control register
Offset: 0x34, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/16 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PD15
rw |
PD14
rw |
PD13
rw |
PD12
rw |
PD11
rw |
PD10
rw |
PD9
rw |
PD8
rw |
PD7
rw |
PD6
rw |
PD5
rw |
PD4
rw |
PD3
rw |
PD2
rw |
PD1
rw |
PD0
rw |
Bit 0: Port C pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD15 and PD14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PD15 to PD13, PD7, and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 1: Port C pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD15 and PD14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PD15 to PD13, PD7, and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 2: Port C pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD15 and PD14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PD15 to PD13, PD7, and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 3: Port C pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD15 and PD14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PD15 to PD13, PD7, and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 4: Port C pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD15 and PD14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PD15 to PD13, PD7, and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 5: Port C pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD15 and PD14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PD15 to PD13, PD7, and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 6: Port C pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD15 and PD14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PD15 to PD13, PD7, and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 7: Port C pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD15 and PD14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PD15 to PD13, PD7, and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 8: Port C pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD15 and PD14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PD15 to PD13, PD7, and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 9: Port C pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD15 and PD14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PD15 to PD13, PD7, and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 10: Port C pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD15 and PD14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PD15 to PD13, PD7, and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 11: Port C pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD15 and PD14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PD15 to PD13, PD7, and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 12: Port C pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD15 and PD14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PD15 to PD13, PD7, and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 13: Port C pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD15 and PD14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PD15 to PD13, PD7, and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 14: Port C pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD15 and PD14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PD15 to PD13, PD7, and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 15: Port C pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD15 and PD14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PD15 to PD13, PD7, and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
PWR Port D pull-up control register
Offset: 0x38, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/9 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PU9
rw |
PU8
rw |
PU6
rw |
PU5
rw |
PU4
rw |
PU3
rw |
PU2
rw |
PU1
rw |
PU0
rw |
Bit 0: Port D pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PD[i] I/O. Not available on STM32C011xx. On STM32C031xx, only PU3 to PU0 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 1: Port D pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PD[i] I/O. Not available on STM32C011xx. On STM32C031xx, only PU3 to PU0 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 2: Port D pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PD[i] I/O. Not available on STM32C011xx. On STM32C031xx, only PU3 to PU0 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 3: Port D pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PD[i] I/O. Not available on STM32C011xx. On STM32C031xx, only PU3 to PU0 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 4: Port D pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PD[i] I/O. Not available on STM32C011xx. On STM32C031xx, only PU3 to PU0 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 5: Port D pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PD[i] I/O. Not available on STM32C011xx. On STM32C031xx, only PU3 to PU0 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 6: Port D pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PD[i] I/O. Not available on STM32C011xx. On STM32C031xx, only PU3 to PU0 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 8: Port D pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PD[i] I/O. Only available on STM32C071xx. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 9: Port D pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PD[i] I/O. Only available on STM32C071xx. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
PWR Port D pull-down control register
Offset: 0x3c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/9 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PD9
rw |
PD8
rw |
PD6
rw |
PD5
rw |
PD4
rw |
PD3
rw |
PD2
rw |
PD1
rw |
PD0
rw |
Bit 0: Port D pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PD[i] I/O. Not available on STM32C011xx. On STM32C031xx, only PD3 to PD0 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 1: Port D pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PD[i] I/O. Not available on STM32C011xx. On STM32C031xx, only PD3 to PD0 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 2: Port D pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PD[i] I/O. Not available on STM32C011xx. On STM32C031xx, only PD3 to PD0 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 3: Port D pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PD[i] I/O. Not available on STM32C011xx. On STM32C031xx, only PD3 to PD0 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 4: Port D pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PD[i] I/O. Not available on STM32C011xx. On STM32C031xx, only PD3 to PD0 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 5: Port D pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PD[i] I/O. Not available on STM32C011xx. On STM32C031xx, only PD3 to PD0 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 6: Port D pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PD[i] I/O. Not available on STM32C011xx. On STM32C031xx, only PD3 to PD0 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 8: Port D pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PD[i] I/O. Only available on STM32C071xx. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 9: Port D pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PD[i] I/O. Only available on STM32C071xx. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
PWR Port F pull-up control register
Offset: 0x48, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/4 fields covered.
Bit 0: Port F pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PF[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU2 is available. On STM32C031xx, only PU2 to PU0 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 1: Port F pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PF[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU2 is available. On STM32C031xx, only PU2 to PU0 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 2: Port F pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PF[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU2 is available. On STM32C031xx, only PU2 to PU0 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 3: Port F pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PF[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU2 is available. On STM32C031xx, only PU2 to PU0 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
PWR Port F pull-down control register
Offset: 0x4c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/4 fields covered.
Bit 0: Port F pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PF[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD2 is available. On STM32C031xx, only PD2 to PD0 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 1: Port F pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PF[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD2 is available. On STM32C031xx, only PD2 to PD0 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 2: Port F pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PF[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD2 is available. On STM32C031xx, only PD2 to PD0 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
Bit 3: Port F pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PF[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD2 is available. On STM32C031xx, only PD2 to PD0 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..
PWR backup 0 register
Offset: 0x70, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BKP
rw |
PWR backup 1 register
Offset: 0x74, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BKP
rw |
PWR backup 2 register
Offset: 0x78, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BKP
rw |
PWR backup 3 register
Offset: 0x7c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BKP
rw |
0x40021000: RCC address block description
22/151 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | ICSCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | CFGR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 | CRRCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | CIER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1c | CIFR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 | CICR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x24 | IOPRSTR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x28 | AHBRSTR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x2c | APBRSTR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x30 | APBRSTR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x34 | IOPENR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x38 | AHBENR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x3c | APBENR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x40 | APBENR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x44 | IOPSMENR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x48 | AHBSMENR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4c | APBSMENR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x50 | APBSMENR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x54 | CCIPR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x58 | CCIPR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x5c | CSR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x60 | CSR2 |
RCC clock control register
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00001540, access: read-write
2/12 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
HSIUSB48RDY
rw |
HSIUSB48ON
rw |
CSSON
rw |
HSEBYP
rw |
HSERDY
r |
HSEON
rw |
||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
HSIDIV
rw |
HSIRDY
r |
HSIKERON
rw |
HSION
rw |
HSIKERDIV
rw |
SYSDIV
rw |
Bits 2-4: Clock division factor for system clock Set and cleared by software. SYSCLK is result of the division by: Note: This bitfield is only available on STM32C071xx..
Bits 5-7: HSI48 kernel clock division factor This bitfield controlled by software sets the division factor of the kernel clock divider to produce HSIKER clock:.
Bit 8: HSI48 clock enable Set and cleared by software and hardware, with hardware taking priority. Kept low by hardware as long as the device is in a low-power mode. Kept high by hardware as long as the system is clocked with a clock derived from HSI48. This includes the exit from low-power modes and the system clock fall-back to HSI48 upon failing HSE oscillator clock selected as system clock source..
Bit 9: HSI48 always-enable for peripheral kernels. Set and cleared by software. Setting the bit activates the HSI48 oscillator in Run and Stop modes, regardless of the HSION bit state. The HSI48 clock can only feed USART1, USART2, and I2C1 peripherals configured with HSI48 as kernel clock. Note: Keeping the HSI48 active in Stop mode allows speeding up the serial interface communication as the HSI48 clock is ready immediately upon exiting Stop mode..
Bit 10: HSI48 clock ready flag Set by hardware when the HSI48 oscillator is enabled through HSION and ready to use (stable). Note: Upon clearing HSION, HSIRDY goes low after six HSI48 clock cycles..
Bits 11-13: HSI48 clock division factor This bitfield controlled by software sets the division factor of the HSI48 clock divider to produce HSISYS clock:.
Bit 16: HSE clock enable Set and cleared by software. Cleared by hardware to stop the HSE oscillator when entering Stop, or Standby, or Shutdown mode. This bit cannot be cleared if the HSE oscillator is used directly or indirectly as the system clock..
Bit 17: HSE clock ready flag Set by hardware to indicate that the HSE oscillator is stable and ready for use. Note: Upon clearing HSEON, HSERDY goes low after six HSE clock cycles..
Bit 18: HSE crystal oscillator bypass Set and cleared by software. When the bit is set, the internal HSE oscillator is bypassed for use of an external clock. The external clock must then be enabled with the HSEON bit set. Write access to the bit is only effective when the HSE oscillator is disabled..
Bit 19: Clock security system enable Set by software to enable the clock security system. When the bit is set, the clock detector is enabled by hardware when the HSE oscillator is ready, and disabled by hardware if a HSE clock failure is detected. The bit is cleared by hardware upon reset..
Bit 22: HSIUSB48 clock enable Set and cleared by software and hardware, with hardware taking priority. Kept low by hardware as long as the device is in a low-power mode. Kept high by hardware as long as the system is clocked from HSIUSB48. Note: Only applicable on STM32C071xx, reserved on other devices..
Bit 23: HSIUSB48 clock ready flag Set by hardware when the HSIUSB48 oscillator is enabled through HSIUSB48ON and ready to use (stable). Note: Only applicable on STM32C071xx, reserved on other devices..
RCC internal clock source calibration register
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00004000, access: read-write
1/2 fields covered.
Bits 0-7: HSI48 clock calibration This bitfield directly acts on the HSI48 clock frequency. Its value is a sum of an internal factory-programmed number and the value of the HSITRIM[6:0] bitfield. In the factory, the internal number is set to calibrate the HSI48 clock frequency to 48 MHz (with HSITRIM[6:0] left at its reset value). Refer to the device datasheet for HSI48 calibration accuracy and for the frequency trimming granularity. Note: The trimming effect presents discontinuities at HSICAL[7:0] multiples of 64..
Bits 8-14: HSI48 clock trimming The value of this bitfield contributes to the HSICAL[7:0] bitfield value. It allows HSI48 clock frequency user trimming. The HSI48 frequency accuracy as stated in the device datasheet applies when this bitfield is left at its reset value..
RCC clock configuration register
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
1/8 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
MCOPRE
rw |
MCOSEL
rw |
MCO2PRE
rw |
MCO2SEL
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PPRE
rw |
HPRE
rw |
SWS
r |
SW
rw |
Bits 0-2: System clock switch This bitfield is controlled by software and hardware. The bitfield selects the clock for SYSCLK as follows: Others: Reserved The setting is forced by hardware to 000 (HSISYS selected) when the MCU exits Stop, or Standby, or Shutdown mode, or when the setting is 001 (HSE selected) and HSE oscillator failure is detected..
Bits 3-5: System clock switch status This bitfield is controlled by hardware to indicate the clock source used as system clock: Others: Reserved.
Bits 8-11: AHB prescaler This bitfield is controlled by software. To produce HCLK clock, it sets the division factor of SYSCLK clock as follows: 0xxx: 1.
Bits 12-14: APB prescaler This bitfield is controlled by software. To produce PCLK clock, it sets the division factor of HCLK clock as follows: 0xx: 1.
Bits 16-19: Microcontroller clock output 2 clock selector This bitfield is controlled by software. It sets the clock selector for MCO2 output as follows: Other: reserved, must not be used Note: This clock output may have some truncated cycles at startup or during MCO2 clock source switching. On STM32C011xx and STM32C031xx, MCOSEL[3] is reserved..
Bits 20-23: Microcontroller clock output 2 prescaler This bitfield is controlled by software. It sets the division factor of the clock sent to the MCO2 output as follows: ... Other: Reserved It is highly recommended to set this field before the MCO2 output is enabled. Note: Values above 0111 are only significant for STM32C071xx. On STM32C011xx and STM32C031xx devices, MCOPRE[3] is reserved..
Bits 24-27: Microcontroller clock output clock selector This bitfield is controlled by software. It sets the clock selector for MCO output as follows: Other: reserved, must not be used Note: This clock output may have some truncated cycles at startup or during MCO clock source switching. On STM32C011xx and STM32C031xx, MCOSEL[3] is reserved..
Bits 28-31: Microcontroller clock output prescaler This bitfield is controlled by software. It sets the division factor of the clock sent to the MCO output as follows: ... Other: Reserved It is highly recommended to set this field before the MCO output is enabled. Note: Values above 0111 are only significant for STM32C071xx. On STM32C011xx and STM32C031xx devices, MCOPRE[3] is reserved..
RCC clock recovery RC register
Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
HSIUSB48CAL
r |
RCC clock interrupt enable register
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/5 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
HSERDYIE
rw |
HSIRDYIE
rw |
HSIUSB48RDYIE
rw |
LSERDYIE
rw |
LSIRDYIE
rw |
Bit 0: LSI ready interrupt enable Set and cleared by software to enable/disable interrupt caused by the LSI oscillator stabilization:.
Bit 1: LSE ready interrupt enable Set and cleared by software to enable/disable interrupt caused by the LSE oscillator stabilization:.
Bit 2: HSIUSB48 ready interrupt enable Set and cleared by software to enable/disable interrupt caused by the HSIUSB48 oscillator stabilization: Note: Only applicable on STM32C071xx, reserved on other devices..
Bit 3: HSI48 ready interrupt enable Set and cleared by software to enable/disable interrupt caused by the HSI48 oscillator stabilization:.
Bit 4: HSE ready interrupt enable Set and cleared by software to enable/disable interrupt caused by the HSE oscillator stabilization:.
RCC clock interrupt flag register
Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
7/7 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
LSECSSF
r |
CSSF
r |
HSERDYF
r |
HSIRDYF
r |
HSIUSB48RDYF
r |
LSERDYF
r |
LSIRDYF
r |
Bit 0: LSI ready interrupt flag This flag indicates a pending interrupt upon LSE clock getting ready. Set by hardware when the LSI clock becomes stable and LSIRDYDIE is set. Cleared by software setting the LSIRDYC bit..
Bit 1: LSE ready interrupt flag This flag indicates a pending interrupt upon LSE clock getting ready. Set by hardware when the LSE clock becomes stable and LSERDYDIE is set. Cleared by software setting the LSERDYC bit..
Bit 2: HSIUSB48 ready interrupt flag Set by hardware when the HSIUSB48 clock becomes stable and HSIUSB48RDYIE is set as a response to setting HSIUSB48ON (refer to RCC clock control register (RCC_CR)). When HSIUSB48ON is not set but the HSIUSB48 oscillator is enabled by the peripheral through a clock request, this bit is not set and no interrupt is generated. Cleared by software setting the HSIUSB48RDYC bit. Note: Only applicable on STM32C071xx, reserved on other devices..
Bit 3: HSI48 ready interrupt flag This flag indicates a pending interrupt upon HSI48 clock getting ready. Set by hardware when the HSI48 clock becomes stable and HSIRDYIE is set in response to setting the HSION (refer to RCC clock control register (RCC_CR)). When HSION is not set but the HSI48 oscillator is enabled by the peripheral through a clock request, this bit is not set and no interrupt is generated. Cleared by software setting the HSIRDYC bit..
Bit 4: HSE ready interrupt flag This flag indicates a pending interrupt upon HSE clock getting ready. Set by hardware when the HSE clock becomes stable and HSERDYIE is set. Cleared by software setting the HSERDYC bit..
Bit 8: HSE clock security system interrupt flag This flag indicates a pending interrupt upon HSE clock failure. Set by hardware when a failure is detected in the HSE oscillator. Cleared by software setting the CSSC bit..
Bit 9: LSE clock security system interrupt flag This flag indicates a pending interrupt upon LSE clock failure. Set by hardware when a failure is detected in the LSE oscillator. Cleared by software by setting the LSECSSC bit..
RCC clock interrupt clear register
Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only
0/7 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
LSECSSC
w |
CSSC
w |
HSERDYC
w |
HSIRDYC
w |
HSIUSB48RDYC
w |
LSERDYC
w |
LSIRDYC
w |
Bit 0: LSI ready interrupt clear This bit is set by software to clear the LSIRDYF flag..
Bit 1: LSE ready interrupt clear This bit is set by software to clear the LSERDYF flag..
Bit 2: HSIUSB48 ready interrupt clear This bit is set software to clear the HSIUSB48RDYF flag. Note: Only applicable on STM32C071xx, reserved on other devices..
Bit 3: HSI48 ready interrupt clear This bit is set software to clear the HSIRDYF flag..
Bit 4: HSE ready interrupt clear This bit is set by software to clear the HSERDYF flag..
Bit 8: Clock security system interrupt clear This bit is set by software to clear the HSECSSF flag..
Bit 9: LSE Clock security system interrupt clear This bit is set by software to clear the LSECSSF flag..
RCC I/O port reset register
Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/5 fields covered.
Bit 0: I/O port A reset This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 1: I/O port B reset This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 2: I/O port C reset This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 3: I/O port D reset This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 5: I/O port F reset This bit is set and cleared by software..
RCC AHB peripheral reset register
Offset: 0x28, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/3 fields covered.
RCC APB peripheral reset register 1
Offset: 0x2c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/10 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PWRRST
rw |
DBGRST
rw |
I2C2RST
rw |
I2C1RST
rw |
USART2RST
rw |
CRSRST
rw |
||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
SPI2RST
rw |
USBRST
rw |
TIM3RST
rw |
TIM2RST
rw |
Bit 0: TIM2 timer reset Set and cleared by software. Note: Only applicable on STM32C071xx, reserved on other devices..
Bit 1: TIM3 timer reset Set and cleared by software..
Bit 13: USB reset Set and cleared by software. Note: Only applicable on STM32C071xx, reserved on other devices..
Bit 14: SPI2 reset Set and cleared by software. Note: Only applicable on STM32C071xx, reserved on other devices..
Bit 16: CRS reset Set and cleared by software. Note: Only applicable on STM32C071xx, reserved on other devices..
Bit 17: USART2 reset Set and cleared by software..
Bit 21: I2C1 reset Set and cleared by software..
Bit 22: I2C2 reset Set and cleared by software. Note: Only applicable on STM32C071xx, reserved on other devices..
Bit 27: Debug support reset Set and cleared by software..
Bit 28: Power interface reset Set and cleared by software..
RCC APB peripheral reset register 2
Offset: 0x30, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/8 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ADCRST
rw |
TIM17RST
rw |
TIM16RST
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TIM14RST
rw |
USART1RST
rw |
SPI1RST
rw |
TIM1RST
rw |
SYSCFGRST
rw |
Bit 0: SYSCFG reset Set and cleared by software..
Bit 11: TIM1 timer reset Set and cleared by software..
Bit 12: SPI1 reset Set and cleared by software..
Bit 14: USART1 reset Set and cleared by software..
Bit 15: TIM14 timer reset Set and cleared by software..
Bit 17: TIM16 timer reset Set and cleared by software..
Bit 18: TIM16 timer reset Set and cleared by software..
Bit 20: ADC reset Set and cleared by software..
RCC I/O port clock enable register
Offset: 0x34, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/5 fields covered.
Bit 0: I/O port A clock enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 1: I/O port B clock enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 2: I/O port C clock enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 3: I/O port D clock enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 5: I/O port F clock enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
RCC AHB peripheral clock enable register
Offset: 0x38, size: 32, reset: 0x00000100, access: read-write
0/3 fields covered.
Bit 0: DMA1 and DMAMUX clock enable Set and cleared by software. DMAMUX is enabled as long as at least one DMA peripheral is enabled..
Bit 8: Flash memory interface clock enable Set and cleared by software. This bit can only be cleared when the Flash memory is in power down mode..
Bit 12: CRC clock enable Set and cleared by software..
RCC APB peripheral clock enable register 1
Offset: 0x3c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/12 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PWREN
rw |
DBGEN
rw |
I2C2EN
rw |
I2C1EN
rw |
USART2EN
rw |
CRSEN
rw |
||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
SPI2EN
rw |
USBEN
rw |
WWDGEN
rw |
RTCAPBEN
rw |
TIM3EN
rw |
TIM2EN
rw |
Bit 0: TIM2 timer clock enable Set and cleared by software..
Bit 1: TIM3 timer clock enable Set and cleared by software..
Bit 10: RTC APB clock enable Set and cleared by software..
Bit 11: WWDG clock enable Set by software to enable the window watchdog clock. Cleared by hardware system reset This bit can also be set by hardware if the WWDG_SW option bit is 0..
Bit 13: USB clock enable Set and cleared by software..
Bit 14: SPI2 clock enable Set and cleared by software..
Bit 16: CRS clock enable Set and cleared by software..
Bit 17: USART2 clock enable Set and cleared by software..
Bit 21: I2C1 clock enable Set and cleared by software..
Bit 22: I2C2 clock enable Set and cleared by software..
Bit 27: Debug support clock enable Set and cleared by software..
Bit 28: Power interface clock enable Set and cleared by software..
RCC APB peripheral clock enable register 2
Offset: 0x40, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/8 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ADCEN
rw |
TIM17EN
rw |
TIM16EN
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TIM14EN
rw |
USART1EN
rw |
SPI1EN
rw |
TIM1EN
rw |
SYSCFGEN
rw |
Bit 0: SYSCFG clock enable Set and cleared by software..
Bit 11: TIM1 timer clock enable Set and cleared by software..
Bit 12: SPI1 clock enable Set and cleared by software..
Bit 14: USART1 clock enable Set and cleared by software..
Bit 15: TIM14 timer clock enable Set and cleared by software..
Bit 17: TIM16 timer clock enable Set and cleared by software..
Bit 18: TIM16 timer clock enable Set and cleared by software..
Bit 20: ADC clock enable Set and cleared by software..
RCC I/O port in Sleep mode clock enable register
Offset: 0x44, size: 32, reset: 0x0000002F, access: read-write
0/5 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
GPIOFSMEN
rw |
GPIODSMEN
rw |
GPIOCSMEN
rw |
GPIOBSMEN
rw |
GPIOASMEN
rw |
Bit 0: I/O port A clock enable during Sleep mode Set and cleared by software..
Bit 1: I/O port B clock enable during Sleep mode Set and cleared by software..
Bit 2: I/O port C clock enable during Sleep mode Set and cleared by software..
Bit 3: I/O port D clock enable during Sleep mode Set and cleared by software..
Bit 5: I/O port F clock enable during Sleep mode Set and cleared by software..
RCC AHB peripheral clock enable in Sleep/Stop mode register
Offset: 0x48, size: 32, reset: 0x00001301, access: read-write
0/4 fields covered.
Bit 0: DMA1 and DMAMUX clock enable during Sleep mode Set and cleared by software. Clock to DMAMUX during Sleep mode is enabled as long as the clock in Sleep mode is enabled to at least one DMA peripheral..
Bit 8: Flash memory interface clock enable during Sleep mode Set and cleared by software. This bit can be activated only when the Flash memory is in power down mode..
Bit 9: SRAM clock enable during Sleep mode Set and cleared by software..
Bit 12: CRC clock enable during Sleep mode Set and cleared by software..
RCC APB peripheral clock enable in Sleep/Stop mode register 1
Offset: 0x4c, size: 32, reset: 0x18636C03, access: read-write
0/12 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PWRSMEN
rw |
DBGSMEN
rw |
I2C2SMEN
rw |
I2C1SMEN
rw |
USART2SMEN
rw |
CRSSMEN
rw |
||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
SPI2SMEN
rw |
USBSMEN
rw |
WWDGSMEN
rw |
RTCAPBSMEN
rw |
TIM3SMEN
rw |
TIM2SMEN
rw |
Bit 0: TIM2 timer clock enable during Sleep mode Set and cleared by software. Note: Only applicable on STM32C071xx, reserved on other devices..
Bit 1: TIM3 timer clock enable during Sleep mode Set and cleared by software..
Bit 10: RTC APB clock enable during Sleep mode Set and cleared by software..
Bit 11: WWDG clock enable during Sleep and Stop modes Set and cleared by software..
Bit 13: USB clock enable during Sleep and Stop modes Set and cleared by software. Note: Only applicable on STM32C071xx, reserved on other devices..
Bit 14: SPI2 clock enable during Sleep and Stop modes Set and cleared by software. Note: Only applicable on STM32C071xx, reserved on other devices..
Bit 16: CRS clock enable during Sleep and Stop modes Set and cleared by software. Note: Only applicable on STM32C071xx, reserved on other devices..
Bit 17: USART2 clock enable during Sleep and Stop modes Set and cleared by software..
Bit 21: I2C1 clock enable during Sleep and Stop modes Set and cleared by software..
Bit 22: I2C2 clock enable during Sleep and Stop modes Set and cleared by software. Note: Only applicable on STM32C071xx, reserved on other devices..
Bit 27: Debug support clock enable during Sleep mode Set and cleared by software..
Bit 28: Power interface clock enable during Sleep mode Set and cleared by software..
RCC APB peripheral clock enable in Sleep/Stop mode register 2
Offset: 0x50, size: 32, reset: 0x0016D801, access: read-write
0/8 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ADCSMEN
rw |
TIM17SMEN
rw |
TIM16SMEN
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TIM14SMEN
rw |
USART1SMEN
rw |
SPI1SMEN
rw |
TIM1SMEN
rw |
SYSCFGSMEN
rw |
Bit 0: SYSCFG clock enable during Sleep and Stop modes Set and cleared by software..
Bit 11: TIM1 timer clock enable during Sleep mode Set and cleared by software..
Bit 12: SPI1 clock enable during Sleep mode Set and cleared by software..
Bit 14: USART1 clock enable during Sleep and Stop modes Set and cleared by software..
Bit 15: TIM14 timer clock enable during Sleep mode Set and cleared by software..
Bit 17: TIM16 timer clock enable during Sleep mode Set and cleared by software..
Bit 18: TIM16 timer clock enable during Sleep mode Set and cleared by software..
Bit 20: ADC clock enable during Sleep mode Set and cleared by software..
RCC peripherals independent clock configuration register 1
Offset: 0x54, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/4 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ADCSEL
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
I2S1SEL
rw |
I2C1SEL
rw |
USART1SEL
rw |
Bits 0-1: USART1 clock source selection This bitfield is controlled by software to select USART1 clock source as follows:.
Bits 12-13: I2C1 clock source selection This bitfield is controlled by software to select I2C1 clock source as follows:.
Bits 14-15: I2S1 clock source selection This bitfield is controlled by software to select I2S1 clock source as follows:.
Bits 30-31: ADCs clock source selection This bitfield is controlled by software to select the asynchronous clock source for ADC:.
RCC peripherals independent clock configuration register 2
Offset: 0x58, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
USBSEL
rw |
RCC control/status register 1
Offset: 0x5c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
2/11 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
LSCOSEL
rw |
LSCOEN
rw |
RTCRST
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
RTCEN
rw |
RTCSEL
rw |
LSECSSD
r |
LSECSSON
rw |
LSEDRV
rw |
LSEBYP
rw |
LSERDY
r |
LSEON
rw |
Bit 0: LSE oscillator enable Set and cleared by software to enable LSE oscillator:.
Bit 1: LSE oscillator ready Set and cleared by hardware to indicate when the external 32 kHz oscillator is ready (stable): After the LSEON bit is cleared, LSERDY goes low after 6 external low-speed oscillator clock cycles..
Bit 2: LSE oscillator bypass Set and cleared by software to bypass the LSE oscillator (in debug mode). This bit can be written only when the external 32 kHz oscillator is disabled (LSEON=0 and LSERDY=0)..
Bit 3: LSE oscillator drive capability Set by software to select the LSE oscillator drive capability as follows: Applicable when the LSE oscillator is in Xtal mode, as opposed to bypass mode..
Bit 5: CSS on LSE enable Set by software to enable the clock security system on LSE (32 kHz) oscillator as follows: LSECSSON must be enabled after the LSE oscillator is enabled (LSEON bit enabled) and ready (LSERDY flag set by hardware), and after the RTCSEL bit is selected. Once enabled, this bit cannot be disabled, except after a LSE failure detection (LSECSSD =1). In that case the software must disable the LSECSSON bit..
Bit 6: CSS on LSE failure Detection Set by hardware to indicate when a failure is detected by the clock security system on the external 32 kHz oscillator (LSE):.
Bits 8-9: RTC clock source selection Set by software to select the clock source for the RTC as follows: Once the RTC clock source is selected, it cannot be changed anymore unless the RTC domain is reset, or unless a failure is detected on LSE (LSECSSD is set). The RTCRST bit can be used to reset this bitfield to 00..
Bit 15: RTC clock enable Set and cleared by software. The bit enables clock to RTC and TAMP..
Bit 16: RTC domain software reset Set and cleared by software to reset the RTC domain:.
Bit 24: Low-speed clock output (LSCO) enable Set and cleared by software..
Bit 25: Low-speed clock output selection Set and cleared by software to select the low-speed output clock:.
RCC control/status register 2
Offset: 0x60, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
8/10 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
LPWRRSTF
r |
WWDGRSTF
r |
IWDGRSTF
r |
SFTRSTF
r |
PWRRSTF
r |
PINRSTF
r |
OBLRSTF
r |
RMVF
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
LSIRDY
r |
LSION
rw |
Bit 0: LSI oscillator enable Set and cleared by software to enable/disable the LSI oscillator:.
Bit 1: LSI oscillator ready Set and cleared by hardware to indicate when the LSI oscillator is ready (stable): After the LSION bit is cleared, LSIRDY goes low after 3 LSI oscillator clock cycles. This bit can be set even if LSION = 0 if the LSI is requested by the Clock Security System on LSE, by the Independent Watchdog or by the RTC..
Bit 23: Remove reset flags Set by software to clear the reset flags..
Bit 25: Option byte loader reset flag Set by hardware when a reset from the Option byte loading occurs. Cleared by setting the RMVF bit..
Bit 26: Pin reset flag Set by hardware when a reset from the NRST pin occurs. Cleared by setting the RMVF bit..
Bit 27: BOR or POR/PDR flag Set by hardware when a BOR or POR/PDR occurs. Cleared by setting the RMVF bit..
Bit 28: Software reset flag Set by hardware when a software reset occurs. Cleared by setting the RMVF bit..
Bit 29: Independent window watchdog reset flag Set by hardware when an independent watchdog reset domain occurs. Cleared by setting the RMVF bit..
Bit 30: Window watchdog reset flag Set by hardware when a window watchdog reset occurs. Cleared by setting the RMVF bit..
Bit 31: Low-power reset flag Set by hardware when a reset occurs due to illegal Stop, or Standby, or Shutdown mode entry. Cleared by setting the RMVF bit. This operates only if nRST_STOP, or nRST_STDBY or nRST_SHDW option bits are cleared..
0x40002800: RTC address block description
25/87 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | TR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | DR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | SSR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc | ICSR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 | PRER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x24 | WPR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x28 | CALR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x2c | SHIFTR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x30 | TSTR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x34 | TSDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x38 | TSSSR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x40 | ALRMAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x44 | ALRMASSR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x50 | SR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x54 | MISR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x5c | SCR |
RTC time register
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/7 fields covered.
RTC date register
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00002101, access: read-write
0/7 fields covered.
RTC sub second register
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
SS
r |
Bits 0-15: Sub second value SS[15:0] is the value in the synchronous prescaler counter. The fraction of a second is given by the formula below: Second fraction = (PREDIV_S - SS) / (PREDIV_S + 1) Note: SS can be larger than PREDIV_S only after a shift operation. In that case, the correct time/date is one second less than as indicated by RTC_TR/RTC_DR..
RTC initialization control and status register
Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000007, access: read-write
5/7 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
RECALPF
r |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
INIT
rw |
INITF
r |
RSF
rw |
INITS
r |
SHPF
r |
ALRAWF
r |
Bit 0: Alarm A write flag This bit is set by hardware when alarm A values can be changed, after the ALRAE bit has been set to 0 in RTC_CR. It is cleared by hardware in initialization mode..
Bit 3: Shift operation pending This flag is set by hardware as soon as a shift operation is initiated by a write to the RTC_SHIFTR register. It is cleared by hardware when the corresponding shift operation has been executed. Writing to the SHPF bit has no effect..
Bit 4: Initialization status flag This bit is set by hardware when the calendar year field is different from 0 (Power-on reset state)..
Bit 5: Registers synchronization flag This bit is set by hardware each time the calendar registers are copied into the shadow registers (RTC_SSR, RTC_TR and RTC_DR). This bit is cleared by hardware in initialization mode, while a shift operation is pending (SHPF = 1), or when in bypass shadow register mode (BYPSHAD = 1). This bit can also be cleared by software. It is cleared either by software or by hardware in initialization mode..
Bit 6: Initialization flag When this bit is set to 1, the RTC is in initialization state, and the time, date and prescaler registers can be updated..
Bit 7: Initialization mode.
Bit 16: Recalibration pending Flag The RECALPF status flag is automatically set to 1 when software writes to the RTC_CALR register, indicating that the RTC_CALR register is blocked. When the new calibration settings are taken into account, this bit returns to 0. Refer to Re-calibration on-the-fly..
RTC prescaler register
Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x007F00FF, access: read-write
0/2 fields covered.
RTC control register
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/18 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
OUT2EN
rw |
TAMPALRM_TYPE
rw |
TAMPALRM_PU
rw |
COE
rw |
OSEL
rw |
POL
rw |
COSEL
rw |
BKP
rw |
SUB1H
w |
ADD1H
w |
||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TSIE
rw |
ALRAIE
rw |
TSE
rw |
ALRAE
rw |
FMT
rw |
BYPSHAD
rw |
REFCKON
rw |
TSEDGE
rw |
Bit 3: Timestamp event active edge TSE must be reset when TSEDGE is changed to avoid unwanted TSF setting..
Bit 4: RTC_REFIN reference clock detection enable (50 or 60 Hz) Note: PREDIV_S must be 0x00FF..
Bit 5: Bypass the shadow registers Note: If the frequency of the APB1 clock is less than seven times the frequency of RTCCLK, BYPSHAD must be set to 1..
Bit 6: Hour format.
Bit 8: Alarm A enable.
Bit 11: timestamp enable.
Bit 12: Alarm A interrupt enable.
Bit 15: Timestamp interrupt enable.
Bit 16: Add 1 hour (summer time change) When this bit is set outside initialization mode, 1 hour is added to the calendar time. This bit is always read as 0..
Bit 17: Subtract 1 hour (winter time change) When this bit is set outside initialization mode, 1 hour is subtracted to the calendar time if the current hour is not 0. This bit is always read as 0. Setting this bit has no effect when current hour is 0..
Bit 18: Backup This bit can be written by the user to memorize whether the daylight saving time change has been performed or not..
Bit 19: Calibration output selection When COE = 1, this bit selects which signal is output on CALIB. These frequencies are valid for RTCCLK at 32.768 kHz and prescalers at their default values (PREDIV_A = 127 and PREDIV_S = 255). Refer to Section 24.3.14: Calibration clock output..
Bit 20: Output polarity This bit is used to configure the polarity of TAMPALRM output..
Bits 21-22: Output selection These bits are used to select the flag to be routed to TAMPALRM output..
Bit 23: Calibration output enable This bit enables the CALIB output.
Bit 29: TAMPALRM pull-up enable.
Bit 30: TAMPALRM output type.
Bit 31: RTC_OUT2 output enable.
RTC write protection register
Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
KEY
w |
RTC calibration register
Offset: 0x28, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/4 fields covered.
Bits 0-8: Calibration minus The frequency of the calendar is reduced by masking CALM out of 2<sup>20</sup> RTCCLK pulses (32 seconds if the input frequency is 32768 Hz). This decreases the frequency of the calendar with a resolution of 0.9537 ppm. To increase the frequency of the calendar, this feature should be used in conjunction with CALP. See Section 24.3.12: RTC smooth digital calibration on page 606..
Bit 13: Use a 16-second calibration cycle period When CALW16 is set to 1, the 16-second calibration cycle period is selected. This bit must not be set to 1 if CALW8 = 1. Note: CALM[0] is stuck at 0 when CALW16 = 1. Refer to Section 24.3.12: RTC smooth digital calibration..
Bit 14: Use an 8-second calibration cycle period When CALW8 is set to 1, the 8-second calibration cycle period is selected. Note: CALM[1:0] are stuck at 00 when CALW8 = 1. Refer to Section 24.3.12: RTC smooth digital calibration..
Bit 15: Increase frequency of RTC by 488.5 ppm This feature is intended to be used in conjunction with CALM, which lowers the frequency of the calendar with a fine resolution. if the input frequency is 32768 Hz, the number of RTCCLK pulses added during a 32-second window is calculated as follows: (512 CALP) - CALM. Refer to Section 24.3.12: RTC smooth digital calibration..
RTC shift control register
Offset: 0x2c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only
0/2 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ADD1S
w |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
SUBFS
w |
Bits 0-14: Subtract a fraction of a second These bits are write only and is always read as zero. Writing to this bit has no effect when a shift operation is pending (when SHPF = 1, in RTC_ICSR). The value which is written to SUBFS is added to the synchronous prescaler counter. Since this counter counts down, this operation effectively subtracts from (delays) the clock by: Delay (seconds) = SUBFS / (PREDIV_S + 1) A fraction of a second can effectively be added to the clock (advancing the clock) when the ADD1S function is used in conjunction with SUBFS, effectively advancing the clock by: Advance (seconds) = (1 - (SUBFS / (PREDIV_S + 1))). Note: Writing to SUBFS causes RSF to be cleared. Software can then wait until RSF = 1 to be sure that the shadow registers have been updated with the shifted time..
Bit 31: Add one second This bit is write only and is always read as zero. Writing to this bit has no effect when a shift operation is pending (when SHPF = 1, in RTC_ICSR). This function is intended to be used with SUBFS (see description below) in order to effectively add a fraction of a second to the clock in an atomic operation..
RTC timestamp time register
Offset: 0x30, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
7/7 fields covered.
RTC timestamp date register
Offset: 0x34, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
5/5 fields covered.
RTC timestamp sub second register
Offset: 0x38, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
SS
r |
RTC alarm A register
Offset: 0x40, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/14 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
MSK4
rw |
WDSEL
rw |
DT
rw |
DU
rw |
MSK3
rw |
PM
rw |
HT
rw |
HU
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
MSK2
rw |
MNT
rw |
MNU
rw |
MSK1
rw |
ST
rw |
SU
rw |
Bits 0-3: Second units in BCD format..
Bits 4-6: Second tens in BCD format..
Bit 7: Alarm A seconds mask.
Bits 8-11: Minute units in BCD format.
Bits 12-14: Minute tens in BCD format.
Bit 15: Alarm A minutes mask.
Bits 16-19: Hour units in BCD format.
Bits 20-21: Hour tens in BCD format.
Bit 22: AM/PM notation.
Bit 23: Alarm A hours mask.
Bits 24-27: Date units or day in BCD format.
Bits 28-29: Date tens in BCD format.
Bit 30: Week day selection.
Bit 31: Alarm A date mask.
RTC alarm A sub second register
Offset: 0x44, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/2 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
MASKSS
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
SS
rw |
Bits 0-14: Sub seconds value This value is compared with the contents of the synchronous prescaler counter to determine if alarm A is to be activated. Only bits 0 up MASKSS-1 are compared..
Bits 24-27: Mask the most-significant bits starting at this bit ... The overflow bits of the synchronous counter (bits 15) is never compared. This bit can be different from 0 only after a shift operation. Note: The overflow bits of the synchronous counter (bits 15) is never compared. This bit can be different from 0 only after a shift operation..
RTC status register
Offset: 0x50, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
3/3 fields covered.
Bit 0: Alarm A flag This flag is set by hardware when the time/date registers (RTC_TR and RTC_DR) match the alarm A register (RTC_ALRMAR)..
Bit 3: Timestamp flag This flag is set by hardware when a timestamp event occurs..
Bit 4: Timestamp overflow flag This flag is set by hardware when a timestamp event occurs while TSF is already set. It is recommended to check and then clear TSOVF only after clearing the TSF bit. Otherwise, an overflow might not be noticed if a timestamp event occurs immediately before the TSF bit is cleared..
RTC masked interrupt status register
Offset: 0x54, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
3/3 fields covered.
Bit 0: Alarm A masked flag This flag is set by hardware when the alarm A interrupt occurs..
Bit 3: Timestamp masked flag This flag is set by hardware when a timestamp interrupt occurs..
Bit 4: Timestamp overflow masked flag This flag is set by hardware when a timestamp interrupt occurs while TSMF is already set. It is recommended to check and then clear TSOVF only after clearing the TSF bit. Otherwise, an overflow might not be noticed if a timestamp event occurs immediately before the TSF bit is cleared..
RTC status clear register
Offset: 0x5c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only
0/3 fields covered.
Bit 0: Clear alarm A flag Writing 1 in this bit clears the ALRAF bit in the RTC_SR register..
Bit 3: Clear timestamp flag Writing 1 in this bit clears the TSOVF bit in the RTC_SR register..
Bit 4: Clear timestamp overflow flag Writing 1 in this bit clears the TSOVF bit in the RTC_SR register. It is recommended to check and then clear TSOVF only after clearing the TSF bit. Otherwise, an overflow might not be noticed if a timestamp event occurs immediately before the TSF bit is cleared..
0x40013000: SPI address block description
13/54 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 (16-bit) | CR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 (16-bit) | CR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 (16-bit) | SR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc (16-bit) | DR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc (8-bit) | DR8 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 (16-bit) | CRCPR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 (16-bit) | RXCRCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 (16-bit) | TXCRCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1c (16-bit) | I2SCFGR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 (16-bit) | I2SPR |
SPI control register 1
Offset: 0x0, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/14 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BIDIMODE
rw |
BIDIOE
rw |
CRCEN
rw |
CRCNEXT
rw |
CRCL
rw |
RXONLY
rw |
SSM
rw |
SSI
rw |
LSBFIRST
rw |
SPE
rw |
BR
rw |
MSTR
rw |
CPOL
rw |
CPHA
rw |
Bit 0: Clock phase Note: This bit should not be changed when communication is ongoing. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode and SPI TI mode except the case when CRC is applied at TI mode..
Bit 1: Clock polarity Note: This bit should not be changed when communication is ongoing. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode and SPI TI mode except the case when CRC is applied at TI mode..
Bit 2: Master selection Note: This bit should not be changed when communication is ongoing. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..
Bits 3-5: Baud rate control Note: These bits should not be changed when communication is ongoing. Note: These bits are not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..
Bit 6: SPI enable Note: When disabling the SPI, follow the procedure described in Procedure for disabling the SPI on page 789. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..
Bit 7: Frame format Note: 1. This bit should not be changed when communication is ongoing. Note: 2. This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode and SPI TI mode..
Bit 8: Internal slave select This bit has an effect only when the SSM bit is set. The value of this bit is forced onto the NSS pin and the I/O value of the NSS pin is ignored. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode and SPI TI mode..
Bit 9: Software slave management When the SSM bit is set, the NSS pin input is replaced with the value from the SSI bit. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode and SPI TI mode..
Bit 10: Receive only mode enabled. This bit enables simplex communication using a single unidirectional line to receive data exclusively. Keep BIDIMODE bit clear when receive only mode is active.This bit is also useful in a multislave system in which this particular slave is not accessed, the output from the accessed slave is not corrupted. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..
Bit 11: CRC length This bit is set and cleared by software to select the CRC length. Note: This bit should be written only when SPI is disabled (SPE = 0 ) for correct operation. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..
Bit 12: Transmit CRC next Note: This bit has to be written as soon as the last data is written in the SPI1_DR register. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..
Bit 13: Hardware CRC calculation enable Note: This bit should be written only when SPI is disabled (SPE = 0 ) for correct operation. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..
Bit 14: Output enable in bidirectional mode This bit combined with the BIDIMODE bit selects the direction of transfer in bidirectional mode. Note: In master mode, the MOSI pin is used and in slave mode, the MISO pin is used. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..
Bit 15: Bidirectional data mode enable. This bit enables half-duplex communication using common single bidirectional data line. Keep RXONLY bit clear when bidirectional mode is active. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..
SPI control register 2
Offset: 0x4, size: 16, reset: 0x00000700, access: read-write
0/12 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
LDMA_TX
rw |
LDMA_RX
rw |
FRXTH
rw |
DS
rw |
TXEIE
rw |
RXNEIE
rw |
ERRIE
rw |
FRF
rw |
NSSP
rw |
SSOE
rw |
TXDMAEN
rw |
RXDMAEN
rw |
Bit 0: Rx buffer DMA enable When this bit is set, a DMA request is generated whenever the RXNE flag is set..
Bit 1: Tx buffer DMA enable When this bit is set, a DMA request is generated whenever the TXE flag is set..
Bit 2: SS output enable Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode and SPI TI mode..
Bit 3: NSS pulse management This bit is used in master mode only. it allows the SPI to generate an NSS pulse between two consecutive data when doing continuous transfers. In the case of a single data transfer, it forces the NSS pin high level after the transfer. It has no meaning if CPHA = 1 , or FRF = 1 . Note: 1. This bit must be written only when the SPI is disabled (SPE=0). Note: 2. This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode and SPI TI mode..
Bit 4: Frame format 1 SPI TI mode Note: This bit must be written only when the SPI is disabled (SPE=0). Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..
Bit 5: Error interrupt enable This bit controls the generation of an interrupt when an error condition occurs (CRCERR, OVR, MODF in SPI mode, FRE at TI mode and UDR, OVR, and FRE in I<sup>2</sup>S mode)..
Bit 6: RX buffer not empty interrupt enable.
Bit 7: Tx buffer empty interrupt enable.
Bits 8-11: Data size These bits configure the data length for SPI transfers. If software attempts to write one of the Not used values, they are forced to the value 0111 (8-bit) Note: These bits are not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..
Bit 12: FIFO reception threshold This bit is used to set the threshold of the RXFIFO that triggers an RXNE event Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..
Bit 13: Last DMA transfer for reception This bit is used in data packing mode, to define if the total number of data to receive by DMA is odd or even. It has significance only if the RXDMAEN bit in the SPI1_CR2 register is set and if packing mode is used (data length =< 8-bit and write access to SPI1_DR is 16-bit wide). It has to be written when the SPI is disabled (SPE = 0 in the SPI1_CR1 register). Note: Refer to Procedure for disabling the SPI on page 789 if the CRCEN bit is set. Note: This bit is not used in I S mode..
Bit 14: Last DMA transfer for transmission This bit is used in data packing mode, to define if the total number of data to transmit by DMA is odd or even. It has significance only if the TXDMAEN bit in the SPI1_CR2 register is set and if packing mode is used (data length =< 8-bit and write access to SPI1_DR is 16-bit wide). It has to be written when the SPI is disabled (SPE = 0 in the SPI1_CR1 register). Note: Refer to Procedure for disabling the SPI on page 789 if the CRCEN bit is set. Note: This bit is not used in I S mode..
SPI status register
Offset: 0x8, size: 16, reset: 0x00000002, access: read-write
10/11 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
FTLVL
r |
FRLVL
r |
FRE
r |
BSY
r |
OVR
r |
MODF
r |
CRCERR
rw |
UDR
r |
CHSIDE
r |
TXE
r |
RXNE
r |
Bit 0: Receive buffer not empty.
Bit 1: Transmit buffer empty.
Bit 2: Channel side Note: This bit is not used in SPI mode. It has no significance in PCM mode..
Bit 3: Underrun flag This flag is set by hardware and reset by a software sequence. Refer to I2S error flags on page 821 for the software sequence. Note: This bit is not used in SPI mode..
Bit 4: CRC error flag Note: This flag is set by hardware and cleared by software writing 0. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..
Bit 5: Mode fault This flag is set by hardware and reset by a software sequence. Refer to Section : Mode fault (MODF) on page 799 for the software sequence. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..
Bit 6: Overrun flag This flag is set by hardware and reset by a software sequence. Refer to I2S error flags on page 821 for the software sequence..
Bit 7: Busy flag This flag is set and cleared by hardware. Note: The BSY flag must be used with caution: refer to Section 27.5.10: SPI status flags and Procedure for disabling the SPI on page 789..
Bit 8: Frame format error This flag is used for SPI in TI slave mode and I<sup>2</sup>S slave mode. Refer to Section 27.5.11: SPI error flags and Section 27.7.8: I2S error flags. This flag is set by hardware and reset when SPI1_SR is read by software..
Bits 9-10: FIFO reception level These bits are set and cleared by hardware. Note: These bits are not used in I S mode and in SPI receive-only mode while CRC calculation is enabled..
Bits 11-12: FIFO transmission level These bits are set and cleared by hardware. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..
SPI data register
Offset: 0xc, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DR
rw |
Bits 0-15: Data register Data received or to be transmitted The data register serves as an interface between the Rx and Tx FIFOs. When the data register is read, RxFIFO is accessed while the write to data register accesses TxFIFO (See Section 27.5.9: Data transmission and reception procedures). Note: Data is always right-aligned. Unused bits are ignored when writing to the register, and read as zero when the register is read. The Rx threshold setting must always correspond with the read access currently used..
Direct 8-bit access to data register
Offset: 0xc, size: 8, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DR
rw |
SPI CRC polynomial register
Offset: 0x10, size: 16, reset: 0x00000007, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CRCPOLY
rw |
SPI Rx CRC register
Offset: 0x14, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
RXCRC
r |
Bits 0-15: Rx CRC register When CRC calculation is enabled, the RXCRC[15:0] bits contain the computed CRC value of the subsequently received bytes. This register is reset when the CRCEN bit in SPI1_CR1 register is written to 1. The CRC is calculated serially using the polynomial programmed in the SPI1_CRCPR register. Only the 8 LSB bits are considered when the CRC frame format is set to be 8-bit length (CRCL bit in the SPI1_CR1 is cleared). CRC calculation is done based on any CRC8 standard. The entire 16-bits of this register are considered when a 16-bit CRC frame format is selected (CRCL bit in the SPI1_CR1 register is set). CRC calculation is done based on any CRC16 standard. Note: A read to this register when the BSY Flag is set could return an incorrect value. Note: These bits are not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..
SPI Tx CRC register
Offset: 0x18, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TXCRC
r |
Bits 0-15: Tx CRC register When CRC calculation is enabled, the TXCRC[7:0] bits contain the computed CRC value of the subsequently transmitted bytes. This register is reset when the CRCEN bit of SPI1_CR1 is written to 1. The CRC is calculated serially using the polynomial programmed in the SPI1_CRCPR register. Only the 8 LSB bits are considered when the CRC frame format is set to be 8-bit length (CRCL bit in the SPI1_CR1 is cleared). CRC calculation is done based on any CRC8 standard. The entire 16-bits of this register are considered when a 16-bit CRC frame format is selected (CRCL bit in the SPI1_CR1 register is set). CRC calculation is done based on any CRC16 standard. Note: A read to this register when the BSY flag is set could return an incorrect value. Note: These bits are not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..
SPI1_I2S configuration register
Offset: 0x1c, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/9 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ASTRTEN
rw |
I2SMOD
rw |
I2SE
rw |
I2SCFG
rw |
PCMSYNC
rw |
I2SSTD
rw |
CKPOL
rw |
DATLEN
rw |
CHLEN
rw |
Bit 0: Channel length (number of bits per audio channel) The bit write operation has a meaning only if DATLEN = 00 otherwise the channel length is fixed to 32-bit by hardware whatever the value filled in. Note: For correct operation, this bit should be configured when the I2S is disabled. Note: It is not used in SPI mode..
Bits 1-2: Data length to be transferred Note: For correct operation, these bits should be configured when the I2S is disabled. Note: They are not used in SPI mode..
Bit 3: Inactive state clock polarity Note: For correct operation, this bit should be configured when the I2S is disabled. Note: It is not used in SPI mode. Note: The bit CKPOL does not affect the CK edge sensitivity used to receive or transmit the SD and WS signals..
Bits 4-5: I2S standard selection For more details on I<sup>2</sup>S standards, refer to Section 27.7.2 on page 805 Note: For correct operation, these bits should be configured when the I2S is disabled. Note: They are not used in SPI mode..
Bit 7: PCM frame synchronization Note: This bit has a meaning only if I2SSTD = 11 (PCM standard is used). Note: It is not used in SPI mode..
Bits 8-9: I2S configuration mode Note: These bits should be configured when the I2S is disabled. Note: They are not used in SPI mode..
Bit 10: I2S enable Note: This bit is not used in SPI mode..
Bit 11: I2S mode selection Note: This bit should be configured when the SPI is disabled..
Bit 12: Asynchronous start enable. When the I2S is enabled in slave mode, the hardware starts the transfer when the I2S clock is received and an appropriate transition is detected on the WS signal. When the I2S is enabled in slave mode, the hardware starts the transfer when the I2S clock is received and the appropriate level is detected on the WS signal. Note: The appropriate transition is a falling edge on WS signal when I<sup>2</sup>S Philips Standard is used, or a rising edge for other standards. Note: The appropriate level is a low level on WS signal when I<sup>2</sup>S Philips Standard is used, or a high level for other standards. Note: Please refer to Section 27.7.3: Start-up description for additional information..
SPI1_I2S prescaler register
Offset: 0x20, size: 16, reset: 0x00000002, access: read-write
0/3 fields covered.
Bits 0-7: I2S linear prescaler I2SDIV [7:0] = 0 or I2SDIV [7:0] = 1 are forbidden values. Refer to Section 27.7.3 on page 812. Note: These bits should be configured when the I2S is disabled. They are used only when the I2S is in master mode. Note: They are not used in SPI mode..
Bit 8: Odd factor for the prescaler Refer to Section 27.7.3 on page 812. Note: This bit should be configured when the I2S is disabled. It is used only when the I2S is in master mode. Note: It is not used in SPI mode..
Bit 9: Master clock output enable Note: This bit should be configured when the I2S is disabled. It is used only when the I2S is in master mode. Note: It is not used in SPI mode..
0x40003800: SPI address block description
13/54 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 (16-bit) | CR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 (16-bit) | CR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 (16-bit) | SR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc (16-bit) | DR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc (8-bit) | DR8 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 (16-bit) | CRCPR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 (16-bit) | RXCRCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 (16-bit) | TXCRCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1c (16-bit) | I2SCFGR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 (16-bit) | I2SPR |
SPI control register 1
Offset: 0x0, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/14 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BIDIMODE
rw |
BIDIOE
rw |
CRCEN
rw |
CRCNEXT
rw |
CRCL
rw |
RXONLY
rw |
SSM
rw |
SSI
rw |
LSBFIRST
rw |
SPE
rw |
BR
rw |
MSTR
rw |
CPOL
rw |
CPHA
rw |
Bit 0: Clock phase Note: This bit should not be changed when communication is ongoing. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode and SPI TI mode except the case when CRC is applied at TI mode..
Bit 1: Clock polarity Note: This bit should not be changed when communication is ongoing. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode and SPI TI mode except the case when CRC is applied at TI mode..
Bit 2: Master selection Note: This bit should not be changed when communication is ongoing. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..
Bits 3-5: Baud rate control Note: These bits should not be changed when communication is ongoing. Note: These bits are not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..
Bit 6: SPI enable Note: When disabling the SPI, follow the procedure described in Procedure for disabling the SPI on page 789. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..
Bit 7: Frame format Note: 1. This bit should not be changed when communication is ongoing. Note: 2. This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode and SPI TI mode..
Bit 8: Internal slave select This bit has an effect only when the SSM bit is set. The value of this bit is forced onto the NSS pin and the I/O value of the NSS pin is ignored. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode and SPI TI mode..
Bit 9: Software slave management When the SSM bit is set, the NSS pin input is replaced with the value from the SSI bit. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode and SPI TI mode..
Bit 10: Receive only mode enabled. This bit enables simplex communication using a single unidirectional line to receive data exclusively. Keep BIDIMODE bit clear when receive only mode is active.This bit is also useful in a multislave system in which this particular slave is not accessed, the output from the accessed slave is not corrupted. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..
Bit 11: CRC length This bit is set and cleared by software to select the CRC length. Note: This bit should be written only when SPI is disabled (SPE = 0 ) for correct operation. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..
Bit 12: Transmit CRC next Note: This bit has to be written as soon as the last data is written in the SPI1_DR register. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..
Bit 13: Hardware CRC calculation enable Note: This bit should be written only when SPI is disabled (SPE = 0 ) for correct operation. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..
Bit 14: Output enable in bidirectional mode This bit combined with the BIDIMODE bit selects the direction of transfer in bidirectional mode. Note: In master mode, the MOSI pin is used and in slave mode, the MISO pin is used. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..
Bit 15: Bidirectional data mode enable. This bit enables half-duplex communication using common single bidirectional data line. Keep RXONLY bit clear when bidirectional mode is active. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..
SPI control register 2
Offset: 0x4, size: 16, reset: 0x00000700, access: read-write
0/12 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
LDMA_TX
rw |
LDMA_RX
rw |
FRXTH
rw |
DS
rw |
TXEIE
rw |
RXNEIE
rw |
ERRIE
rw |
FRF
rw |
NSSP
rw |
SSOE
rw |
TXDMAEN
rw |
RXDMAEN
rw |
Bit 0: Rx buffer DMA enable When this bit is set, a DMA request is generated whenever the RXNE flag is set..
Bit 1: Tx buffer DMA enable When this bit is set, a DMA request is generated whenever the TXE flag is set..
Bit 2: SS output enable Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode and SPI TI mode..
Bit 3: NSS pulse management This bit is used in master mode only. it allows the SPI to generate an NSS pulse between two consecutive data when doing continuous transfers. In the case of a single data transfer, it forces the NSS pin high level after the transfer. It has no meaning if CPHA = 1 , or FRF = 1 . Note: 1. This bit must be written only when the SPI is disabled (SPE=0). Note: 2. This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode and SPI TI mode..
Bit 4: Frame format 1 SPI TI mode Note: This bit must be written only when the SPI is disabled (SPE=0). Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..
Bit 5: Error interrupt enable This bit controls the generation of an interrupt when an error condition occurs (CRCERR, OVR, MODF in SPI mode, FRE at TI mode and UDR, OVR, and FRE in I<sup>2</sup>S mode)..
Bit 6: RX buffer not empty interrupt enable.
Bit 7: Tx buffer empty interrupt enable.
Bits 8-11: Data size These bits configure the data length for SPI transfers. If software attempts to write one of the Not used values, they are forced to the value 0111 (8-bit) Note: These bits are not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..
Bit 12: FIFO reception threshold This bit is used to set the threshold of the RXFIFO that triggers an RXNE event Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..
Bit 13: Last DMA transfer for reception This bit is used in data packing mode, to define if the total number of data to receive by DMA is odd or even. It has significance only if the RXDMAEN bit in the SPI1_CR2 register is set and if packing mode is used (data length =< 8-bit and write access to SPI1_DR is 16-bit wide). It has to be written when the SPI is disabled (SPE = 0 in the SPI1_CR1 register). Note: Refer to Procedure for disabling the SPI on page 789 if the CRCEN bit is set. Note: This bit is not used in I S mode..
Bit 14: Last DMA transfer for transmission This bit is used in data packing mode, to define if the total number of data to transmit by DMA is odd or even. It has significance only if the TXDMAEN bit in the SPI1_CR2 register is set and if packing mode is used (data length =< 8-bit and write access to SPI1_DR is 16-bit wide). It has to be written when the SPI is disabled (SPE = 0 in the SPI1_CR1 register). Note: Refer to Procedure for disabling the SPI on page 789 if the CRCEN bit is set. Note: This bit is not used in I S mode..
SPI status register
Offset: 0x8, size: 16, reset: 0x00000002, access: read-write
10/11 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
FTLVL
r |
FRLVL
r |
FRE
r |
BSY
r |
OVR
r |
MODF
r |
CRCERR
rw |
UDR
r |
CHSIDE
r |
TXE
r |
RXNE
r |
Bit 0: Receive buffer not empty.
Bit 1: Transmit buffer empty.
Bit 2: Channel side Note: This bit is not used in SPI mode. It has no significance in PCM mode..
Bit 3: Underrun flag This flag is set by hardware and reset by a software sequence. Refer to I2S error flags on page 821 for the software sequence. Note: This bit is not used in SPI mode..
Bit 4: CRC error flag Note: This flag is set by hardware and cleared by software writing 0. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..
Bit 5: Mode fault This flag is set by hardware and reset by a software sequence. Refer to Section : Mode fault (MODF) on page 799 for the software sequence. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..
Bit 6: Overrun flag This flag is set by hardware and reset by a software sequence. Refer to I2S error flags on page 821 for the software sequence..
Bit 7: Busy flag This flag is set and cleared by hardware. Note: The BSY flag must be used with caution: refer to Section 27.5.10: SPI status flags and Procedure for disabling the SPI on page 789..
Bit 8: Frame format error This flag is used for SPI in TI slave mode and I<sup>2</sup>S slave mode. Refer to Section 27.5.11: SPI error flags and Section 27.7.8: I2S error flags. This flag is set by hardware and reset when SPI1_SR is read by software..
Bits 9-10: FIFO reception level These bits are set and cleared by hardware. Note: These bits are not used in I S mode and in SPI receive-only mode while CRC calculation is enabled..
Bits 11-12: FIFO transmission level These bits are set and cleared by hardware. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..
SPI data register
Offset: 0xc, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DR
rw |
Bits 0-15: Data register Data received or to be transmitted The data register serves as an interface between the Rx and Tx FIFOs. When the data register is read, RxFIFO is accessed while the write to data register accesses TxFIFO (See Section 27.5.9: Data transmission and reception procedures). Note: Data is always right-aligned. Unused bits are ignored when writing to the register, and read as zero when the register is read. The Rx threshold setting must always correspond with the read access currently used..
Direct 8-bit access to data register
Offset: 0xc, size: 8, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DR
rw |
SPI CRC polynomial register
Offset: 0x10, size: 16, reset: 0x00000007, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CRCPOLY
rw |
SPI Rx CRC register
Offset: 0x14, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
RXCRC
r |
Bits 0-15: Rx CRC register When CRC calculation is enabled, the RXCRC[15:0] bits contain the computed CRC value of the subsequently received bytes. This register is reset when the CRCEN bit in SPI1_CR1 register is written to 1. The CRC is calculated serially using the polynomial programmed in the SPI1_CRCPR register. Only the 8 LSB bits are considered when the CRC frame format is set to be 8-bit length (CRCL bit in the SPI1_CR1 is cleared). CRC calculation is done based on any CRC8 standard. The entire 16-bits of this register are considered when a 16-bit CRC frame format is selected (CRCL bit in the SPI1_CR1 register is set). CRC calculation is done based on any CRC16 standard. Note: A read to this register when the BSY Flag is set could return an incorrect value. Note: These bits are not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..
SPI Tx CRC register
Offset: 0x18, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TXCRC
r |
Bits 0-15: Tx CRC register When CRC calculation is enabled, the TXCRC[7:0] bits contain the computed CRC value of the subsequently transmitted bytes. This register is reset when the CRCEN bit of SPI1_CR1 is written to 1. The CRC is calculated serially using the polynomial programmed in the SPI1_CRCPR register. Only the 8 LSB bits are considered when the CRC frame format is set to be 8-bit length (CRCL bit in the SPI1_CR1 is cleared). CRC calculation is done based on any CRC8 standard. The entire 16-bits of this register are considered when a 16-bit CRC frame format is selected (CRCL bit in the SPI1_CR1 register is set). CRC calculation is done based on any CRC16 standard. Note: A read to this register when the BSY flag is set could return an incorrect value. Note: These bits are not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..
SPI1_I2S configuration register
Offset: 0x1c, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/9 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ASTRTEN
rw |
I2SMOD
rw |
I2SE
rw |
I2SCFG
rw |
PCMSYNC
rw |
I2SSTD
rw |
CKPOL
rw |
DATLEN
rw |
CHLEN
rw |
Bit 0: Channel length (number of bits per audio channel) The bit write operation has a meaning only if DATLEN = 00 otherwise the channel length is fixed to 32-bit by hardware whatever the value filled in. Note: For correct operation, this bit should be configured when the I2S is disabled. Note: It is not used in SPI mode..
Bits 1-2: Data length to be transferred Note: For correct operation, these bits should be configured when the I2S is disabled. Note: They are not used in SPI mode..
Bit 3: Inactive state clock polarity Note: For correct operation, this bit should be configured when the I2S is disabled. Note: It is not used in SPI mode. Note: The bit CKPOL does not affect the CK edge sensitivity used to receive or transmit the SD and WS signals..
Bits 4-5: I2S standard selection For more details on I<sup>2</sup>S standards, refer to Section 27.7.2 on page 805 Note: For correct operation, these bits should be configured when the I2S is disabled. Note: They are not used in SPI mode..
Bit 7: PCM frame synchronization Note: This bit has a meaning only if I2SSTD = 11 (PCM standard is used). Note: It is not used in SPI mode..
Bits 8-9: I2S configuration mode Note: These bits should be configured when the I2S is disabled. Note: They are not used in SPI mode..
Bit 10: I2S enable Note: This bit is not used in SPI mode..
Bit 11: I2S mode selection Note: This bit should be configured when the SPI is disabled..
Bit 12: Asynchronous start enable. When the I2S is enabled in slave mode, the hardware starts the transfer when the I2S clock is received and an appropriate transition is detected on the WS signal. When the I2S is enabled in slave mode, the hardware starts the transfer when the I2S clock is received and the appropriate level is detected on the WS signal. Note: The appropriate transition is a falling edge on WS signal when I<sup>2</sup>S Philips Standard is used, or a rising edge for other standards. Note: The appropriate level is a low level on WS signal when I<sup>2</sup>S Philips Standard is used, or a high level for other standards. Note: Please refer to Section 27.7.3: Start-up description for additional information..
SPI1_I2S prescaler register
Offset: 0x20, size: 16, reset: 0x00000002, access: read-write
0/3 fields covered.
Bits 0-7: I2S linear prescaler I2SDIV [7:0] = 0 or I2SDIV [7:0] = 1 are forbidden values. Refer to Section 27.7.3 on page 812. Note: These bits should be configured when the I2S is disabled. They are used only when the I2S is in master mode. Note: They are not used in SPI mode..
Bit 8: Odd factor for the prescaler Refer to Section 27.7.3 on page 812. Note: This bit should be configured when the I2S is disabled. It is used only when the I2S is in master mode. Note: It is not used in SPI mode..
Bit 9: Master clock output enable Note: This bit should be configured when the I2S is disabled. It is used only when the I2S is in master mode. Note: It is not used in SPI mode..
0x40010000: Spider_SYSCFG register block
46/67 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | CFGR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | CFGR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x3c | CFGR3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x80 | ITLINE0 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x84 | ITLINE1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x88 | ITLINE2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8c | ITLINE3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x90 | ITLINE4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x94 | ITLINE5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x98 | ITLINE6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x9c | ITLINE7 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xa0 | ITLINE8 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xa4 | ITLINE9 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xa8 | ITLINE10 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xac | ITLINE11 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xb0 | ITLINE12 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xb4 | ITLINE13 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xb8 | ITLINE14 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xbc | ITLINE15 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc0 | ITLINE16 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xcc | ITLINE19 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xd4 | ITLINE21 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xd8 | ITLINE22 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xdc | ITLINE23 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xe0 | ITLINE24 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xe4 | ITLINE25 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xe8 | ITLINE26 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xec | ITLINE27 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xf0 | ITLINE28 |
SYSCFG configuration register 1
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/14 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
I2C_PC14_FMP
rw |
I2C_PA10_FMP
rw |
I2C_PA9_FMP
rw |
I2C2_FMP
rw |
I2C1_FMP
rw |
I2C_PB9_FMP
rw |
I2C_PB8_FMP
rw |
I2C_PB7_FMP
rw |
I2C_PB6_FMP
rw |
|||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
IR_MOD
rw |
IR_POL
rw |
PA12_RMP
rw |
PA11_RMP
rw |
MEM_MODE
rw |
Bits 0-1: Memory mapping selection bits This bitfield controlled by software selects the memory internally mapped at the address 0x0000 0000. Its reset value is determined by the boot mode configuration. Refer to Section 3: Boot configuration for more details. x0: Main Flash memory.
Bit 3: PA11 pin remapping This bit is set and cleared by software. When set, it remaps the PA11 pin to operate as PA9 GPIO port, instead as PA11 GPIO port. Note: If the PINMUX2[1:0] bitfield of the SYSCFG_CFGR3 register is at 00, PA11_RMP must be kept at 0 to prevent conflict due to two GPIO outputs with different output levels connected to the same pin..
Bit 4: PA12 pin remapping This bit is set and cleared by software. When set, it remaps the PA12 pin to operate as PA10 GPIO port, instead as PA12 GPIO port. Note: If the PINMUX4[1:0] bitfield of the SYSCFG_CFGR3 register is at 00, PA12_RMP must be kept at 0 to prevent conflict due to two GPIO outputs with different output levels connected to the same pin..
Bit 5: IR output polarity selection.
Bits 6-7: IR Modulation Envelope signal selection This bitfield selects the signal for IR modulation envelope:.
Bit 16: Fast Mode Plus (FM+) enable for PB6 This bit is set and cleared by software. It enables I<sup>2</sup>C FM+ driving capability on PB6 I/O port..
Bit 17: Fast Mode Plus (FM+) enable for PB7 This bit is set and cleared by software. It enables I<sup>2</sup>C FM+ driving capability on PB7 I/O port..
Bit 18: Fast Mode Plus (FM+) enable for PB8 This bit is set and cleared by software. It enables I<sup>2</sup>C FM+ driving capability on PB8 I/O port. Note: Not available on STM32C011xx..
Bit 19: Fast Mode Plus (FM+) enable for PB9 This bit is set and cleared by software. It enables I<sup>2</sup>C FM+ driving capability on PB9 I/O port. Note: Not available on STM32C011xx..
Bit 20: Fast Mode Plus (FM+) enable for I2C1 This bit is set and cleared by software. It enables I<sup>2</sup>C FM+ driving capability on I/O ports configured as I2C1 through GPIOx_AFR registers..
Bit 21: Fast Mode Plus (FM+) enable for I2C2 This bit is set and cleared by software. It enables I<sup>2</sup>C FM+ driving capability on I/O ports configured as I2C2 through GPIOx_AFR registers. Note: Only applicable to STM32C071xx. Reserved on the other products..
Bit 22: Fast Mode Plus (FM+) enable for PA9 This bit is set and cleared by software. It enables I<sup>2</sup>C FM+ driving capability on PA9 I/O port..
Bit 23: Fast Mode Plus (FM+) enable for PA10 This bit is set and cleared by software. It enables I<sup>2</sup>C FM+ driving capability on PA10 I/O port..
Bit 24: Fast Mode Plus (FM+) enable for PC14 This bit is set and cleared by software. It enables I<sup>2</sup>C FM+ driving capability on PC14 I/O port. Note: Not available on STM32C011xx..
SYSCFG configuration register 2
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
LOCKUP_LOCK
rw |
SYSCFG configuration register 3
Offset: 0x3c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/6 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PINMUX5
rw |
PINMUX4
rw |
PINMUX3
rw |
PINMUX2
rw |
PINMUX1
rw |
PINMUX0
rw |
Bits 0-1: Pin GPIO multiplexer 0 This bit is set by software and cleared by system reset. It assigns a GPIO to a pin. 1x: Reserved 1x: Reserved.
Bits 2-3: Pin GPIO multiplexer 1 This bit is set by software and cleared by system reset. It assigns a GPIO to a pin. 1x: Reserved.
Bits 4-5: Pin GPIO multiplexer 2 This bit is set by software and cleared by system reset. It assigns a GPIO to a pin. 1x: Reserved Note: The PA11_RMP bit of the SYSCFG_CFGR1 takes priority over the selection through this bitfield. Refer to the description of the SYSCFG_CFGR1 register for more details..
Bits 6-7: Pin GPIO multiplexer 3 This bit is set by software and cleared by system reset. It assigns a GPIO to a pin. 1x: Reserved.
Bits 8-9: Pin GPIO multiplexer 4 This bit is set by software and cleared by system reset. It assigns a GPIO to a pin. 1x: Reserved Note: The PA12_RMP bit of the SYSCFG_CFGR1 takes priority over the selection through this bitfield. Refer to the description of the SYSCFG_CFGR1 register for more details..
Bits 10-11: Pin GPIO multiplexer 5 This bit is set by software and cleared by system reset. It assigns a GPIO to a pin..
SYSCFG interrupt line 0 status register
Offset: 0x80, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
WWDG
r |
SYSCFG interrupt line 1 status register
Offset: 0x84, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PVM_VDDIO2_OUT
r |
SYSCFG interrupt line 2 status register
Offset: 0x88, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
RTC
r |
SYSCFG interrupt line 3 status register
Offset: 0x8c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
FLASH_ITF
r |
SYSCFG interrupt line 4 status register
Offset: 0x90, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
2/2 fields covered.
SYSCFG interrupt line 5 status register
Offset: 0x94, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
2/2 fields covered.
SYSCFG interrupt line 6 status register
Offset: 0x98, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
2/2 fields covered.
SYSCFG interrupt line 7 status register
Offset: 0x9c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
12/12 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
EXTI15
r |
EXTI14
r |
EXTI13
r |
EXTI12
r |
EXTI11
r |
EXTI10
r |
EXTI9
r |
EXTI8
r |
EXTI7
r |
EXTI6
r |
EXTI5
r |
EXTI4
r |
Bit 0: EXTI line 4 interrupt request pending.
Bit 1: EXTI line 5 interrupt request pending.
Bit 2: EXTI line 6 interrupt request pending.
Bit 3: EXTI line 7 interrupt request pending.
Bit 4: EXTI line 8 interrupt request pending.
Bit 5: EXTI line 9 interrupt request pending.
Bit 6: EXTI line 10 interrupt request pending.
Bit 7: EXTI line 11 interrupt request pending.
Bit 8: EXTI line 12 interrupt request pending.
Bit 9: EXTI line 13 interrupt request pending.
Bit 10: EXTI line 14 interrupt request pending.
Bit 11: EXTI line 15 interrupt request pending.
SYSCFG interrupt line 8 status register
Offset: 0xa0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
USB
r |
SYSCFG interrupt line 9 status register
Offset: 0xa4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DMA1_CH1
r |
SYSCFG interrupt line 10 status register
Offset: 0xa8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
2/2 fields covered.
SYSCFG interrupt line 11 status register
Offset: 0xac, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
3/3 fields covered.
Bit 0: DMAMUX interrupt request pending.
Bit 1: DMA channel 5 interrupt request pending Note: Only applicable on STM32C071xx, reserved on the other products..
Bit 2: DMA channel 5 interrupt request pending Note: Only applicable on STM32C071xx, reserved on the other products..
SYSCFG interrupt line 12 status register
Offset: 0xb0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ADC
r |
SYSCFG interrupt line 13 status register
Offset: 0xb4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
4/4 fields covered.
SYSCFG interrupt line 14 status register
Offset: 0xb8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TIM1_CC
r |
SYSCFG interrupt line 15 status register
Offset: 0xbc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TIM2
r |
SYSCFG interrupt line 16 status register
Offset: 0xc0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TIM3
r |
SYSCFG interrupt line 19 status register
Offset: 0xcc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TIM14
r |
SYSCFG interrupt line 21 status register
Offset: 0xd4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TIM16
r |
SYSCFG interrupt line 22 status register
Offset: 0xd8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TIM17
r |
SYSCFG interrupt line 23 status register
Offset: 0xdc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
I2C1
r |
SYSCFG interrupt line 24 status register
Offset: 0xe0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
I2C2
r |
SYSCFG interrupt line 25 status register
Offset: 0xe4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
SPI1
r |
SYSCFG interrupt line 26 status register
Offset: 0xe8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
SPI2
r |
SYSCFG interrupt line 27 status register
Offset: 0xec, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
USART1
r |
SYSCFG interrupt line 28 status register
Offset: 0xf0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
USART2
r |
0x40012c00: TIM1 address block description
1/181 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 (16-bit) | CR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | CR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | SMCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc (16-bit) | DIER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 | SR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 (16-bit) | EGR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | CCMR1_Input | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | CCMR1_Output | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1c | CCMR2_Input | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1c | CCMR2_Output | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 | CCER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x24 | CNT | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x28 (16-bit) | PSC | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x2c (16-bit) | ARR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x30 (16-bit) | RCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x34 (16-bit) | CCR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x38 (16-bit) | CCR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x3c (16-bit) | CCR3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x40 (16-bit) | CCR4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x44 | BDTR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x48 (16-bit) | DCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4c | DMAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x54 | CCMR3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x58 | CCR5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x5c (16-bit) | CCR6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x60 | AF1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x64 | AF2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x68 | TISEL |
TIM1 control register 1
Offset: 0x0, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/9 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
UIFREMAP
rw |
CKD
rw |
ARPE
rw |
CMS
rw |
DIR
rw |
OPM
rw |
URS
rw |
UDIS
rw |
CEN
rw |
Bit 0: Counter enable Note: External clock, gated mode and encoder mode can work only if the CEN bit has been previously set by software. However trigger mode can set the CEN bit automatically by hardware..
Bit 1: Update disable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable UEV event generation. Counter overflow/underflow Setting the UG bit Update generation through the slave mode controller Buffered registers are then loaded with their preload values..
Bit 2: Update request source This bit is set and cleared by software to select the UEV event sources. Counter overflow/underflow Setting the UG bit Update generation through the slave mode controller.
Bit 3: One pulse mode.
Bit 4: Direction Note: This bit is read only when the timer is configured in Center-aligned mode or Encoder mode..
Bits 5-6: Center-aligned mode selection Note: Switch from edge-aligned mode to center-aligned mode as long as the counter is enabled (CEN=1) is not allowed.
Bit 7: Auto-reload preload enable.
Bits 8-9: Clock division This bit-field indicates the division ratio between the timer clock (CK_INT) frequency and the dead-time and sampling clock (t<sub>DTS</sub>)used by the dead-time generators and the digital filters (ETR, TIx): Note: t<sub>DTS</sub> = 1/f<sub>DTS</sub>, t<sub>CK_INT</sub> = 1/f<sub>CK_INT</sub>..
Bit 11: UIF status bit remapping.
TIM1 control register 2
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/15 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
MMS2
rw |
OIS6
rw |
OIS5
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
OIS4
rw |
OIS3N
rw |
OIS3
rw |
OIS2N
rw |
OIS2
rw |
OIS1N
rw |
OIS1
rw |
TI1S
rw |
MMS
rw |
CCDS
rw |
CCUS
rw |
CCPC
rw |
Bit 0: Capture/compare preloaded control Note: This bit acts only on channels that have a complementary output..
Bit 2: Capture/compare control update selection Note: This bit acts only on channels that have a complementary output..
Bit 3: Capture/compare DMA selection.
Bits 4-6: Master mode selection These bits allow selected information to be sent in master mode to slave timers for synchronization (TRGO). The combination is as follows: Note: The clock of the slave timer or ADC must be enabled prior to receive events from the master timer, and must not be changed on-the-fly while triggers are received from the master timer..
Bit 7: TI1 selection.
Bit 8: Output Idle state 1 (OC1 output) Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1, 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Bit 9: Output Idle state 1 (OC1N output) Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1, 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Bit 10: Output Idle state 2 (OC2 output) Refer to OIS1 bit.
Bit 11: Output Idle state 2 (OC2N output) Refer to OIS1N bit.
Bit 12: Output Idle state 3 (OC3 output) Refer to OIS1 bit.
Bit 13: Output Idle state 3 (OC3N output) Refer to OIS1N bit.
Bit 14: Output Idle state 4 (OC4 output) Refer to OIS1 bit.
Bit 16: Output Idle state 5 (OC5 output) Refer to OIS1 bit.
Bit 18: Output Idle state 6 (OC6 output) Refer to OIS1 bit.
Bits 20-23: Master mode selection 2 These bits allow the information to be sent to ADC for synchronization (TRGO2) to be selected. The combination is as follows: Note: The clock of the slave timer or ADC must be enabled prior to receive events from the master timer, and must not be changed on-the-fly while triggers are received from the master timer..
TIM1 slave mode control register
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/10 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TS2
rw |
SMS2
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
ETP
rw |
ECE
rw |
ETPS
rw |
ETF
rw |
MSM
rw |
TS1
rw |
OCCS
rw |
SMS1
rw |
Bits 0-2: SMS[2:0]: Slave mode selection When external signals are selected the active edge of the trigger signal (TRGI) is linked to the polarity selected on the external input (see Input Control register and Control Register description. Codes above 1000: Reserved. Note: The gated mode must not be used if TI1F_ED is selected as the trigger input (TS=00100). Indeed, TI1F_ED outputs 1 pulse for each transition on TI1F, whereas the gated mode checks the level of the trigger signal. Note: The clock of the slave peripherals (timer, ADC, ...) receiving the TRGO or the TRGO2 signals must be enabled prior to receive events from the master timer, and the clock frequency (prescaler) must not be changed on-the-fly while triggers are received from the master timer..
Bit 3: OCREF clear selection This bit is used to select the OCREF clear source..
Bits 4-6: TS[2:0]: Trigger selection This bit-field selects the trigger input to be used to synchronize the counter. Others: Reserved See Table 73: TIM1 internal trigger connection on page 395 for more details on ITRx meaning for each Timer. Note: These bits must be changed only when they are not used (e.g. when SMS=000) to avoid wrong edge detections at the transition..
Bit 7: Master/slave mode.
Bits 8-11: External trigger filter This bit-field then defines the frequency used to sample ETRP signal and the length of the digital filter applied to ETRP. The digital filter is made of an event counter in which N consecutive events are needed to validate a transition on the output:.
Bits 12-13: External trigger prescaler External trigger signal ETRP frequency must be at most 1/4 of f<sub>CK_INT</sub> frequency. A prescaler can be enabled to reduce ETRP frequency. It is useful when inputting fast external clocks..
Bit 14: External clock enable This bit enables External clock mode 2. Note: Setting the ECE bit has the same effect as selecting external clock mode 1 with TRGI connected to ETRF (SMS=111 and TS=00111). It is possible to simultaneously use external clock mode 2 with the following slave modes: reset mode, gated mode and trigger mode. Nevertheless, TRGI must not be connected to ETRF in this case (TS bits must not be 00111). Note: If external clock mode 1 and external clock mode 2 are enabled at the same time, the external clock input is ETRF..
Bit 15: External trigger polarity This bit selects whether ETR or ETR is used for trigger operations.
Bit 16: SMS[3].
Bits 20-21: TS[4:3].
TIM1 DMA/interrupt enable register
Offset: 0xc, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/15 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TDE
rw |
COMDE
rw |
CC4DE
rw |
CC3DE
rw |
CC2DE
rw |
CC1DE
rw |
UDE
rw |
BIE
rw |
TIE
rw |
COMIE
rw |
CC4IE
rw |
CC3IE
rw |
CC2IE
rw |
CC1IE
rw |
UIE
rw |
Bit 0: Update interrupt enable.
Bit 1: Capture/Compare 1 interrupt enable.
Bit 2: Capture/Compare 2 interrupt enable.
Bit 3: Capture/Compare 3 interrupt enable.
Bit 4: Capture/Compare 4 interrupt enable.
Bit 5: COM interrupt enable.
Bit 6: Trigger interrupt enable.
Bit 7: Break interrupt enable.
Bit 8: Update DMA request enable.
Bit 9: Capture/Compare 1 DMA request enable.
Bit 10: Capture/Compare 2 DMA request enable.
Bit 11: Capture/Compare 3 DMA request enable.
Bit 12: Capture/Compare 4 DMA request enable.
Bit 13: COM DMA request enable.
Bit 14: Trigger DMA request enable.
TIM1 status register
Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/16 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CC6IF
rw |
CC5IF
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
SBIF
rw |
CC4OF
rw |
CC3OF
rw |
CC2OF
rw |
CC1OF
rw |
B2IF
rw |
BIF
rw |
TIF
rw |
COMIF
rw |
CC4IF
rw |
CC3IF
rw |
CC2IF
rw |
CC1IF
rw |
UIF
rw |
Bit 0: Update interrupt flag This bit is set by hardware on an update event. It is cleared by software. At overflow or underflow regarding the repetition counter value (update if repetition counter = 0) and if the UDIS=0 in the TIMx_CR1 register. When CNT is reinitialized by software using the UG bit in TIMx_EGR register, if URS=0 and UDIS=0 in the TIMx_CR1 register. When CNT is reinitialized by a trigger event (refer to Section 17.4.3: TIM1 slave mode control register (TIM1_SMCR)), if URS=0 and UDIS=0 in the TIMx_CR1 register..
Bit 1: Capture/Compare 1 interrupt flag This flag is set by hardware. It is cleared by software (input capture or output compare mode) or by reading the TIMx_CCR1 register (input capture mode only). If channel CC1 is configured as output: this flag is set when the content of the counter TIMx_CNT matches the content of the TIMx_CCR1 register. When the content of TIMx_CCR1 is greater than the content of TIMx_ARR, the CC1IF bit goes high on the counter overflow (in up-counting and up/down-counting modes) or underflow (in down-counting mode). There are 3 possible options for flag setting in center-aligned mode, refer to the CMS bits in the TIMx_CR1 register for the full description. If channel CC1 is configured as input: this bit is set when counter value has been captured in TIMx_CCR1 register (an edge has been detected on IC1, as per the edge sensitivity defined with the CC1P and CC1NP bits setting, in TIMx_CCER)..
Bit 2: Capture/Compare 2 interrupt flag Refer to CC1IF description.
Bit 3: Capture/Compare 3 interrupt flag Refer to CC1IF description.
Bit 4: Capture/Compare 4 interrupt flag Refer to CC1IF description.
Bit 5: COM interrupt flag This flag is set by hardware on COM event (when Capture/compare Control bits - CCxE, CCxNE, OCxM - have been updated). It is cleared by software..
Bit 6: Trigger interrupt flag This flag is set by hardware on the TRG trigger event (active edge detected on TRGI input when the slave mode controller is enabled in all modes but gated mode. It is set when the counter starts or stops when gated mode is selected. It is cleared by software..
Bit 7: Break interrupt flag This flag is set by hardware as soon as the break input goes active. It can be cleared by software if the break input is not active..
Bit 8: Break 2 interrupt flag This flag is set by hardware as soon as the break 2 input goes active. It can be cleared by software if the break 2 input is not active..
Bit 9: Capture/Compare 1 overcapture flag This flag is set by hardware only when the corresponding channel is configured in input capture mode. It is cleared by software by writing it to 0 ..
Bit 10: Capture/Compare 2 overcapture flag Refer to CC1OF description.
Bit 11: Capture/Compare 3 overcapture flag Refer to CC1OF description.
Bit 12: Capture/Compare 4 overcapture flag Refer to CC1OF description.
Bit 13: System Break interrupt flag This flag is set by hardware as soon as the system break input goes active. It can be cleared by software if the system break input is not active. This flag must be reset to re-start PWM operation..
Bit 16: Compare 5 interrupt flag Refer to CC1IF description (Note: Channel 5 can only be configured as output).
Bit 17: Compare 6 interrupt flag Refer to CC1IF description (Note: Channel 6 can only be configured as output).
TIM1 event generation register
Offset: 0x14, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only
0/9 fields covered.
Bit 0: Update generation This bit can be set by software, it is automatically cleared by hardware..
Bit 1: Capture/Compare 1 generation This bit is set by software in order to generate an event, it is automatically cleared by hardware. If channel CC1 is configured as output: CC1IF flag is set, Corresponding interrupt or DMA request is sent if enabled. If channel CC1 is configured as input: The current value of the counter is captured in TIMx_CCR1 register. The CC1IF flag is set, the corresponding interrupt or DMA request is sent if enabled. The CC1OF flag is set if the CC1IF flag was already high..
Bit 2: Capture/Compare 2 generation Refer to CC1G description.
Bit 3: Capture/Compare 3 generation Refer to CC1G description.
Bit 4: Capture/Compare 4 generation Refer to CC1G description.
Bit 5: Capture/Compare control update generation This bit can be set by software, it is automatically cleared by hardware Note: This bit acts only on channels having a complementary output..
Bit 6: Trigger generation This bit is set by software in order to generate an event, it is automatically cleared by hardware..
Bit 7: Break generation This bit is set by software in order to generate an event, it is automatically cleared by hardware..
Bit 8: Break 2 generation This bit is set by software in order to generate an event, it is automatically cleared by hardware..
TIM1 capture/compare mode register 1
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/6 fields covered.
Bits 0-1: Capture/Compare 1 Selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC1S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC1E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..
Bits 2-3: Input capture 1 prescaler This bit-field defines the ratio of the prescaler acting on CC1 input (IC1). The prescaler is reset as soon as CC1E= 0 (TIMx_CCER register)..
Bits 4-7: Input capture 1 filter This bit-field defines the frequency used to sample TI1 input and the length of the digital filter applied to TI1. The digital filter is made of an event counter in which N consecutive events are needed to validate a transition on the output:.
Bits 8-9: Capture/Compare 2 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC2S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC2E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..
Bits 10-11: Input capture 2 prescaler Refer to IC1PSC[1:0] description..
Bits 12-15: Input capture 2 filter Refer to IC1F[3:0] description..
TIM1 capture/compare mode register 1
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/12 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
OC2M_3
rw |
OC1M_3
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
OC2CE
rw |
OC2M
rw |
OC2PE
rw |
OC2FE
rw |
CC2S
rw |
OC1CE
rw |
OC1M
rw |
OC1PE
rw |
OC1FE
rw |
CC1S
rw |
Bits 0-1: Capture/Compare 1 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC1S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC1E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..
Bit 2: Output Compare 1 fast enable This bit decreases the latency between a trigger event and a transition on the timer output. It must be used in one-pulse mode (OPM bit set in TIMx_CR1 register), to have the output pulse starting as soon as possible after the starting trigger..
Bit 3: Output Compare 1 preload enable Note: These bits can not be modified as long as LOCK level 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register) and CC1S= 00 (the channel is configured in output)..
Bits 4-6: OC1M[2:0]: Output Compare 1 mode These bits define the behavior of the output reference signal OC1REF from which OC1 and OC1N are derived. OC1REF is active high whereas OC1 and OC1N active level depends on CC1P and CC1NP bits. Note: These bits can not be modified as long as LOCK level 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register) and CC1S= 00 (the channel is configured in output). Note: In PWM mode, the OCREF level changes only when the result of the comparison changes or when the output compare mode switches from frozen mode to PWM mode. Note: On channels having a complementary output, this bit field is preloaded. If the CCPC bit is set in the TIMx_CR2 register then the OC1M active bits take the new value from the preloaded bits only when a COM event is generated. Note: The OC1M[3] bit is not contiguous, located in bit 16..
Bit 7: Output Compare 1 clear enable.
Bits 8-9: Capture/Compare 2 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC2S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC2E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..
Bit 10: Output Compare 2 fast enable Refer to OC1FE description..
Bit 11: Output Compare 2 preload enable Refer to OC1PE description..
Bits 12-14: OC2M[2:0]: Output Compare 2 mode Refer to OC1M[3:0] description..
Bit 15: Output Compare 2 clear enable Refer to OC1CE description..
Bit 16: OC1M[3].
Bit 24: OC2M[3].
TIM1 capture/compare mode register 2
Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/6 fields covered.
Bits 0-1: Capture/compare 3 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC3S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC3E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..
Bits 2-3: Input capture 3 prescaler Refer to IC1PSC[1:0] description..
Bits 4-7: Input capture 3 filter Refer to IC1F[3:0] description..
Bits 8-9: Capture/Compare 4 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC4S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC4E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..
Bits 10-11: Input capture 4 prescaler Refer to IC1PSC[1:0] description..
Bits 12-15: Input capture 4 filter Refer to IC1F[3:0] description..
TIM1 capture/compare mode register 2
Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/12 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
OC4M_3
rw |
OC3M_3
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
OC4CE
rw |
OC4M
rw |
OC4PE
rw |
OC4FE
rw |
CC4S
rw |
OC3CE
rw |
OC3M
rw |
OC3PE
rw |
OC3FE
rw |
CC3S
rw |
Bits 0-1: Capture/Compare 3 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC3S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC3E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..
Bit 2: Output compare 3 fast enable Refer to OC1FE description..
Bit 3: Output compare 3 preload enable Refer to OC1PE description..
Bits 4-6: OC3M[2:0]: Output compare 3 mode Refer to OC1M[3:0] description..
Bit 7: Output compare 3 clear enable Refer to OC1CE description..
Bits 8-9: Capture/Compare 4 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC4S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC4E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..
Bit 10: Output compare 4 fast enable Refer to OC1FE description..
Bit 11: Output compare 4 preload enable Refer to OC1PE description..
Bits 12-14: OC4M[2:0]: Output compare 4 mode Refer to OC3M[3:0] description..
Bit 15: Output compare 4 clear enable Refer to OC1CE description..
Bit 16: OC3M[3].
Bit 24: OC4M[3].
TIM1 capture/compare enable register
Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/19 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CC6P
rw |
CC6E
rw |
CC5P
rw |
CC5E
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CC4NP
rw |
CC4P
rw |
CC4E
rw |
CC3NP
rw |
CC3NE
rw |
CC3P
rw |
CC3E
rw |
CC2NP
rw |
CC2NE
rw |
CC2P
rw |
CC2E
rw |
CC1NP
rw |
CC1NE
rw |
CC1P
rw |
CC1E
rw |
Bit 0: Capture/Compare 1 output enable When CC1 channel is configured as output, the OC1 level depends on MOE, OSSI, OSSR, OIS1, OIS1N and CC1NE bits, regardless of the CC1E bits state. Refer to Table 74 for details. Note: On channels having a complementary output, this bit is preloaded. If the CCPC bit is set in the TIMx_CR2 register then the CC1E active bit takes the new value from the preloaded bit only when a Commutation event is generated..
Bit 1: Capture/Compare 1 output polarity When CC1 channel is configured as input, both CC1NP/CC1P bits select the active polarity of TI1FP1 and TI2FP1 for trigger or capture operations. CC1NP=0, CC1P=0: non-inverted/rising edge. The circuit is sensitive to TIxFP1 rising edge (capture or trigger operations in reset, external clock or trigger mode), TIxFP1 is not inverted (trigger operation in gated mode or encoder mode). CC1NP=0, CC1P=1: inverted/falling edge. The circuit is sensitive to TIxFP1 falling edge (capture or trigger operations in reset, external clock or trigger mode), TIxFP1 is inverted (trigger operation in gated mode or encoder mode). CC1NP=1, CC1P=1: non-inverted/both edges/ The circuit is sensitive to both TIxFP1 rising and falling edges (capture or trigger operations in reset, external clock or trigger mode), TIxFP1is not inverted (trigger operation in gated mode). This configuration must not be used in encoder mode. CC1NP=1, CC1P=0: The configuration is reserved, it must not be used. Note: This bit is not writable as soon as LOCK level 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register). Note: On channels having a complementary output, this bit is preloaded. If the CCPC bit is set in the TIMx_CR2 register then the CC1P active bit takes the new value from the preloaded bit only when a Commutation event is generated..
Bit 2: Capture/Compare 1 complementary output enable On channels having a complementary output, this bit is preloaded. If the CCPC bit is set in the TIMx_CR2 register then the CC1NE active bit takes the new value from the preloaded bit only when a Commutation event is generated..
Bit 3: Capture/Compare 1 complementary output polarity CC1 channel configured as output: CC1 channel configured as input: This bit is used in conjunction with CC1P to define the polarity of TI1FP1 and TI2FP1. Refer to CC1P description. Note: This bit is not writable as soon as LOCK level 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register) and CC1S= 00 (channel configured as output). On channels having a complementary output, this bit is preloaded. If the CCPC bit is set in the TIMx_CR2 register then the CC1NP active bit takes the new value from the preloaded bit only when a Commutation event is generated..
Bit 4: Capture/Compare 2 output enable Refer to CC1E description.
Bit 5: Capture/Compare 2 output polarity Refer to CC1P description.
Bit 6: Capture/Compare 2 complementary output enable Refer to CC1NE description.
Bit 7: Capture/Compare 2 complementary output polarity Refer to CC1NP description.
Bit 8: Capture/Compare 3 output enable Refer to CC1E description.
Bit 9: Capture/Compare 3 output polarity Refer to CC1P description.
Bit 10: Capture/Compare 3 complementary output enable Refer to CC1NE description.
Bit 11: Capture/Compare 3 complementary output polarity Refer to CC1NP description.
Bit 12: Capture/Compare 4 output enable Refer to CC1E description.
Bit 13: Capture/Compare 4 output polarity Refer to CC1P description.
Bit 15: Capture/Compare 4 complementary output polarity Refer to CC1NP description.
Bit 16: Capture/Compare 5 output enable Refer to CC1E description.
Bit 17: Capture/Compare 5 output polarity Refer to CC1P description.
Bit 20: Capture/Compare 6 output enable Refer to CC1E description.
Bit 21: Capture/Compare 6 output polarity Refer to CC1P description.
TIM1 counter
Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
1/2 fields covered.
TIM1 prescaler
Offset: 0x28, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PSC
rw |
Bits 0-15: Prescaler value The counter clock frequency (CK_CNT) is equal to f<sub>CK_PSC</sub> / (PSC[15:0] + 1). PSC contains the value to be loaded in the active prescaler register at each update event (including when the counter is cleared through UG bit of TIMx_EGR register or through trigger controller when configured in reset mode )..
TIM1 auto-reload register
Offset: 0x2c, size: 16, reset: 0x0000FFFF, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ARR
rw |
TIM1 repetition counter register
Offset: 0x30, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
REP
rw |
Bits 0-15: Repetition counter value These bits allow the user to set-up the update rate of the compare registers (i.e. periodic transfers from preload to active registers) when preload registers are enable, as well as the update interrupt generation rate, if this interrupt is enable. Each time the REP_CNT related downcounter reaches zero, an update event is generated and it restarts counting from REP value. As REP_CNT is reloaded with REP value only at the repetition update event U_RC, any write to the TIMx_RCR register is not taken in account until the next repetition update event. It means in PWM mode (REP+1) corresponds to: the number of PWM periods in edge-aligned mode the number of half PWM period in center-aligned mode..
TIM1 capture/compare register 1
Offset: 0x34, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CCR1
rw |
Bits 0-15: Capture/Compare 1 value If channel CC1 is configured as output: CCR1 is the value to be loaded in the actual capture/compare 1 register (preload value). It is loaded permanently if the preload feature is not selected in the TIMx_CCMR1 register (bit OC1PE). Else the preload value is copied in the active capture/compare 1 register when an update event occurs. The active capture/compare register contains the value to be compared to the counter TIMx_CNT and signaled on OC1 output. If channel CC1 is configured as input: CR1 is the counter value transferred by the last input capture 1 event (IC1). The TIMx_CCR1 register is read-only and cannot be programmed..
TIM1 capture/compare register 2
Offset: 0x38, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CCR2
rw |
Bits 0-15: Capture/Compare 2 value If channel CC2 is configured as output: CCR2 is the value to be loaded in the actual capture/compare 2 register (preload value). It is loaded permanently if the preload feature is not selected in the TIMx_CCMR1 register (bit OC2PE). Else the preload value is copied in the active capture/compare 2 register when an update event occurs. The active capture/compare register contains the value to be compared to the counter TIMx_CNT and signaled on OC2 output. If channel CC2 is configured as input: CCR2 is the counter value transferred by the last input capture 2 event (IC2). The TIMx_CCR2 register is read-only and cannot be programmed..
TIM1 capture/compare register 3
Offset: 0x3c, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CCR3
rw |
Bits 0-15: Capture/Compare value If channel CC3 is configured as output: CCR3 is the value to be loaded in the actual capture/compare 3 register (preload value). It is loaded permanently if the preload feature is not selected in the TIMx_CCMR2 register (bit OC3PE). Else the preload value is copied in the active capture/compare 3 register when an update event occurs. The active capture/compare register contains the value to be compared to the counter TIMx_CNT and signalled on OC3 output. If channel CC3 is configured as input: CCR3 is the counter value transferred by the last input capture 3 event (IC3). The TIMx_CCR3 register is read-only and cannot be programmed..
TIM1 capture/compare register 4
Offset: 0x40, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CCR4
rw |
Bits 0-15: Capture/Compare value If channel CC4 is configured as output: CCR4 is the value to be loaded in the actual capture/compare 4 register (preload value). It is loaded permanently if the preload feature is not selected in the TIMx_CCMR2 register (bit OC4PE). Else the preload value is copied in the active capture/compare 4 register when an update event occurs. The active capture/compare register contains the value to be compared to the counter TIMx_CNT and signalled on OC4 output. If channel CC4 is configured as input: CCR4 is the counter value transferred by the last input capture 4 event (IC4). The TIMx_CCR4 register is read-only and cannot be programmed..
TIM1 break and dead-time register
Offset: 0x44, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/16 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BK2BID
rw |
BKBID
rw |
BK2DSRM
rw |
BKDSRM
rw |
BK2P
rw |
BK2E
rw |
BK2F
rw |
BKF
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
MOE
rw |
AOE
rw |
BKP
rw |
BKE
rw |
OSSR
rw |
OSSI
rw |
LOCK
rw |
DTG
rw |
Bits 0-7: Dead-time generator setup.
Bits 8-9: Lock configuration These bits offer a write protection against software errors. Note: The LOCK bits can be written only once after the reset. Once the TIMx_BDTR register has been written, their content is frozen until the next reset..
Bit 10: Off-state selection for Idle mode This bit is used when MOE=0 due to a break event or by a software write, on channels configured as outputs. See OC/OCN enable description for more details (Section 17.4.11: TIM1 capture/compare enable register (TIM1_CCER)). Note: This bit can not be modified as soon as the LOCK level 2 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Bit 11: Off-state selection for Run mode This bit is used when MOE=1 on channels having a complementary output which are configured as outputs. OSSR is not implemented if no complementary output is implemented in the timer. See OC/OCN enable description for more details (Section 17.4.11: TIM1 capture/compare enable register (TIM1_CCER)). Note: This bit can not be modified as soon as the LOCK level 2 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Bit 12: Break enable This bit enables the complete break protection (including all sources connected to bk_acth and BRK sources, as per Figure 100: Break and Break2 circuitry overview). Note: This bit cannot be modified when LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register). Note: Any write operation to this bit takes a delay of 1 APB clock cycle to become effective..
Bit 13: Break polarity Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register). Note: Any write operation to this bit takes a delay of 1 APB clock cycle to become effective..
Bit 14: Automatic output enable Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Bit 15: Main output enable This bit is cleared asynchronously by hardware as soon as one of the break inputs is active (BRK or BRK2). It is set by software or automatically depending on the AOE bit. It is acting only on the channels which are configured in output. In response to a break event or if MOE is written to 0: OC and OCN outputs are disabled or forced to idle state depending on the OSSI bit. See OC/OCN enable description for more details (Section 17.4.11: TIM1 capture/compare enable register (TIM1_CCER))..
Bits 16-19: Break filter This bit-field defines the frequency used to sample BRK input and the length of the digital filter applied to BRK. The digital filter is made of an event counter in which N consecutive events are needed to validate a transition on the output: Note: This bit cannot be modified when LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Bits 20-23: Break 2 filter This bit-field defines the frequency used to sample BRK2 input and the length of the digital filter applied to BRK2. The digital filter is made of an event counter in which N consecutive events are needed to validate a transition on the output: Note: This bit cannot be modified when LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Bit 24: Break 2 enable Note: The BRK2 must only be used with OSSR = OSSI = 1. Note: This bit cannot be modified when LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register). Note: Any write operation to this bit takes a delay of 1 APB clock cycle to become effective..
Bit 25: Break 2 polarity Note: This bit cannot be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register). Note: Any write operation to this bit takes a delay of 1 APB clock cycle to become effective..
Bit 26: Break Disarm This bit is cleared by hardware when no break source is active. The BKDSRM bit must be set by software to release the bidirectional output control (open-drain output in Hi-Z state) and then be polled it until it is reset by hardware, indicating that the fault condition has disappeared. Note: Any write operation to this bit takes a delay of 1 APB clock cycle to become effective..
Bit 27: Break2 Disarm Refer to BKDSRM description.
Bit 28: Break Bidirectional In the bidirectional mode (BKBID bit set to 1), the break input is configured both in input mode and in open drain output mode. Any active break event asserts a low logic level on the Break input to indicate an internal break event to external devices. Note: This bit cannot be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register). Note: Any write operation to this bit takes a delay of 1 APB clock cycle to become effective..
Bit 29: Break2 bidirectional Refer to BKBID description.
TIM1 DMA control register
Offset: 0x48, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/2 fields covered.
Bits 0-4: DMA base address This 5-bits vector defines the base-address for DMA transfers (when read/write access are done through the TIMx_DMAR address). DBA is defined as an offset starting from the address of the TIMx_CR1 register. Example: ....
Bits 8-12: DMA burst length This 5-bit vector defines the length of DMA transfers (the timer recognizes a burst transfer when a read or a write access is done to the TIMx_DMAR address), i.e. the number of transfers. Transfers can be in half-words or in bytes (see example below). ... Example: Let us consider the following transfer: DBL = 7 bytes & DBA = TIMx_CR1. If DBL = 7 bytes and DBA = TIMx_CR1 represents the address of the byte to be transferred, the address of the transfer should be given by the following equation: (TIMx_CR1 address) + DBA + (DMA index), where DMA index = DBL In this example, 7 bytes are added to (TIMx_CR1 address) + DBA, which gives us the address from/to which the data is copied. In this case, the transfer is done to 7 registers starting from the following address: (TIMx_CR1 address) + DBA According to the configuration of the DMA Data Size, several cases may occur: If the DMA Data Size is configured in half-words, 16-bit data is transferred to each of the 7 registers. If the DMA Data Size is configured in bytes, the data is also transferred to 7 registers: the first register contains the first MSB byte, the second register, the first LSB byte and so on. So with the transfer Timer, one also has to specify the size of data transferred by DMA..
TIM1 DMA address for full transfer
Offset: 0x4c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DMAB
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
DMAB
rw |
Bits 0-31: DMA register for burst accesses A read or write operation to the DMAR register accesses the register located at the address (TIMx_CR1 address) + (DBA + DMA index) x 4 where TIMx_CR1 address is the address of the control register 1, DBA is the DMA base address configured in TIMx_DCR register, DMA index is automatically controlled by the DMA transfer, and ranges from 0 to DBL (DBL configured in TIMx_DCR)..
TIM1 capture/compare mode register 3
Offset: 0x54, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/10 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
OC6M_1
rw |
OC5M_1
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
OC6CE
rw |
OC6M
rw |
OC6PE
rw |
OC6FE
rw |
OC5CE
rw |
OC5M
rw |
OC5PE
rw |
OC5FE
rw |
Bit 2: Output compare 5 fast enable Refer to OC1FE description..
Bit 3: Output compare 5 preload enable Refer to OC1PE description..
Bits 4-6: OC5M[2:0]: Output compare 5 mode Refer to OC1M description..
Bit 7: Output compare 5 clear enable Refer to OC1CE description..
Bit 10: Output compare 6 fast enable Refer to OC1FE description..
Bit 11: Output compare 6 preload enable Refer to OC1PE description..
Bits 12-14: OC6M[2:0]: Output compare 6 mode Refer to OC1M description..
Bit 15: Output compare 6 clear enable Refer to OC1CE description..
Bit 16: OC5M[3].
Bit 24: OC6M[3].
TIM1 capture/compare register 5
Offset: 0x58, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/4 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
GC5C3
rw |
GC5C2
rw |
GC5C1
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CCR5
rw |
Bits 0-15: Capture/Compare 5 value CCR5 is the value to be loaded in the actual capture/compare 5 register (preload value). It is loaded permanently if the preload feature is not selected in the TIMx_CCMR3 register (bit OC5PE). Else the preload value is copied in the active capture/compare 5 register when an update event occurs. The active capture/compare register contains the value to be compared to the counter TIMx_CNT and signaled on OC5 output..
Bit 29: Group Channel 5 and Channel 1 Distortion on Channel 1 output: This bit can either have immediate effect or be preloaded and taken into account after an update event (if preload feature is selected in TIMxCCMR1). Note: it is also possible to apply this distortion on combined PWM signals..
Bit 30: Group Channel 5 and Channel 2 Distortion on Channel 2 output: This bit can either have immediate effect or be preloaded and taken into account after an update event (if preload feature is selected in TIMxCCMR1). Note: it is also possible to apply this distortion on combined PWM signals..
Bit 31: Group Channel 5 and Channel 3 Distortion on Channel 3 output: This bit can either have immediate effect or be preloaded and taken into account after an update event (if preload feature is selected in TIMxCCMR2). Note: it is also possible to apply this distortion on combined PWM signals..
TIM1 capture/compare register 6
Offset: 0x5c, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CCR6
rw |
Bits 0-15: Capture/Compare 6 value CCR6 is the value to be loaded in the actual capture/compare 6 register (preload value). It is loaded permanently if the preload feature is not selected in the TIMx_CCMR3 register (bit OC6PE). Else the preload value is copied in the active capture/compare 6 register when an update event occurs. The active capture/compare register contains the value to be compared to the counter TIMx_CNT and signaled on OC6 output..
TIM1 alternate function option register 1
Offset: 0x60, size: 32, reset: 0x00000001, access: read-write
0/3 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ETRSEL
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
ETRSEL
rw |
BKINP
rw |
BKINE
rw |
Bit 0: BRK BKIN input enable This bit enables the BKIN alternate function input for the timer s BRK input. BKIN input is ORed with the other BRK sources. Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Bit 9: BRK BKIN input polarity This bit selects the BKIN alternate function input sensitivity. It must be programmed together with the BKP polarity bit. Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Bits 14-17: ETR source selection These bits select the ETR input source. Others: Reserved Note: These bits can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
TIM1 Alternate function register 2
Offset: 0x64, size: 32, reset: 0x00000001, access: read-write
0/2 fields covered.
Bit 0: BRK2 BKIN input enable This bit enables the BKIN2 alternate function input for the timer s BRK2 input. BKIN2 input is ORed with the other BRK2 sources. Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Bit 9: BRK2 BKIN2 input polarity This bit selects the BKIN2 alternate function input sensitivity. It must be programmed together with the BK2P polarity bit. Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
0x40002000: TIM14 address block description
0/31 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 (16-bit) | CR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc (16-bit) | DIER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 (16-bit) | SR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 (16-bit) | EGR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | CCMR1_Input | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | CCMR1_Output | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 (16-bit) | CCER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x24 | CNT | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x28 (16-bit) | PSC | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x2c (16-bit) | ARR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x34 (16-bit) | CCR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x68 (16-bit) | TISEL |
TIM14 control register 1
Offset: 0x0, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/7 fields covered.
Bit 0: Counter enable Note: External clock and gated mode can work only if the CEN bit has been previously set by software. However trigger mode can set the CEN bit automatically by hardware..
Bit 1: Update disable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable update interrupt (UEV) event generation. Counter overflow Setting the UG bit. Buffered registers are then loaded with their preload values..
Bit 2: Update request source This bit is set and cleared by software to select the update interrupt (UEV) sources. Counter overflow Setting the UG bit.
Bit 3: One-pulse mode.
Bit 7: Auto-reload preload enable.
Bits 8-9: Clock division This bit-field indicates the division ratio between the timer clock (CK_INT) frequency and sampling clock used by the digital filters (TIx),.
Bit 11: UIF status bit remapping.
TIM14 Interrupt enable register
Offset: 0xc, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/2 fields covered.
TIM14 status register
Offset: 0x10, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/3 fields covered.
Bit 0: Update interrupt flag This bit is set by hardware on an update event. It is cleared by software. At overflow and if UDIS= 0 in the TIMx_CR1 register. When CNT is reinitialized by software using the UG bit in TIMx_EGR register, if URS= 0 and UDIS= 0 in the TIMx_CR1 register..
Bit 1: Capture/compare 1 interrupt flag This flag is set by hardware. It is cleared by software (input capture or output compare mode) or by reading the TIMx_CCR1 register (input capture mode only). If channel CC1 is configured as output: this flag is set when the content of the counter TIMx_CNT matches the content of the TIMx_CCR1 register. When the content of TIMx_CCR1 is greater than the content of TIMx_ARR, the CC1IF bit goes high on the counter overflow (in up-counting and up/down-counting modes) or underflow (in down-counting mode). There are 3 possible options for flag setting in center-aligned mode, refer to the CMS bits in the TIMx_CR1 register for the full description. If channel CC1 is configured as input: this bit is set when counter value has been captured in TIMx_CCR1 register (an edge has been detected on IC1, as per the edge sensitivity defined with the CC1P and CC1NP bits setting, in TIMx_CCER)..
Bit 9: Capture/Compare 1 overcapture flag This flag is set by hardware only when the corresponding channel is configured in input capture mode. It is cleared by software by writing it to 0 ..
TIM14 event generation register
Offset: 0x14, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only
0/2 fields covered.
Bit 0: Update generation This bit can be set by software, it is automatically cleared by hardware..
Bit 1: Capture/compare 1 generation This bit is set by software in order to generate an event, it is automatically cleared by hardware. If channel CC1 is configured as output: CC1IF flag is set, Corresponding interrupt or is sent if enabled. If channel CC1 is configured as input: The current value of the counter is captured in TIMx_CCR1 register. The CC1IF flag is set, the corresponding interrupt is sent if enabled. The CC1OF flag is set if the CC1IF flag was already high..
TIM14 capture/compare mode register 1
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/3 fields covered.
Bits 0-1: Capture/Compare 1 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC1S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC1E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..
Bits 2-3: Input capture 1 prescaler This bit-field defines the ratio of the prescaler acting on CC1 input (IC1). The prescaler is reset as soon as CC1E= 0 (TIMx_CCER register)..
Bits 4-7: Input capture 1 filter This bit-field defines the frequency used to sample TI1 input and the length of the digital filter applied to TI1. The digital filter is made of an event counter in which N consecutive events are needed to validate a transition on the output:.
TIM14 capture/compare mode register 1
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/5 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
OC1M_3
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
OC1M
rw |
OC1PE
rw |
OC1FE
rw |
CC1S
rw |
Bits 0-1: Capture/Compare 1 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC1S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC1E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..
Bit 2: Output compare 1 fast enable This bit decreases the latency between a trigger event and a transition on the timer output. It must be used in one-pulse mode (OPM bit set in TIMx_CR1 register), to have the output pulse starting as soon as possible after the starting trigger..
Bit 3: Output compare 1 preload enable.
Bits 4-6: OC1M[2:0]: Output compare 1 mode (refer to bit 16 for OC1M[3]) These bits define the behavior of the output reference signal OC1REF from which OC1 is derived. OC1REF is active high whereas OC1 active level depends on CC1P bit. Others: Reserved Note: In PWM mode 1 or 2, the OCREF level changes when the result of the comparison changes or when the output compare mode switches from frozen to PWM mode. Note: The OC1M[3] bit is not contiguous, located in bit 16..
Bit 16: OC1M[3].
TIM14 capture/compare enable register
Offset: 0x20, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/3 fields covered.
Bit 0: Capture/Compare 1 output enable..
Bit 1: Capture/Compare 1 output Polarity. When CC1 channel is configured as input, both CC1NP/CC1P bits select the active polarity of TI1FP1 and TI2FP1 for trigger or capture operations. CC1NP=0, CC1P=0: non-inverted/rising edge. The circuit is sensitive to TIxFP1 rising edge (capture or trigger operations in reset, external clock or trigger mode), TIxFP1 is not inverted (trigger operation in gated mode or encoder mode). CC1NP=0, CC1P=1: inverted/falling edge. The circuit is sensitive to TIxFP1 falling edge (capture or trigger operations in reset, external clock or trigger mode), TIxFP1 is inverted (trigger operation in gated mode or encoder mode). CC1NP=1, CC1P=1: non-inverted/both edges/ The circuit is sensitive to both TIxFP1 rising and falling edges (capture or trigger operations in reset, external clock or trigger mode), TIxFP1is not inverted (trigger operation in gated mode). This configuration must not be used in encoder mode. CC1NP=1, CC1P=0: This configuration is reserved, it must not be used..
Bit 3: Capture/Compare 1 complementary output Polarity. CC1 channel configured as output: CC1NP must be kept cleared. CC1 channel configured as input: CC1NP bit is used in conjunction with CC1P to define TI1FP1 polarity (refer to CC1P description)..
TIM14 counter
Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/2 fields covered.
TIM14 prescaler
Offset: 0x28, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PSC
rw |
Bits 0-15: Prescaler value The counter clock frequency CK_CNT is equal to f<sub>CK_PSC</sub> / (PSC[15:0] + 1). PSC contains the value to be loaded in the active prescaler register at each update event. (including when the counter is cleared through UG bit of TIMx_EGR register or through trigger controller when configured in reset mode )..
TIM14 auto-reload register
Offset: 0x2c, size: 16, reset: 0x0000FFFF, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ARR
rw |
TIM14 capture/compare register 1
Offset: 0x34, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CCR1
rw |
Bits 0-15: Capture/Compare 1 value If channel CC1 is configured as output: CCR1 is the value to be loaded in the actual capture/compare 1 register (preload value). It is loaded permanently if the preload feature is not selected in the TIMx_CCMR1 register (bit OC1PE). Else the preload value is copied in the active capture/compare 1 register when an update event occurs. The active capture/compare register contains the value to be compared to the counter TIMx_CNT and signaled on OC1 output. If channel CC1is configured as input: CCR1 is the counter value transferred by the last input capture 1 event (IC1)..
TIM14 timer input selection register
Offset: 0x68, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TI1SEL
rw |
0x40014400: TIM16 address block description
1/62 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 (16-bit) | CR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 (16-bit) | CR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc (16-bit) | DIER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 (16-bit) | SR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 (16-bit) | EGR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | CCMR1_Input | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | CCMR1_Output | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 (16-bit) | CCER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x24 | CNT | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x28 (16-bit) | PSC | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x2c (16-bit) | ARR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x30 (16-bit) | RCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x34 (16-bit) | CCR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x44 | BDTR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x48 (16-bit) | DCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4c (16-bit) | DMAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x60 | AF1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x68 | TISEL |
TIM16 control register 1
Offset: 0x0, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/7 fields covered.
Bit 0: Counter enable Note: External clock and gated mode can work only if the CEN bit has been previously set by software. However trigger mode can set the CEN bit automatically by hardware..
Bit 1: Update disable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable UEV event generation. Counter overflow/underflow Setting the UG bit Update generation through the slave mode controller Buffered registers are then loaded with their preload values..
Bit 2: Update request source This bit is set and cleared by software to select the UEV event sources. Counter overflow/underflow Setting the UG bit Update generation through the slave mode controller.
Bit 3: One pulse mode.
Bit 7: Auto-reload preload enable.
Bits 8-9: Clock division This bit-field indicates the division ratio between the timer clock (CK_INT) frequency and the dead-time and sampling clock (t<sub>DTS</sub>)used by the dead-time generators and the digital filters (TIx),.
Bit 11: UIF status bit remapping.
TIM16 control register 2
Offset: 0x4, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/5 fields covered.
Bit 0: Capture/compare preloaded control Note: This bit acts only on channels that have a complementary output..
Bit 2: Capture/compare control update selection Note: This bit acts only on channels that have a complementary output..
Bit 3: Capture/compare DMA selection.
Bit 8: Output Idle state 1 (OC1 output) Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1, 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Bit 9: Output Idle state 1 (OC1N output) Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1, 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
TIM16 DMA/interrupt enable register
Offset: 0xc, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/6 fields covered.
TIM16 status register
Offset: 0x10, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/5 fields covered.
Bit 0: Update interrupt flag This bit is set by hardware on an update event. It is cleared by software. At overflow regarding the repetition counter value (update if repetition counter = 0) and if the UDIS=0 in the TIMx_CR1 register. When CNT is reinitialized by software using the UG bit in TIMx_EGR register, if URS=0 and UDIS=0 in the TIMx_CR1 register..
Bit 1: Capture/Compare 1 interrupt flag This flag is set by hardware. It is cleared by software (input capture or output compare mode) or by reading the TIMx_CCR1 register (input capture mode only). If channel CC1 is configured as output: this flag is set when the content of the counter TIMx_CNT matches the content of the TIMx_CCR1 register. When the content of TIMx_CCR1 is greater than the content of TIMx_ARR, the CC1IF bit goes high on the counter overflow (in up-counting and up/down-counting modes) or underflow (in down-counting mode). There are 3 possible options for flag setting in center-aligned mode, refer to the CMS bits in the TIMx_CR1 register for the full description. If channel CC1 is configured as input: this bit is set when counter value has been captured in TIMx_CCR1 register (an edge has been detected on IC1, as per the edge sensitivity defined with the CC1P and CC1NP bits setting, in TIMx_CCER)..
Bit 5: COM interrupt flag.
Bit 7: Break interrupt flag This flag is set by hardware as soon as the break input goes active. It can be cleared by software if the break input is not active..
Bit 9: Capture/Compare 1 overcapture flag This flag is set by hardware only when the corresponding channel is configured in input capture mode. It is cleared by software by writing it to 0 ..
TIM16 event generation register
Offset: 0x14, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only
0/4 fields covered.
Bit 0: Update generation This bit can be set by software, it is automatically cleared by hardware..
Bit 1: Capture/Compare 1 generation This bit is set by software in order to generate an event, it is automatically cleared by hardware. If channel CC1 is configured as output: CC1IF flag is set, Corresponding interrupt or DMA request is sent if enabled. If channel CC1 is configured as input: The current value of the counter is captured in TIMx_CCR1 register. The CC1IF flag is set, the corresponding interrupt or DMA request is sent if enabled. The CC1OF flag is set if the CC1IF flag was already high..
Bit 5: Capture/Compare control update generation This bit can be set by software, it is automatically cleared by hardware. Note: This bit acts only on channels that have a complementary output..
Bit 7: Break generation This bit is set by software in order to generate an event, it is automatically cleared by hardware..
TIM16 capture/compare mode register 1
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/3 fields covered.
Bits 0-1: Capture/Compare 1 Selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Others: Reserved Note: CC1S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC1E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..
Bits 2-3: Input capture 1 prescaler This bit-field defines the ratio of the prescaler acting on CC1 input (IC1). The prescaler is reset as soon as CC1E= 0 (TIMx_CCER register)..
Bits 4-7: Input capture 1 filter This bit-field defines the frequency used to sample TI1 input and the length of the digital filter applied to TI1. The digital filter is made of an event counter in which N consecutive events are needed to validate a transition on the output:.
TIM16 capture/compare mode register 1
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/5 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
OC1M_3
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
OC1M
rw |
OC1PE
rw |
OC1FE
rw |
CC1S
rw |
Bits 0-1: Capture/Compare 1 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Others: Reserved Note: CC1S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC1E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..
Bit 2: Output Compare 1 fast enable This bit decreases the latency between a trigger event and a transition on the timer output. It must be used in one-pulse mode (OPM bit set in TIMx_CR1 register), to have the output pulse starting as soon as possible after the starting trigger..
Bit 3: Output Compare 1 preload enable Note: These bits can not be modified as long as LOCK level 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register) and CC1S= 00 (the channel is configured in output)..
Bits 4-6: OC1M[2:0]: Output Compare 1 mode These bits define the behavior of the output reference signal OC1REF from which OC1 and OC1N are derived. OC1REF is active high whereas OC1 and OC1N active level depends on CC1P and CC1NP bits. All other values: Reserved Note: These bits can not be modified as long as LOCK level 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register) and CC1S= 00 (the channel is configured in output). Note: In PWM mode 1 or 2, the OCREF level changes only when the result of the comparison changes or when the output compare mode switches from frozen mode to PWM mode. Note: The OC1M[3] bit is not contiguous, located in bit 16..
Bit 16: OC1M[3].
TIM16 capture/compare enable register
Offset: 0x20, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/4 fields covered.
Bit 0: Capture/Compare 1 output enable When CC1 channel is configured as output, the OC1 level depends on MOE, OSSI, OSSR, OIS1, OIS1N and CC1NE bits, regardless of the CC1E bits state. Refer to Table 83 for details..
Bit 1: Capture/Compare 1 output polarity When CC1 channel is configured as input, both CC1NP/CC1P bits select the active polarity of TI1FP1 and TI2FP1 for trigger or capture operations. CC1NP=0, CC1P=0: non-inverted/rising edge. The circuit is sensitive to TIxFP1 rising edge (capture or trigger operations in reset, external clock or trigger mode), TIxFP1 is not inverted (trigger operation in gated mode or encoder mode). CC1NP=0, CC1P=1: inverted/falling edge. The circuit is sensitive to TIxFP1 falling edge (capture or trigger operations in reset, external clock or trigger mode), TIxFP1 is inverted (trigger operation in gated mode or encoder mode). CC1NP=1, CC1P=1: non-inverted/both edges/ The circuit is sensitive to both TIxFP1 rising and falling edges (capture or trigger operations in reset, external clock or trigger mode), TIxFP1is not inverted (trigger operation in gated mode). This configuration must not be used in encoder mode. CC1NP=1, CC1P=0: this configuration is reserved, it must not be used. Note: This bit is not writable as soon as LOCK level 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register). Note: On channels that have a complementary output, this bit is preloaded. If the CCPC bit is set in the TIMx_CR2 register then the CC1P active bit takes the new value from the preloaded bit only when a Commutation event is generated..
Bit 2: Capture/Compare 1 complementary output enable.
Bit 3: Capture/Compare 1 complementary output polarity CC1 channel configured as output: CC1 channel configured as input: This bit is used in conjunction with CC1P to define the polarity of TI1FP1 and TI2FP1. Refer to the description of CC1P. Note: This bit is not writable as soon as LOCK level 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register) and CC1S= 00 (the channel is configured in output). Note: On channels that have a complementary output, this bit is preloaded. If the CCPC bit is set in the TIMx_CR2 register then the CC1NP active bit takes the new value from the preloaded bit only when a commutation event is generated..
TIM16 counter
Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
1/2 fields covered.
TIM16 prescaler
Offset: 0x28, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PSC
rw |
Bits 0-15: Prescaler value The counter clock frequency (CK_CNT) is equal to f<sub>CK_PSC</sub> / (PSC[15:0] + 1). PSC contains the value to be loaded in the active prescaler register at each update event (including when the counter is cleared through UG bit of TIMx_EGR register or through trigger controller when configured in reset mode )..
TIM16 auto-reload register
Offset: 0x2c, size: 16, reset: 0x0000FFFF, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ARR
rw |
TIM16 repetition counter register
Offset: 0x30, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
REP
rw |
Bits 0-7: Repetition counter value These bits allow the user to set-up the update rate of the compare registers (i.e. periodic transfers from preload to active registers) when preload registers are enable, as well as the update interrupt generation rate, if this interrupt is enable. Each time the REP_CNT related downcounter reaches zero, an update event is generated and it restarts counting from REP value. As REP_CNT is reloaded with REP value only at the repetition update event U_RC, any write to the TIMx_RCR register is not taken in account until the next repetition update event. It means in PWM mode (REP+1) corresponds to the number of PWM periods in edge-aligned mode..
TIM16 capture/compare register 1
Offset: 0x34, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CCR1
rw |
Bits 0-15: Capture/Compare 1 value If channel CC1 is configured as output: CCR1 is the value to be loaded in the actual capture/compare 1 register (preload value). It is loaded permanently if the preload feature is not selected in the TIMx_CCMR1 register (bit OC1PE). Else the preload value is copied in the active capture/compare 1 register when an update event occurs. The active capture/compare register contains the value to be compared to the counter TIMx_CNT and signaled on OC1 output. If channel CC1 is configured as input: CCR1 is the counter value transferred by the last input capture 1 event (IC1)..
TIM16 break and dead-time register
Offset: 0x44, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/11 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BKBID
rw |
BKDSRM
rw |
BKF
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
MOE
rw |
AOE
rw |
BKP
rw |
BKE
rw |
OSSR
rw |
OSSI
rw |
LOCK
rw |
DTG
rw |
Bits 0-7: Dead-time generator setup This bit-field defines the duration of the dead-time inserted between the complementary outputs. DT correspond to this duration. DTG[7:5] = 0xx => DT = DTG[7:0] x t<sub>dtg</sub> with t <sub>dtg</sub>= t<sub>DTS</sub> DTG[7:5] = 10x => DT = (64 + DTG[5:0]) x t<sub>dtg</sub> with t <sub>dtg</sub>= 2 x t<sub>DTS</sub> DTG[7:5] = 110 => DT = (32 + DTG[4:0]) x t<sub>dtg</sub> with t <sub>dtg</sub>= 8 x t<sub>DTS</sub> DTG[7:5] = 111 => DT = (32 + DTG[4:0]) x t<sub>dtg</sub> with t <sub>dtg</sub>= 16 x t<sub>DTS</sub> Example if t <sub>DTS</sub>= 125 ns (8 MHz), dead-time possible values are: 0 to 15875 ns by 125 ns steps, 16 s to 31750 ns by 250 ns steps, 32 s to 63 s by 1 s steps, 64 s to 126 s by 2 s steps Note: This bit-field can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1, 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Bits 8-9: Lock configuration These bits offer a write protection against software errors. Note: The LOCK bits can be written only once after the reset. Once the TIMx_BDTR register has been written, their content is frozen until the next reset..
Bit 10: Off-state selection for Idle mode This bit is used when MOE=0 on channels configured as outputs. See OC/OCN enable description for more details (Section 20.4.8: TIMx capture/compare enable register (TIMx_CCER)(x = 16 to 17) on page 563). Note: This bit can not be modified as soon as the LOCK level 2 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Bit 11: Off-state selection for Run mode This bit is used when MOE=1 on channels that have a complementary output which are configured as outputs. OSSR is not implemented if no complementary output is implemented in the timer. See OC/OCN enable description for more details (Section 20.4.8: TIMx capture/compare enable register (TIMx_CCER)(x = 16 to 17) on page 563). Note: This bit can not be modified as soon as the LOCK level 2 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Bit 12: Break enable 1; Break inputs (BRK and CCS clock failure event) enabled Note: This bit cannot be modified when LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register). Note: Any write operation to this bit takes a delay of 1 APB clock cycle to become effective..
Bit 13: Break polarity Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register). Note: Any write operation to this bit takes a delay of 1 APB clock cycle to become effective..
Bit 14: Automatic output enable Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Bit 15: Main output enable This bit is cleared asynchronously by hardware as soon as the break input is active. It is set by software or automatically depending on the AOE bit. It is acting only on the channels which are configured in output. See OC/OCN enable description for more details (Section 20.4.8: TIMx capture/compare enable register (TIMx_CCER)(x = 16 to 17) on page 563)..
Bits 16-19: Break filter This bit-field defines the frequency used to sample BRK input and the length of the digital filter applied to BRK. The digital filter is made of an event counter in which N events are needed to validate a transition on the output: This bit cannot be modified when LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Bit 26: Break Disarm This bit is cleared by hardware when no break source is active. The BKDSRM bit must be set by software to release the bidirectional output control (open-drain output in Hi-Z state) and then be polled it until it is reset by hardware, indicating that the fault condition has disappeared. Note: Any write operation to this bit takes a delay of 1 APB clock cycle to become effective..
Bit 28: Break Bidirectional In the bidirectional mode (BKBID bit set to 1), the break input is configured both in input mode and in open drain output mode. Any active break event asserts a low logic level on the Break input to indicate an internal break event to external devices. Note: This bit cannot be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register). Note: Any write operation to this bit takes a delay of 1 APB clock cycle to become effective..
TIM16 DMA control register
Offset: 0x48, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/2 fields covered.
Bits 0-4: DMA base address This 5-bit field defines the base-address for DMA transfers (when read/write access are done through the TIMx_DMAR address). DBA is defined as an offset starting from the address of the TIMx_CR1 register. Example: ... Example: Let us consider the following transfer: DBL = 7 transfers and DBA = TIMx_CR1. In this case the transfer is done to/from 7 registers starting from the TIMx_CR1 address..
Bits 8-12: DMA burst length This 5-bit field defines the length of DMA transfers (the timer recognizes a burst transfer when a read or a write access is done to the TIMx_DMAR address), i.e. the number of transfers. Transfers can be in half-words or in bytes (see example below). ....
TIM16 DMA address for full transfer
Offset: 0x4c, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DMAB
rw |
Bits 0-15: DMA register for burst accesses A read or write operation to the DMAR register accesses the register located at the address (TIMx_CR1 address) + (DBA + DMA index) x 4 where TIMx_CR1 address is the address of the control register 1, DBA is the DMA base address configured in TIMx_DCR register, DMA index is automatically controlled by the DMA transfer, and ranges from 0 to DBL (DBL configured in TIMx_DCR)..
TIM16 alternate function register 1
Offset: 0x60, size: 32, reset: 0x00000001, access: read-write
0/2 fields covered.
Bit 0: BRK BKIN input enable This bit enables the BKIN alternate function input for the timer s BRK input. BKIN input is ORed with the other BRK sources. Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Bit 9: BRK BKIN input polarity This bit selects the BKIN alternate function input sensitivity. It must be programmed together with the BKP polarity bit. Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
TIM16 input selection register
Offset: 0x68, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TI1SEL
rw |
0x40014800: TIM17 address block description
1/62 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 (16-bit) | CR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 (16-bit) | CR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc (16-bit) | DIER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 (16-bit) | SR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 (16-bit) | EGR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | CCMR1_Input | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | CCMR1_Output | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 (16-bit) | CCER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x24 | CNT | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x28 (16-bit) | PSC | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x2c (16-bit) | ARR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x30 (16-bit) | RCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x34 (16-bit) | CCR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x44 | BDTR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x48 (16-bit) | DCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4c (16-bit) | DMAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x60 | AF1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x68 | TISEL |
TIM17 control register 1
Offset: 0x0, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/7 fields covered.
Bit 0: Counter enable Note: External clock and gated mode can work only if the CEN bit has been previously set by software. However trigger mode can set the CEN bit automatically by hardware..
Bit 1: Update disable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable UEV event generation. Counter overflow/underflow Setting the UG bit Update generation through the slave mode controller Buffered registers are then loaded with their preload values..
Bit 2: Update request source This bit is set and cleared by software to select the UEV event sources. Counter overflow/underflow Setting the UG bit Update generation through the slave mode controller.
Bit 3: One pulse mode.
Bit 7: Auto-reload preload enable.
Bits 8-9: Clock division This bit-field indicates the division ratio between the timer clock (CK_INT) frequency and the dead-time and sampling clock (t<sub>DTS</sub>)used by the dead-time generators and the digital filters (TIx),.
Bit 11: UIF status bit remapping.
TIM17 control register 2
Offset: 0x4, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/5 fields covered.
Bit 0: Capture/compare preloaded control Note: This bit acts only on channels that have a complementary output..
Bit 2: Capture/compare control update selection Note: This bit acts only on channels that have a complementary output..
Bit 3: Capture/compare DMA selection.
Bit 8: Output Idle state 1 (OC1 output) Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1, 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Bit 9: Output Idle state 1 (OC1N output) Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1, 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
TIM17 DMA/interrupt enable register
Offset: 0xc, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/6 fields covered.
TIM17 status register
Offset: 0x10, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/5 fields covered.
Bit 0: Update interrupt flag This bit is set by hardware on an update event. It is cleared by software. At overflow regarding the repetition counter value (update if repetition counter = 0) and if the UDIS=0 in the TIMx_CR1 register. When CNT is reinitialized by software using the UG bit in TIMx_EGR register, if URS=0 and UDIS=0 in the TIMx_CR1 register..
Bit 1: Capture/Compare 1 interrupt flag This flag is set by hardware. It is cleared by software (input capture or output compare mode) or by reading the TIMx_CCR1 register (input capture mode only). If channel CC1 is configured as output: this flag is set when the content of the counter TIMx_CNT matches the content of the TIMx_CCR1 register. When the content of TIMx_CCR1 is greater than the content of TIMx_ARR, the CC1IF bit goes high on the counter overflow (in up-counting and up/down-counting modes) or underflow (in down-counting mode). There are 3 possible options for flag setting in center-aligned mode, refer to the CMS bits in the TIMx_CR1 register for the full description. If channel CC1 is configured as input: this bit is set when counter value has been captured in TIMx_CCR1 register (an edge has been detected on IC1, as per the edge sensitivity defined with the CC1P and CC1NP bits setting, in TIMx_CCER)..
Bit 5: COM interrupt flag.
Bit 7: Break interrupt flag This flag is set by hardware as soon as the break input goes active. It can be cleared by software if the break input is not active..
Bit 9: Capture/Compare 1 overcapture flag This flag is set by hardware only when the corresponding channel is configured in input capture mode. It is cleared by software by writing it to 0 ..
TIM17 event generation register
Offset: 0x14, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only
0/4 fields covered.
Bit 0: Update generation This bit can be set by software, it is automatically cleared by hardware..
Bit 1: Capture/Compare 1 generation This bit is set by software in order to generate an event, it is automatically cleared by hardware. If channel CC1 is configured as output: CC1IF flag is set, Corresponding interrupt or DMA request is sent if enabled. If channel CC1 is configured as input: The current value of the counter is captured in TIMx_CCR1 register. The CC1IF flag is set, the corresponding interrupt or DMA request is sent if enabled. The CC1OF flag is set if the CC1IF flag was already high..
Bit 5: Capture/Compare control update generation This bit can be set by software, it is automatically cleared by hardware. Note: This bit acts only on channels that have a complementary output..
Bit 7: Break generation This bit is set by software in order to generate an event, it is automatically cleared by hardware..
TIM17 capture/compare mode register 1
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/3 fields covered.
Bits 0-1: Capture/Compare 1 Selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Others: Reserved Note: CC1S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC1E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..
Bits 2-3: Input capture 1 prescaler This bit-field defines the ratio of the prescaler acting on CC1 input (IC1). The prescaler is reset as soon as CC1E= 0 (TIMx_CCER register)..
Bits 4-7: Input capture 1 filter This bit-field defines the frequency used to sample TI1 input and the length of the digital filter applied to TI1. The digital filter is made of an event counter in which N consecutive events are needed to validate a transition on the output:.
TIM17 capture/compare mode register 1
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/5 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
OC1M_3
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
OC1M
rw |
OC1PE
rw |
OC1FE
rw |
CC1S
rw |
Bits 0-1: Capture/Compare 1 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Others: Reserved Note: CC1S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC1E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..
Bit 2: Output Compare 1 fast enable This bit decreases the latency between a trigger event and a transition on the timer output. It must be used in one-pulse mode (OPM bit set in TIMx_CR1 register), to have the output pulse starting as soon as possible after the starting trigger..
Bit 3: Output Compare 1 preload enable Note: These bits can not be modified as long as LOCK level 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register) and CC1S= 00 (the channel is configured in output)..
Bits 4-6: OC1M[2:0]: Output Compare 1 mode These bits define the behavior of the output reference signal OC1REF from which OC1 and OC1N are derived. OC1REF is active high whereas OC1 and OC1N active level depends on CC1P and CC1NP bits. All other values: Reserved Note: These bits can not be modified as long as LOCK level 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register) and CC1S= 00 (the channel is configured in output). Note: In PWM mode 1 or 2, the OCREF level changes only when the result of the comparison changes or when the output compare mode switches from frozen mode to PWM mode. Note: The OC1M[3] bit is not contiguous, located in bit 16..
Bit 16: OC1M[3].
TIM17 capture/compare enable register
Offset: 0x20, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/4 fields covered.
Bit 0: Capture/Compare 1 output enable When CC1 channel is configured as output, the OC1 level depends on MOE, OSSI, OSSR, OIS1, OIS1N and CC1NE bits, regardless of the CC1E bits state. Refer to Table 83 for details..
Bit 1: Capture/Compare 1 output polarity When CC1 channel is configured as input, both CC1NP/CC1P bits select the active polarity of TI1FP1 and TI2FP1 for trigger or capture operations. CC1NP=0, CC1P=0: non-inverted/rising edge. The circuit is sensitive to TIxFP1 rising edge (capture or trigger operations in reset, external clock or trigger mode), TIxFP1 is not inverted (trigger operation in gated mode or encoder mode). CC1NP=0, CC1P=1: inverted/falling edge. The circuit is sensitive to TIxFP1 falling edge (capture or trigger operations in reset, external clock or trigger mode), TIxFP1 is inverted (trigger operation in gated mode or encoder mode). CC1NP=1, CC1P=1: non-inverted/both edges/ The circuit is sensitive to both TIxFP1 rising and falling edges (capture or trigger operations in reset, external clock or trigger mode), TIxFP1is not inverted (trigger operation in gated mode). This configuration must not be used in encoder mode. CC1NP=1, CC1P=0: this configuration is reserved, it must not be used. Note: This bit is not writable as soon as LOCK level 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register). Note: On channels that have a complementary output, this bit is preloaded. If the CCPC bit is set in the TIMx_CR2 register then the CC1P active bit takes the new value from the preloaded bit only when a Commutation event is generated..
Bit 2: Capture/Compare 1 complementary output enable.
Bit 3: Capture/Compare 1 complementary output polarity CC1 channel configured as output: CC1 channel configured as input: This bit is used in conjunction with CC1P to define the polarity of TI1FP1 and TI2FP1. Refer to the description of CC1P. Note: This bit is not writable as soon as LOCK level 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register) and CC1S= 00 (the channel is configured in output). Note: On channels that have a complementary output, this bit is preloaded. If the CCPC bit is set in the TIMx_CR2 register then the CC1NP active bit takes the new value from the preloaded bit only when a commutation event is generated..
TIM17 counter
Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
1/2 fields covered.
TIM17 prescaler
Offset: 0x28, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PSC
rw |
Bits 0-15: Prescaler value The counter clock frequency (CK_CNT) is equal to f<sub>CK_PSC</sub> / (PSC[15:0] + 1). PSC contains the value to be loaded in the active prescaler register at each update event (including when the counter is cleared through UG bit of TIMx_EGR register or through trigger controller when configured in reset mode )..
TIM17 auto-reload register
Offset: 0x2c, size: 16, reset: 0x0000FFFF, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ARR
rw |
TIM17 repetition counter register
Offset: 0x30, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
REP
rw |
Bits 0-7: Repetition counter value These bits allow the user to set-up the update rate of the compare registers (i.e. periodic transfers from preload to active registers) when preload registers are enable, as well as the update interrupt generation rate, if this interrupt is enable. Each time the REP_CNT related downcounter reaches zero, an update event is generated and it restarts counting from REP value. As REP_CNT is reloaded with REP value only at the repetition update event U_RC, any write to the TIMx_RCR register is not taken in account until the next repetition update event. It means in PWM mode (REP+1) corresponds to the number of PWM periods in edge-aligned mode..
TIM17 capture/compare register 1
Offset: 0x34, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CCR1
rw |
Bits 0-15: Capture/Compare 1 value If channel CC1 is configured as output: CCR1 is the value to be loaded in the actual capture/compare 1 register (preload value). It is loaded permanently if the preload feature is not selected in the TIMx_CCMR1 register (bit OC1PE). Else the preload value is copied in the active capture/compare 1 register when an update event occurs. The active capture/compare register contains the value to be compared to the counter TIMx_CNT and signaled on OC1 output. If channel CC1 is configured as input: CCR1 is the counter value transferred by the last input capture 1 event (IC1)..
TIM17 break and dead-time register
Offset: 0x44, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/11 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BKBID
rw |
BKDSRM
rw |
BKF
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
MOE
rw |
AOE
rw |
BKP
rw |
BKE
rw |
OSSR
rw |
OSSI
rw |
LOCK
rw |
DTG
rw |
Bits 0-7: Dead-time generator setup This bit-field defines the duration of the dead-time inserted between the complementary outputs. DT correspond to this duration. DTG[7:5] = 0xx => DT = DTG[7:0] x t<sub>dtg</sub> with t <sub>dtg</sub>= t<sub>DTS</sub> DTG[7:5] = 10x => DT = (64 + DTG[5:0]) x t<sub>dtg</sub> with t <sub>dtg</sub>= 2 x t<sub>DTS</sub> DTG[7:5] = 110 => DT = (32 + DTG[4:0]) x t<sub>dtg</sub> with t <sub>dtg</sub>= 8 x t<sub>DTS</sub> DTG[7:5] = 111 => DT = (32 + DTG[4:0]) x t<sub>dtg</sub> with t <sub>dtg</sub>= 16 x t<sub>DTS</sub> Example if t <sub>DTS</sub>= 125 ns (8 MHz), dead-time possible values are: 0 to 15875 ns by 125 ns steps, 16 s to 31750 ns by 250 ns steps, 32 s to 63 s by 1 s steps, 64 s to 126 s by 2 s steps Note: This bit-field can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1, 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Bits 8-9: Lock configuration These bits offer a write protection against software errors. Note: The LOCK bits can be written only once after the reset. Once the TIMx_BDTR register has been written, their content is frozen until the next reset..
Bit 10: Off-state selection for Idle mode This bit is used when MOE=0 on channels configured as outputs. See OC/OCN enable description for more details (Section 20.4.8: TIMx capture/compare enable register (TIMx_CCER)(x = 16 to 17) on page 563). Note: This bit can not be modified as soon as the LOCK level 2 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Bit 11: Off-state selection for Run mode This bit is used when MOE=1 on channels that have a complementary output which are configured as outputs. OSSR is not implemented if no complementary output is implemented in the timer. See OC/OCN enable description for more details (Section 20.4.8: TIMx capture/compare enable register (TIMx_CCER)(x = 16 to 17) on page 563). Note: This bit can not be modified as soon as the LOCK level 2 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Bit 12: Break enable 1; Break inputs (BRK and CCS clock failure event) enabled Note: This bit cannot be modified when LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register). Note: Any write operation to this bit takes a delay of 1 APB clock cycle to become effective..
Bit 13: Break polarity Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register). Note: Any write operation to this bit takes a delay of 1 APB clock cycle to become effective..
Bit 14: Automatic output enable Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Bit 15: Main output enable This bit is cleared asynchronously by hardware as soon as the break input is active. It is set by software or automatically depending on the AOE bit. It is acting only on the channels which are configured in output. See OC/OCN enable description for more details (Section 20.4.8: TIMx capture/compare enable register (TIMx_CCER)(x = 16 to 17) on page 563)..
Bits 16-19: Break filter This bit-field defines the frequency used to sample BRK input and the length of the digital filter applied to BRK. The digital filter is made of an event counter in which N events are needed to validate a transition on the output: This bit cannot be modified when LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Bit 26: Break Disarm This bit is cleared by hardware when no break source is active. The BKDSRM bit must be set by software to release the bidirectional output control (open-drain output in Hi-Z state) and then be polled it until it is reset by hardware, indicating that the fault condition has disappeared. Note: Any write operation to this bit takes a delay of 1 APB clock cycle to become effective..
Bit 28: Break Bidirectional In the bidirectional mode (BKBID bit set to 1), the break input is configured both in input mode and in open drain output mode. Any active break event asserts a low logic level on the Break input to indicate an internal break event to external devices. Note: This bit cannot be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register). Note: Any write operation to this bit takes a delay of 1 APB clock cycle to become effective..
TIM17 DMA control register
Offset: 0x48, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/2 fields covered.
Bits 0-4: DMA base address This 5-bit field defines the base-address for DMA transfers (when read/write access are done through the TIMx_DMAR address). DBA is defined as an offset starting from the address of the TIMx_CR1 register. Example: ... Example: Let us consider the following transfer: DBL = 7 transfers and DBA = TIMx_CR1. In this case the transfer is done to/from 7 registers starting from the TIMx_CR1 address..
Bits 8-12: DMA burst length This 5-bit field defines the length of DMA transfers (the timer recognizes a burst transfer when a read or a write access is done to the TIMx_DMAR address), i.e. the number of transfers. Transfers can be in half-words or in bytes (see example below). ....
TIM17 DMA address for full transfer
Offset: 0x4c, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DMAB
rw |
Bits 0-15: DMA register for burst accesses A read or write operation to the DMAR register accesses the register located at the address (TIMx_CR1 address) + (DBA + DMA index) x 4 where TIMx_CR1 address is the address of the control register 1, DBA is the DMA base address configured in TIMx_DCR register, DMA index is automatically controlled by the DMA transfer, and ranges from 0 to DBL (DBL configured in TIMx_DCR)..
TIM17 alternate function register 1
Offset: 0x60, size: 32, reset: 0x00000001, access: read-write
0/2 fields covered.
Bit 0: BRK BKIN input enable This bit enables the BKIN alternate function input for the timer s BRK input. BKIN input is ORed with the other BRK sources. Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Bit 9: BRK BKIN input polarity This bit selects the BKIN alternate function input sensitivity. It must be programmed together with the BKP polarity bit. Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
TIM17 input selection register
Offset: 0x68, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TI1SEL
rw |
0x40000000: TIM2 address block description
0/114 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 (16-bit) | CR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 (16-bit) | CR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | SMCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc (16-bit) | DIER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 (16-bit) | SR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 (16-bit) | EGR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | CCMR1_Input | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | CCMR1_Output | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1c | CCMR2_Input | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1c | CCMR2_Output | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 (16-bit) | CCER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x24 | CNT | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x24 | CNT_remap | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x28 (16-bit) | PSC | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x2c | ARR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x34 | CCR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x38 | CCR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x3c | CCR3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x40 | CCR4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x48 (16-bit) | DCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4c (16-bit) | DMAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x60 | AF1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x68 | TISEL |
TIM2 control register 1
Offset: 0x0, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/9 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
UIFREMAP
rw |
CKD
rw |
ARPE
rw |
CMS
rw |
DIR
rw |
OPM
rw |
URS
rw |
UDIS
rw |
CEN
rw |
Bit 0: Counter enable.
Bit 1: Update disable.
Bit 2: Update request source.
Bit 3: One-pulse mode.
Bit 4: Direction.
Bits 5-6: Center-aligned mode selection.
Bit 7: Auto-reload preload enable.
Bits 8-9: Clock division This bit-field indicates the division ratio between the timer clock (CK_INT) frequency and sampling clock used by the digital filters (ETR, TIx),.
Bit 11: UIF status bit remapping.
TIM2 control register 2
Offset: 0x4, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/3 fields covered.
TIM2 slave mode control register
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/10 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TS2
rw |
SMS2
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
ETP
rw |
ECE
rw |
ETPS
rw |
ETF
rw |
MSM
rw |
TS1
rw |
OCCS
rw |
SMS1
rw |
Bits 0-2: SMS[2:0]: Slave mode selection.
Bit 3: OCREF clear selection.
Bits 4-6: TS[2:0]: Trigger selection.
Bit 7: Master/Slave mode.
Bits 8-11: External trigger filter.
Bits 12-13: External trigger prescaler.
Bit 14: External clock enable.
Bit 15: External trigger polarity.
Bit 16: SMS[3].
Bits 20-21: TS[4:3].
TIM2 DMA/Interrupt enable register
Offset: 0xc, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/12 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TDE
rw |
CC4DE
rw |
CC3DE
rw |
CC2DE
rw |
CC1DE
rw |
UDE
rw |
TIE
rw |
CC4IE
rw |
CC3IE
rw |
CC2IE
rw |
CC1IE
rw |
UIE
rw |
Bit 0: Update interrupt enable.
Bit 1: Capture/Compare 1 interrupt enable.
Bit 2: Capture/Compare 2 interrupt enable.
Bit 3: Capture/Compare 3 interrupt enable.
Bit 4: Capture/Compare 4 interrupt enable.
Bit 6: Trigger interrupt enable.
Bit 8: Update DMA request enable.
Bit 9: Capture/Compare 1 DMA request enable.
Bit 10: Capture/Compare 2 DMA request enable.
Bit 11: Capture/Compare 3 DMA request enable.
Bit 12: Capture/Compare 4 DMA request enable.
Bit 14: Trigger DMA request enable.
TIM2 status register
Offset: 0x10, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/10 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CC4OF
rw |
CC3OF
rw |
CC2OF
rw |
CC1OF
rw |
TIF
rw |
CC4IF
rw |
CC3IF
rw |
CC2IF
rw |
CC1IF
rw |
UIF
rw |
Bit 0: Update interrupt flag.
Bit 1: Capture/compare 1 interrupt flag.
Bit 2: Capture/Compare 2 interrupt flag.
Bit 3: Capture/Compare 3 interrupt flag.
Bit 4: Capture/Compare 4 interrupt flag.
Bit 6: Trigger interrupt flag.
Bit 9: Capture/Compare 1 overcapture flag.
Bit 10: Capture/compare 2 overcapture flag.
Bit 11: Capture/Compare 3 overcapture flag.
Bit 12: Capture/Compare 4 overcapture flag.
TIM2 event generation register
Offset: 0x14, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only
0/6 fields covered.
TIM2 capture/compare mode register 1
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/6 fields covered.
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/12 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
OC2M_3
rw |
OC1M_3
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
OC2CE
rw |
OC2M
rw |
OC2PE
rw |
OC2FE
rw |
CC2S
rw |
OC1CE
rw |
OC1M
rw |
OC1PE
rw |
OC1FE
rw |
CC1S
rw |
Bits 0-1: Capture/Compare 1 selection.
Bit 2: Output compare 1 fast enable.
Bit 3: Output compare 1 preload enable.
Bits 4-6: OC1M[2:0]: Output compare 1 mode These bits define the behavior of the output reference signal OC1REF from which OC1 and OC1N are derived. OC1REF is active high whereas OC1 and OC1N active level depends on CC1P and CC1NP bits. Note: In PWM mode, the OCREF level changes only when the result of the comparison changes or when the output compare mode switches from frozen mode to PWM mode. Note: The OC1M[3] bit is not contiguous, located in bit 16..
Bit 7: Output compare 1 clear enable.
Bits 8-9: Capture/Compare 2 selection.
Bit 10: Output compare 2 fast enable.
Bit 11: Output compare 2 preload enable.
Bits 12-14: OC2M[2:0]: Output compare 2 mode.
Bit 15: Output compare 2 clear enable.
Bit 16: OC1M[3].
Bit 24: OC2M[3].
TIM2 capture/compare mode register 2
Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/6 fields covered.
Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/12 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
OC4M_3
rw |
OC3M_3
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
OC4CE
rw |
OC4M
rw |
OC4PE
rw |
OC4FE
rw |
CC4S
rw |
OC3CE
rw |
OC3M
rw |
OC3PE
rw |
OC3FE
rw |
CC3S
rw |
Bits 0-1: Capture/Compare 3 selection.
Bit 2: Output compare 3 fast enable.
Bit 3: Output compare 3 preload enable.
Bits 4-6: OC3M[2:0]: Output compare 3 mode.
Bit 7: Output compare 3 clear enable.
Bits 8-9: Capture/Compare 4 selection.
Bit 10: Output compare 4 fast enable.
Bit 11: Output compare 4 preload enable.
Bits 12-14: OC4M[2:0]: Output compare 4 mode.
Bit 15: Output compare 4 clear enable.
Bit 16: OC3M[3].
Bit 24: OC4M[3].
TIM2 capture/compare enable register
Offset: 0x20, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/12 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CC4NP
rw |
CC4P
rw |
CC4E
rw |
CC3NP
rw |
CC3P
rw |
CC3E
rw |
CC2NP
rw |
CC2P
rw |
CC2E
rw |
CC1NP
rw |
CC1P
rw |
CC1E
rw |
Bit 0: Capture/Compare 1 output enable..
Bit 1: Capture/Compare 1 output Polarity..
Bit 3: Capture/Compare 1 output Polarity..
Bit 4: Capture/Compare 2 output enable..
Bit 5: Capture/Compare 2 output Polarity..
Bit 7: Capture/Compare 2 output Polarity..
Bit 8: Capture/Compare 3 output enable..
Bit 9: Capture/Compare 3 output Polarity..
Bit 11: Capture/Compare 3 output Polarity..
Bit 12: Capture/Compare 4 output enable..
Bit 13: Capture/Compare 4 output Polarity..
Bit 15: Capture/Compare 4 output Polarity..
Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/2 fields covered.
TIM2 prescaler
Offset: 0x28, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PSC
rw |
TIM2 auto-reload register
Offset: 0x2c, size: 32, reset: 0xFFFFFFFF, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
TIM2 capture/compare register 1
Offset: 0x34, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
TIM2 capture/compare register 2
Offset: 0x38, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
TIM2 capture/compare register 3
Offset: 0x3c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
TIM2 capture/compare register 4
Offset: 0x40, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
TIM2 DMA control register
Offset: 0x48, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/2 fields covered.
TIM2 DMA address for full transfer
Offset: 0x4c, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DMAB
rw |
TIM2 alternate function option register 1
Offset: 0x60, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
0x40000400: TIM3 address block description
0/114 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 (16-bit) | CR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 (16-bit) | CR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | SMCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc (16-bit) | DIER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 (16-bit) | SR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 (16-bit) | EGR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | CCMR1_Input | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | CCMR1_Output | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1c | CCMR2_Input | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1c | CCMR2_Output | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 (16-bit) | CCER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x24 | CNT | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x24 | CNT_remap | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x28 (16-bit) | PSC | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x2c | ARR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x34 | CCR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x38 | CCR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x3c | CCR3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x40 | CCR4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x48 (16-bit) | DCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4c (16-bit) | DMAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x60 | AF1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x68 | TISEL |
TIM3 control register 1
Offset: 0x0, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/9 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
UIFREMAP
rw |
CKD
rw |
ARPE
rw |
CMS
rw |
DIR
rw |
OPM
rw |
URS
rw |
UDIS
rw |
CEN
rw |
Bit 0: Counter enable Note: External clock, gated mode and encoder mode can work only if the CEN bit has been previously set by software. However trigger mode can set the CEN bit automatically by hardware. CEN is cleared automatically in one-pulse mode, when an update event occurs..
Bit 1: Update disable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable UEV event generation. Counter overflow/underflow Setting the UG bit Update generation through the slave mode controller Buffered registers are then loaded with their preload values..
Bit 2: Update request source This bit is set and cleared by software to select the UEV event sources. Counter overflow/underflow Setting the UG bit Update generation through the slave mode controller.
Bit 3: One-pulse mode.
Bit 4: Direction Note: This bit is read only when the timer is configured in Center-aligned mode or Encoder mode..
Bits 5-6: Center-aligned mode selection Note: It is not allowed to switch from edge-aligned mode to center-aligned mode as long as the counter is enabled (CEN=1).
Bit 7: Auto-reload preload enable.
Bits 8-9: Clock division This bit-field indicates the division ratio between the timer clock (CK_INT) frequency and sampling clock used by the digital filters (ETR, TIx),.
Bit 11: UIF status bit remapping.
TIM3 control register 2
Offset: 0x4, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/3 fields covered.
Bit 3: Capture/compare DMA selection.
Bits 4-6: Master mode selection These bits permit to select the information to be sent in master mode to slave timers for synchronization (TRGO). The combination is as follows: When the Counter Enable signal is controlled by the trigger input, there is a delay on TRGO, except if the master/slave mode is selected (see the MSM bit description in TIMx_SMCR register). Note: The clock of the slave timer or ADC must be enabled prior to receive events from the master timer, and must not be changed on-the-fly while triggers are received from the master timer..
Bit 7: TI1 selection.
TIM3 slave mode control register
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/10 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TS2
rw |
SMS2
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
ETP
rw |
ECE
rw |
ETPS
rw |
ETF
rw |
MSM
rw |
TS1
rw |
OCCS
rw |
SMS1
rw |
Bits 0-2: SMS[2:0]: Slave mode selection When external signals are selected the active edge of the trigger signal (TRGI) is linked to the polarity selected on the external input (see Input Control register and Control Register description. reinitializes the counter, generates an update of the registers and starts the counter. Note: The gated mode must not be used if TI1F_ED is selected as the trigger input (TS=00100). Indeed, TI1F_ED outputs 1 pulse for each transition on TI1F, whereas the gated mode checks the level of the trigger signal. Note: The clock of the slave peripherals (timer, ADC, ...) receiving the TRGO or the TRGO2 signals must be enabled prior to receive events from the master timer, and the clock frequency (prescaler) must not be changed on-the-fly while triggers are received from the master timer..
Bit 3: OCREF clear selection This bit is used to select the OCREF clear source.
Bits 4-6: TS[2:0]: Trigger selection This bit-field selects the trigger input to be used to synchronize the counter. Others: Reserved See Table 77: TIM3 internal trigger connection on page 478 for more details on ITRx meaning for each Timer. Note: These bits must be changed only when they are not used (e.g. when SMS=000) to avoid wrong edge detections at the transition..
Bit 7: Master/Slave mode.
Bits 8-11: External trigger filter This bit-field then defines the frequency used to sample ETRP signal and the length of the digital filter applied to ETRP. The digital filter is made of an event counter in which N consecutive events are needed to validate a transition on the output:.
Bits 12-13: External trigger prescaler External trigger signal ETRP frequency must be at most 1/4 of CK_INT frequency. A prescaler can be enabled to reduce ETRP frequency. It is useful when inputting fast external clocks..
Bit 14: External clock enable This bit enables External clock mode 2. Note: Setting the ECE bit has the same effect as selecting external clock mode 1 with TRGI connected to ETRF (SMS=111 and TS=00111). Note: It is possible to simultaneously use external clock mode 2 with the following slave modes: reset mode, gated mode and trigger mode. Nevertheless, TRGI must not be connected to ETRF in this case (TS bits must not be 00111). Note: If external clock mode 1 and external clock mode 2 are enabled at the same time, the external clock input is ETRF..
Bit 15: External trigger polarity This bit selects whether ETR or ETR is used for trigger operations.
Bit 16: SMS[3].
Bits 20-21: TS[4:3].
TIM3 DMA/Interrupt enable register
Offset: 0xc, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/12 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TDE
rw |
CC4DE
rw |
CC3DE
rw |
CC2DE
rw |
CC1DE
rw |
UDE
rw |
TIE
rw |
CC4IE
rw |
CC3IE
rw |
CC2IE
rw |
CC1IE
rw |
UIE
rw |
Bit 0: Update interrupt enable.
Bit 1: Capture/Compare 1 interrupt enable.
Bit 2: Capture/Compare 2 interrupt enable.
Bit 3: Capture/Compare 3 interrupt enable.
Bit 4: Capture/Compare 4 interrupt enable.
Bit 6: Trigger interrupt enable.
Bit 8: Update DMA request enable.
Bit 9: Capture/Compare 1 DMA request enable.
Bit 10: Capture/Compare 2 DMA request enable.
Bit 11: Capture/Compare 3 DMA request enable.
Bit 12: Capture/Compare 4 DMA request enable.
Bit 14: Trigger DMA request enable.
TIM3 status register
Offset: 0x10, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/10 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CC4OF
rw |
CC3OF
rw |
CC2OF
rw |
CC1OF
rw |
TIF
rw |
CC4IF
rw |
CC3IF
rw |
CC2IF
rw |
CC1IF
rw |
UIF
rw |
Bit 0: Update interrupt flag This bit is set by hardware on an update event. It is cleared by software. At overflow or underflow and if UDIS=0 in the TIMx_CR1 register. When CNT is reinitialized by software using the UG bit in TIMx_EGR register, if URS=0 and UDIS=0 in the TIMx_CR1 register. When CNT is reinitialized by a trigger event (refer to the synchro control register description), if URS=0 and UDIS=0 in the TIMx_CR1 register..
Bit 1: Capture/compare 1 interrupt flag This flag is set by hardware. It is cleared by software (input capture or output compare mode) or by reading the TIMx_CCR1 register (input capture mode only). If channel CC1 is configured as output: this flag is set when the content of the counter TIMx_CNT matches the content of the TIMx_CCR1 register. When the content of TIMx_CCR1 is greater than the content of TIMx_ARR, the CC1IF bit goes high on the counter overflow (in up-counting and up/down-counting modes) or underflow (in down-counting mode). There are 3 possible options for flag setting in center-aligned mode, refer to the CMS bits in the TIMx_CR1 register for the full description. If channel CC1 is configured as input: this bit is set when counter value has been captured in TIMx_CCR1 register (an edge has been detected on IC1, as per the edge sensitivity defined with the CC1P and CC1NP bits setting, in TIMx_CCER)..
Bit 2: Capture/Compare 2 interrupt flag Refer to CC1IF description.
Bit 3: Capture/Compare 3 interrupt flag Refer to CC1IF description.
Bit 4: Capture/Compare 4 interrupt flag Refer to CC1IF description.
Bit 6: Trigger interrupt flag This flag is set by hardware on the TRG trigger event (active edge detected on TRGI input when the slave mode controller is enabled in all modes but gated mode. It is set when the counter starts or stops when gated mode is selected. It is cleared by software..
Bit 9: Capture/Compare 1 overcapture flag This flag is set by hardware only when the corresponding channel is configured in input capture mode. It is cleared by software by writing it to 0 ..
Bit 10: Capture/compare 2 overcapture flag refer to CC1OF description.
Bit 11: Capture/Compare 3 overcapture flag refer to CC1OF description.
Bit 12: Capture/Compare 4 overcapture flag refer to CC1OF description.
TIM3 event generation register
Offset: 0x14, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only
0/6 fields covered.
Bit 0: Update generation This bit can be set by software, it is automatically cleared by hardware..
Bit 1: Capture/compare 1 generation This bit is set by software in order to generate an event, it is automatically cleared by hardware. If channel CC1 is configured as output: CC1IF flag is set, Corresponding interrupt or DMA request is sent if enabled. If channel CC1 is configured as input: The current value of the counter is captured in TIMx_CCR1 register. The CC1IF flag is set, the corresponding interrupt or DMA request is sent if enabled. The CC1OF flag is set if the CC1IF flag was already high..
Bit 2: Capture/compare 2 generation Refer to CC1G description.
Bit 3: Capture/compare 3 generation Refer to CC1G description.
Bit 4: Capture/compare 4 generation Refer to CC1G description.
Bit 6: Trigger generation This bit is set by software in order to generate an event, it is automatically cleared by hardware..
TIM3 capture/compare mode register 1
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/6 fields covered.
Bits 0-1: Capture/Compare 1 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC1S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC1E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..
Bits 2-3: Input capture 1 prescaler This bit-field defines the ratio of the prescaler acting on CC1 input (IC1). The prescaler is reset as soon as CC1E=0 (TIMx_CCER register)..
Bits 4-7: Input capture 1 filter This bit-field defines the frequency used to sample TI1 input and the length of the digital filter applied to TI1. The digital filter is made of an event counter in which N consecutive events are needed to validate a transition on the output:.
Bits 8-9: Capture/compare 2 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC2S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC2E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..
Bits 10-11: Input capture 2 prescaler.
Bits 12-15: Input capture 2 filter.
TIM3 capture/compare mode register 1
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/12 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
OC2M_3
rw |
OC1M_3
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
OC2CE
rw |
OC2M
rw |
OC2PE
rw |
OC2FE
rw |
CC2S
rw |
OC1CE
rw |
OC1M
rw |
OC1PE
rw |
OC1FE
rw |
CC1S
rw |
Bits 0-1: Capture/Compare 1 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC1S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC1E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..
Bit 2: Output compare 1 fast enable This bit decreases the latency between a trigger event and a transition on the timer output. It must be used in one-pulse mode (OPM bit set in TIMx_CR1 register), to have the output pulse starting as soon as possible after the starting trigger..
Bit 3: Output compare 1 preload enable.
Bits 4-6: OC1M[2:0]: Output compare 1 mode These bits define the behavior of the output reference signal OC1REF from which OC1 and OC1N are derived. OC1REF is active high whereas OC1 and OC1N active level depends on CC1P and CC1NP bits. Note: In PWM mode, the OCREF level changes only when the result of the comparison changes or when the output compare mode switches from frozen mode to PWM mode. Note: The OC1M[3] bit is not contiguous, located in bit 16..
Bit 7: Output compare 1 clear enable.
Bits 8-9: Capture/Compare 2 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC2S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC2E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..
Bit 10: Output compare 2 fast enable.
Bit 11: Output compare 2 preload enable.
Bits 12-14: OC2M[2:0]: Output compare 2 mode refer to OC1M description on bits 6:4.
Bit 15: Output compare 2 clear enable.
Bit 16: OC1M[3].
Bit 24: OC2M[3].
TIM3 capture/compare mode register 2
Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/6 fields covered.
Bits 0-1: Capture/Compare 3 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC3S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC3E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..
Bits 2-3: Input capture 3 prescaler.
Bits 4-7: Input capture 3 filter.
Bits 8-9: Capture/Compare 4 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC4S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC4E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..
Bits 10-11: Input capture 4 prescaler.
Bits 12-15: Input capture 4 filter.
TIM3 capture/compare mode register 2
Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/12 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
OC4M_3
rw |
OC3M_3
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
OC4CE
rw |
OC4M
rw |
OC4PE
rw |
OC4FE
rw |
CC4S
rw |
OC3CE
rw |
OC3M
rw |
OC3PE
rw |
OC3FE
rw |
CC3S
rw |
Bits 0-1: Capture/Compare 3 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC3S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC3E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..
Bit 2: Output compare 3 fast enable.
Bit 3: Output compare 3 preload enable.
Bits 4-6: OC3M[2:0]: Output compare 3 mode Refer to OC1M description (bits 6:4 in TIMx_CCMR1 register).
Bit 7: Output compare 3 clear enable.
Bits 8-9: Capture/Compare 4 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC4S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC4E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..
Bit 10: Output compare 4 fast enable.
Bit 11: Output compare 4 preload enable.
Bits 12-14: OC4M[2:0]: Output compare 4 mode Refer to OC1M description (bits 6:4 in TIMx_CCMR1 register).
Bit 15: Output compare 4 clear enable.
Bit 16: OC3M[3].
Bit 24: OC4M[3].
TIM3 capture/compare enable register
Offset: 0x20, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/12 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CC4NP
rw |
CC4P
rw |
CC4E
rw |
CC3NP
rw |
CC3P
rw |
CC3E
rw |
CC2NP
rw |
CC2P
rw |
CC2E
rw |
CC1NP
rw |
CC1P
rw |
CC1E
rw |
Bit 0: Capture/Compare 1 output enable..
Bit 1: Capture/Compare 1 output Polarity. When CC1 channel is configured as input, both CC1NP/CC1P bits select the active polarity of TI1FP1 and TI2FP1 for trigger or capture operations. CC1NP=0, CC1P=0: non-inverted/rising edge. The circuit is sensitive to TIxFP1 rising edge (capture or trigger operations in reset, external clock or trigger mode), TIxFP1 is not inverted (trigger operation in gated mode or encoder mode). CC1NP=0, CC1P=1: inverted/falling edge. The circuit is sensitive to TIxFP1 falling edge (capture or trigger operations in reset, external clock or trigger mode), TIxFP1 is inverted (trigger operation in gated mode or encoder mode). CC1NP=1, CC1P=1: non-inverted/both edges. The circuit is sensitive to both TIxFP1 rising and falling edges (capture or trigger operations in reset, external clock or trigger mode), TIxFP1is not inverted (trigger operation in gated mode). This configuration must not be used in encoder mode. CC1NP=1, CC1P=0: This configuration is reserved, it must not be used..
Bit 3: Capture/Compare 1 output Polarity. CC1 channel configured as output: CC1NP must be kept cleared in this case. CC1 channel configured as input: This bit is used in conjunction with CC1P to define TI1FP1/TI2FP1 polarity. refer to CC1P description..
Bit 4: Capture/Compare 2 output enable. Refer to CC1E description.
Bit 5: Capture/Compare 2 output Polarity. refer to CC1P description.
Bit 7: Capture/Compare 2 output Polarity. Refer to CC1NP description.
Bit 8: Capture/Compare 3 output enable. Refer to CC1E description.
Bit 9: Capture/Compare 3 output Polarity. Refer to CC1P description.
Bit 11: Capture/Compare 3 output Polarity. Refer to CC1NP description.
Bit 12: Capture/Compare 4 output enable. refer to CC1E description.
Bit 13: Capture/Compare 4 output Polarity. Refer to CC1P description.
Bit 15: Capture/Compare 4 output Polarity. Refer to CC1NP description.
TIM3 counter
Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/2 fields covered.
TIM3 prescaler
Offset: 0x28, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PSC
rw |
Bits 0-15: Prescaler value The counter clock frequency CK_CNT is equal to f<sub>CK_PSC</sub> / (PSC[15:0] + 1). PSC contains the value to be loaded in the active prescaler register at each update event (including when the counter is cleared through UG bit of TIMx_EGR register or through trigger controller when configured in reset mode )..
TIM3 auto-reload register
Offset: 0x2c, size: 32, reset: 0xFFFFFFFF, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
TIM3 capture/compare register 1
Offset: 0x34, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CCR1
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CCR1
rw |
Bits 0-31: Capture/Compare 1 value If channel CC1 is configured as output: CCR1 is the value to be loaded in the actual capture/compare 1 register (preload value). It is loaded permanently if the preload feature is not selected in the TIMx_CCMR1 register (bit OC1PE). Else the preload value is copied in the active capture/compare 1 register when an update event occurs. The active capture/compare register contains the value to be compared to the counter TIMx_CNT and signaled on OC1 output. If channel CC1is configured as input: CCR1 is the counter value transferred by the last input capture 1 event (IC1). The TIMx_CCR1 register is read-only and cannot be programmed..
TIM3 capture/compare register 2
Offset: 0x38, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CCR2
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CCR2
rw |
Bits 0-31: Capture/Compare 2 value If channel CC2 is configured as output: CCR2 is the value to be loaded in the actual capture/compare 2 register (preload value). It is loaded permanently if the preload feature is not selected in the TIMx_CCMR1 register (bit OC2PE). Else the preload value is copied in the active capture/compare 2 register when an update event occurs. The active capture/compare register contains the value to be compared to the counter TIMx_CNT and signalled on OC2 output. If channel CC2 is configured as input: CCR2 is the counter value transferred by the last input capture 2 event (IC2). The TIMx_CCR2 register is read-only and cannot be programmed..
TIM3 capture/compare register 3
Offset: 0x3c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CCR3
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CCR3
rw |
Bits 0-31: Capture/Compare value If channel CC3 is configured as output: CCR3 is the value to be loaded in the actual capture/compare 3 register (preload value). It is loaded permanently if the preload feature is not selected in the TIMx_CCMR2 register (bit OC3PE). Else the preload value is copied in the active capture/compare 3 register when an update event occurs. The active capture/compare register contains the value to be compared to the counter TIMx_CNT and signalled on OC3 output. If channel CC3is configured as input: CCR3 is the counter value transferred by the last input capture 3 event (IC3). The TIMx_CCR3 register is read-only and cannot be programmed..
TIM3 capture/compare register 4
Offset: 0x40, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CCR4
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CCR4
rw |
Bits 0-31: Capture/Compare value if CC4 channel is configured as output (CC4S bits): CCR4 is the value to be loaded in the actual capture/compare 4 register (preload value). It is loaded permanently if the preload feature is not selected in the TIMx_CCMR2 register (bit OC4PE). Else the preload value is copied in the active capture/compare 4 register when an update event occurs. The active capture/compare register contains the value to be compared to the counter TIMx_CNT and signalled on OC4 output. if CC4 channel is configured as input (CC4S bits in TIMx_CCMR4 register): CCR4 is the counter value transferred by the last input capture 4 event (IC4). The TIMx_CCR4 register is read-only and cannot be programmed..
TIM3 DMA control register
Offset: 0x48, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/2 fields covered.
Bits 0-4: DMA base address This 5-bit vector defines the base-address for DMA transfers (when read/write access are done through the TIMx_DMAR address). DBA is defined as an offset starting from the address of the TIMx_CR1 register. Example: ... Example: Let us consider the following transfer: DBL = 7 transfers & DBA = TIMx_CR1. In this case the transfer is done to/from 7 registers starting from the TIMx_CR1 address..
Bits 8-12: DMA burst length This 5-bit vector defines the number of DMA transfers (the timer recognizes a burst transfer when a read or a write access is done to the TIMx_DMAR address). ....
TIM3 DMA address for full transfer
Offset: 0x4c, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DMAB
rw |
Bits 0-15: DMA register for burst accesses A read or write operation to the DMAR register accesses the register located at the address (TIMx_CR1 address) + (DBA + DMA index) x 4 where TIMx_CR1 address is the address of the control register 1, DBA is the DMA base address configured in TIMx_DCR register, DMA index is automatically controlled by the DMA transfer, and ranges from 0 to DBL (DBL configured in TIMx_DCR)..
TIM3 alternate function option register 1
Offset: 0x60, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
TIM3 timer input selection register
Offset: 0x68, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/3 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TI3SEL
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TI2SEL
rw |
TI1SEL
rw |
Bits 0-3: TI1[0] to TI1[15] input selection These bits select the TI1[0] to TI1[15] input source. Others: Reserved.
Bits 8-11: TI2[0] to TI2[15] input selection These bits select the TI2[0] to TI2[15] input source. Others: Reserved.
Bits 16-19: TI3[0] to TI3[15] input selection These bits select the TI3[0] to TI3[15] input source. Others: Reserved.
0x40013800: USART address block description
53/170 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | CR1_disabled | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x0 | CR1_enabled | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | CR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | CR3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc | BRR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 | GTPR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 | RTOR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | RQR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1c | ISR_disabled | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1c | ISR_enabled | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 | ICR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x24 | RDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x28 | TDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x2c | PRESC |
USART control register 1
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/22 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
FIFOEN
rw |
M1
rw |
EOBIE
rw |
RTOIE
rw |
DEAT
rw |
DEDT
rw |
||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
OVER8
rw |
CMIE
rw |
MME
rw |
M0
rw |
WAKE
rw |
PCE
rw |
PS
rw |
PEIE
rw |
TXEIE
rw |
TCIE
rw |
RXNEIE
rw |
IDLEIE
rw |
TE
rw |
RE
rw |
UESM
rw |
UE
rw |
Bit 0: USART enable When this bit is cleared, the USART prescalers and outputs are stopped immediately, and all current operations are discarded. The USART configuration is kept, but all the USART_ISR status flags are reset. This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: To enter low-power mode without generating errors on the line, the TE bit must be previously reset and the software must wait for the TC bit in the USART_ISR to be set before resetting the UE bit. Note: The DMA requests are also reset when UE = 0 so the DMA channel must be disabled before resetting the UE bit. Note: In Smartcard mode, (SCEN = 1), the CK pin is always available when CLKEN = 1, regardless of the UE bit value..
Bit 1: USART enable in low-power mode When this bit is cleared, the USART cannot wake up the MCU from low-power mode. When this bit is set, the USART can wake up the MCU from low-power mode. This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: It is recommended to set the UESM bit just before entering low-power mode and clear it when exit from low-power mode. Note: If the USART does not support the wake-up from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 2: Receiver enable This bit enables the receiver. It is set and cleared by software..
Bit 3: Transmitter enable This bit enables the transmitter. It is set and cleared by software. Note: During transmission, a low pulse on the TE bit ( 0 followed by 1 ) sends a preamble (idle line) after the current word, except in Smartcard mode. In order to generate an idle character, the TE must not be immediately written to 1 . To ensure the required duration, the software can poll the TEACK bit in the USART_ISR register. Note: In Smartcard mode, when TE is set, there is a 1 bit-time delay before the transmission starts..
Bit 4: IDLE interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 5: Receive data register not empty This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 6: Transmission complete interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 7: Transmit data register empty This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 8: PE interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 9: Parity selection This bit selects the odd or even parity when the parity generation/detection is enabled (PCE bit set). It is set and cleared by software. The parity is selected after the current byte. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..
Bit 10: Parity control enable This bit selects the hardware parity control (generation and detection). When the parity control is enabled, the computed parity is inserted at the MSB position (9th bit if M = 1; 8th bit if M = 0) and the parity is checked on the received data. This bit is set and cleared by software. Once it is set, PCE is active after the current byte (in reception and in transmission). This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..
Bit 11: Receiver wake-up method This bit determines the USART wake-up method from Mute mode. It is set or cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..
Bit 12: Word length This bit is used in conjunction with bit 28 (M1) to determine the word length. It is set or cleared by software (refer to bit 28 (M1)description). This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..
Bit 13: Mute mode enable This bit enables the USART Mute mode function. When set, the USART can switch between active and Mute mode, as defined by the WAKE bit. It is set and cleared by software..
Bit 14: Character match interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 15: Oversampling mode This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: In LIN, IrDA and Smartcard modes, this bit must be kept cleared..
Bits 16-20: Driver enable deassertion time This 5-bit value defines the time between the end of the last stop bit, in a transmitted message, and the de-activation of the DE (Driver Enable) signal. It is expressed in sample time units (1/8 or 1/16 bit time, depending on the oversampling rate). If the USART_TDR register is written during the DEDT time, the new data is transmitted only when the DEDT and DEAT times have both elapsed. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If the Driver Enable feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bits 21-25: Driver enable assertion time This 5-bit value defines the time between the activation of the DE (Driver Enable) signal and the beginning of the start bit. It is expressed in sample time units (1/8 or 1/16 bit time, depending on the oversampling rate). This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If the Driver Enable feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 26: Receiver timeout interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: If the USART does not support the Receiver timeout feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 27: End of Bbock interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: If the USART does not support Smartcard mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 28: Word length This bit must be used in conjunction with bit 12 (M0) to determine the word length. It is set or cleared by software. M[1:0] = 00 : 1 start bit, 8 Data bits, n Stop bit M[1:0] = 01 : 1 start bit, 9 Data bits, n Stop bit M[1:0] = 10 : 1 start bit, 7 Data bits, n Stop bit This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: In 7-bits data length mode, the Smartcard mode, LIN master mode and auto baud rate (0x7F and 0x55 frames detection) are not supported..
Bit 29: FIFO mode enable This bit is set and cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: FIFO mode can be used on standard UART communication, in SPI master/slave mode and in Smartcard modes only. It must not be enabled in IrDA and LIN modes..
USART control register 1
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/24 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
RXFFIE
rw |
TXFEIE
rw |
FIFOEN
rw |
M1
rw |
EOBIE
rw |
RTOIE
rw |
DEAT
rw |
DEDT
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
OVER8
rw |
CMIE
rw |
MME
rw |
M0
rw |
WAKE
rw |
PCE
rw |
PS
rw |
PEIE
rw |
TXFNFIE
rw |
TCIE
rw |
RXFNEIE
rw |
IDLEIE
rw |
TE
rw |
RE
rw |
UESM
rw |
UE
rw |
Bit 0: USART enable When this bit is cleared, the USART prescalers and outputs are stopped immediately, and all current operations are discarded. The USART configuration is kept, but all the USART_ISR status flags are reset. This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: To enter low-power mode without generating errors on the line, the TE bit must be previously reset and the software must wait for the TC bit in the USART_ISR to be set before resetting the UE bit. Note: The DMA requests are also reset when UE = 0 so the DMA channel must be disabled before resetting the UE bit. Note: In Smartcard mode, (SCEN = 1), the CK is always available when CLKEN = 1, regardless of the UE bit value..
Bit 1: USART enable in low-power mode When this bit is cleared, the USART cannot wake up the MCU from low-power mode. When this bit is set, the USART can wake up the MCU from low-power mode. This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: It is recommended to set the UESM bit just before entering low-power mode and clear it when exit from low-power mode. Note: If the USART does not support the wake-up from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 2: Receiver enable This bit enables the receiver. It is set and cleared by software..
Bit 3: Transmitter enable This bit enables the transmitter. It is set and cleared by software. Note: During transmission, a low pulse on the TE bit ( 0 followed by 1 ) sends a preamble (idle line) after the current word, except in Smartcard mode. In order to generate an idle character, the TE must not be immediately written to 1 . To ensure the required duration, the software can poll the TEACK bit in the USART_ISR register. Note: In Smartcard mode, when TE is set, there is a 1 bit-time delay before the transmission starts..
Bit 4: IDLE interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 5: RXFIFO not empty interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 6: Transmission complete interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 7: TXFIFO not-full interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 8: PE interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 9: Parity selection This bit selects the odd or even parity when the parity generation/detection is enabled (PCE bit set). It is set and cleared by software. The parity is selected after the current byte. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..
Bit 10: Parity control enable This bit selects the hardware parity control (generation and detection). When the parity control is enabled, the computed parity is inserted at the MSB position (9th bit if M = 1; 8th bit if M = 0) and the parity is checked on the received data. This bit is set and cleared by software. Once it is set, PCE is active after the current byte (in reception and in transmission). This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..
Bit 11: Receiver wake-up method This bit determines the USART wake-up method from Mute mode. It is set or cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..
Bit 12: Word length This bit is used in conjunction with bit 28 (M1) to determine the word length. It is set or cleared by software (refer to bit 28 (M1)description). This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..
Bit 13: Mute mode enable This bit enables the USART Mute mode function. When set, the USART can switch between active and Mute mode, as defined by the WAKE bit. It is set and cleared by software..
Bit 14: Character match interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 15: Oversampling mode This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: In LIN, IrDA and Smartcard modes, this bit must be kept cleared..
Bits 16-20: Driver enable deassertion time This 5-bit value defines the time between the end of the last stop bit, in a transmitted message, and the de-activation of the DE (Driver Enable) signal. It is expressed in sample time units (1/8 or 1/16 bit time, depending on the oversampling rate). If the USART_TDR register is written during the DEDT time, the new data is transmitted only when the DEDT and DEAT times have both elapsed. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If the Driver Enable feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bits 21-25: Driver enable assertion time This 5-bit value defines the time between the activation of the DE (Driver Enable) signal and the beginning of the start bit. It is expressed in sample time units (1/8 or 1/16 bit time, depending on the oversampling rate). This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If the Driver Enable feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 26: Receiver timeout interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: If the USART does not support the Receiver timeout feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 27: End-of-block interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: If the USART does not support Smartcard mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 28: Word length This bit must be used in conjunction with bit 12 (M0) to determine the word length. It is set or cleared by software. M[1:0] = 00 : 1 start bit, 8 Data bits, n Stop bit M[1:0] = 01 : 1 start bit, 9 Data bits, n Stop bit M[1:0] = 10 : 1 start bit, 7 Data bits, n Stop bit This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: In 7-bits data length mode, the Smartcard mode, LIN master mode and auto baud rate (0x7F and 0x55 frames detection) are not supported..
Bit 29: FIFO mode enable This bit is set and cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: FIFO mode can be used on standard UART communication, in SPI master/slave mode and in Smartcard modes only. It must not be enabled in IrDA and LIN modes..
Bit 30: TXFIFO empty interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 31: RXFIFO full interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
USART control register 2
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/20 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ADD
rw |
RTOEN
rw |
ABRMOD
rw |
ABREN
rw |
MSBFIRST
rw |
DATAINV
rw |
TXINV
rw |
RXINV
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
SWAP
rw |
LINEN
rw |
STOP
rw |
CLKEN
rw |
CPOL
rw |
CPHA
rw |
LBCL
rw |
LBDIE
rw |
LBDL
rw |
ADDM7
rw |
DIS_NSS
rw |
SLVEN
rw |
Bit 0: Synchronous Slave mode enable When the SLVEN bit is set, the synchronous slave mode is enabled. Note: When SPI slave mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 3: NSS pin enable When the DIS_NSS bit is set, the NSS pin input is ignored. Note: When SPI slave mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 4: 7-bit address detection/4-bit address detection This bit is for selection between 4-bit address detection or 7-bit address detection. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0) Note: In 7-bit and 9-bit data modes, the address detection is done on 6-bit and 8-bit address (ADD[5:0] and ADD[7:0]) respectively..
Bit 5: LIN break detection length This bit is for selection between 11 bit or 10 bit break detection. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If LIN mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 6: LIN break detection interrupt enable Break interrupt mask (break detection using break delimiter). Note: If LIN mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 8: Last bit clock pulse This bit is used to select whether the clock pulse associated with the last data bit transmitted (MSB) has to be output on the CK pin in synchronous mode. The last bit is the 7th or 8th or 9th data bit transmitted depending on the 7 or 8 or 9 bit format selected by the M bit in the USART_CR1 register. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If synchronous mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 9: Clock phase This bit is used to select the phase of the clock output on the CK pin in synchronous mode. It works in conjunction with the CPOL bit to produce the desired clock/data relationship (see Figure 249 and Figure 250) This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If synchronous mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 10: Clock polarity This bit enables the user to select the polarity of the clock output on the CK pin in synchronous mode. It works in conjunction with the CPHA bit to produce the desired clock/data relationship This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If synchronous mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 11: Clock enable This bit enables the user to enable the CK pin. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If neither synchronous mode nor Smartcard mode is supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691. In Smartcard mode, in order to provide correctly the CK clock to the smartcard, the steps below must be respected: UE = 0 SCEN = 1 GTPR configuration CLKEN= 1 Note: UE = 1.
Bits 12-13: Stop bits These bits are used for programming the stop bits. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..
Bit 14: LIN mode enable This bit is set and cleared by software. The LIN mode enables the capability to send LIN synchronous breaks (13 low bits) using the SBKRQ bit in the USART_CR1 register, and to detect LIN Sync breaks. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If the USART does not support LIN mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 15: Swap TX/RX pins This bit is set and cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..
Bit 16: RX pin active level inversion This bit is set and cleared by software. This enables the use of an external inverter on the RX line. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..
Bit 17: TX pin active level inversion This bit is set and cleared by software. This enables the use of an external inverter on the TX line. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..
Bit 18: Binary data inversion This bit is set and cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..
Bit 19: Most significant bit first This bit is set and cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..
Bit 20: Auto baud rate enable This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: If the USART does not support the auto baud rate feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bits 21-22: Auto baud rate mode These bits are set and cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when ABREN = 0 or the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If DATAINV = 1 and/or MSBFIRST = 1 the patterns must be the same on the line, for example 0xAA for MSBFIRST) Note: If the USART does not support the auto baud rate feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 23: Receiver timeout enable This bit is set and cleared by software. When this feature is enabled, the RTOF flag in the USART_ISR register is set if the RX line is idle (no reception) for the duration programmed in the RTOR (receiver timeout register). Note: If the USART does not support the Receiver timeout feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bits 24-31: Address of the USART node These bits give the address of the USART node in Mute mode or a character code to be recognized in low-power or Run mode: In Mute mode: they are used in multiprocessor communication to wake up from Mute mode with 4-bit/7-bit address mark detection. The MSB of the character sent by the transmitter should be equal to 1. In 4-bit address mark detection, only ADD[3:0] bits are used. In low-power mode: they are used for wake up from low-power mode on character match. When WUS[1:0] is programmed to 0b00 (WUF active on address match), the wake-up from low-power mode is performed when the received character corresponds to the character programmed through ADD[6:0] or ADD[3:0] bitfield (depending on ADDM7 bit), and WUF interrupt is enabled by setting WUFIE bit. The MSB of the character sent by transmitter should be equal to 1. In Run mode with Mute mode inactive (for example, end-of-block detection in ModBus protocol): the whole received character (8 bits) is compared to ADD[7:0] value and CMF flag is set on match. An interrupt is generated if the CMIE bit is set. These bits can only be written when the reception is disabled (RE = 0) or when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..
USART control register 3
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/24 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TXFTCFG
rw |
RXFTIE
rw |
RXFTCFG
rw |
TCBGTIE
rw |
TXFTIE
rw |
WUFIE
rw |
WUS
rw |
SCARCNT
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
DEP
rw |
DEM
rw |
DDRE
rw |
OVRDIS
rw |
ONEBIT
rw |
CTSIE
rw |
CTSE
rw |
RTSE
rw |
DMAT
rw |
DMAR
rw |
SCEN
rw |
NACK
rw |
HDSEL
rw |
IRLP
rw |
IREN
rw |
EIE
rw |
Bit 0: Error interrupt enable Error Interrupt Enable Bit is required to enable interrupt generation in case of a framing error, overrun error noise flag or SPI slave underrun error (FE = 1 or ORE = 1 or NE = 1 or UDR = 1 in the USART_ISR register)..
Bit 1: IrDA mode enable This bit is set and cleared by software. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If IrDA mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 2: IrDA low-power This bit is used for selecting between normal and low-power IrDA modes This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If IrDA mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 3: Half-duplex selection Selection of Single-wire Half-duplex mode This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..
Bit 4: Smartcard NACK enable This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If the USART does not support Smartcard mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 5: Smartcard mode enable This bit is used for enabling Smartcard mode. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If the USART does not support Smartcard mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 6: DMA enable receiver This bit is set/reset by software.
Bit 7: DMA enable transmitter This bit is set/reset by software.
Bit 8: RTS enable This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If the hardware flow control feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 9: CTS enable This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0) Note: If the hardware flow control feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 10: CTS interrupt enable Note: If the hardware flow control feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 11: One sample bit method enable This bit enables the user to select the sample method. When the one sample bit method is selected the noise detection flag (NE) is disabled. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..
Bit 12: Overrun disable This bit is used to disable the receive overrun detection. the ORE flag is not set and the new received data overwrites the previous content of the USART_RDR register. When FIFO mode is enabled, the RXFIFO is bypassed and data is written directly in USART_RDR register. Even when FIFO management is enabled, the RXNE flag is to be used. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: This control bit enables checking the communication flow w/o reading the data.
Bit 13: DMA Disable on reception error This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: The reception errors are: parity error, framing error or noise error..
Bit 14: Driver enable mode This bit enables the user to activate the external transceiver control, through the DE signal. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If the Driver Enable feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 15: Driver enable polarity selection This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If the Driver Enable feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bits 17-19: Smartcard auto-retry count This bitfield specifies the number of retries for transmission and reception in Smartcard mode. In transmission mode, it specifies the number of automatic retransmission retries, before generating a transmission error (FE bit set). In reception mode, it specifies the number or erroneous reception trials, before generating a reception error (RXNE/RXFNE and PE bits set). This bitfield must be programmed only when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). When the USART is enabled (UE = 1), this bitfield may only be written to 0x0, in order to stop retransmission. 0x1 to 0x7: number of automatic retransmission attempts (before signaling error) Note: If Smartcard mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bits 20-21: Wake-up from low-power mode interrupt flag selection This bitfield specifies the event which activates the WUF (wake-up from low-power mode flag). This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If the USART does not support the wake-up from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 22: Wake-up from low-power mode interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: WUFIE must be set before entering in low-power mode. Note: If the USART does not support the wake-up from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 23: TXFIFO threshold interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 24: Transmission complete before guard time, interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: If the USART does not support the Smartcard mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bits 25-27: Receive FIFO threshold configuration Remaining combinations: Reserved.
Bit 28: RXFIFO threshold interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bits 29-31: TXFIFO threshold configuration Remaining combinations: Reserved.
USART baud rate register
Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BRR
rw |
USART guard time and prescaler register
Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/2 fields covered.
Bits 0-7: Prescaler value.
Bits 8-15: Guard time value This bitfield is used to program the Guard time value in terms of number of baud clock periods. This is used in Smartcard mode. The Transmission Complete flag is set after this guard time value. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If Smartcard mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
USART receiver timeout register
Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/2 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BLEN
rw |
RTO
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
RTO
rw |
Bits 0-23: Receiver timeout value This bitfield gives the Receiver timeout value in terms of number of bits during which there is no activity on the RX line. In standard mode, the RTOF flag is set if, after the last received character, no new start bit is detected for more than the RTO value. In Smartcard mode, this value is used to implement the CWT and BWT. See Smartcard chapter for more details. In the standard, the CWT/BWT measurement is done starting from the start bit of the last received character. Note: This value must only be programmed once per received character..
Bits 24-31: Block length This bitfield gives the Block length in Smartcard T = 1 Reception. Its value equals the number of information characters + the length of the Epilogue Field (1-LEC/2-CRC) - 1. Examples: BLEN = 0: 0 information characters + LEC BLEN = 1: 0 information characters + CRC BLEN = 255: 254 information characters + CRC (total 256 characters)) In Smartcard mode, the Block length counter is reset when TXE = 0 (TXFE = 0 in case FIFO mode is enabled). This bitfield can be used also in other modes. In this case, the Block length counter is reset when RE = 0 (receiver disabled) and/or when the EOBCF bit is written to 1. Note: This value can be programmed after the start of the block reception (using the data from the LEN character in the Prologue Field). It must be programmed only once per received block..
USART request register
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only
0/5 fields covered.
Bit 0: Auto baud rate request Writing 1 to this bit resets the ABRF and ABRE flags in the USART_ISR and requests an automatic baud rate measurement on the next received data frame. Note: If the USART does not support the auto baud rate feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 1: Send break request Writing 1 to this bit sets the SBKF flag and request to send a BREAK on the line, as soon as the transmit machine is available. Note: When the application needs to send the break character following all previously inserted data, including the ones not yet transmitted, the software should wait for the TXE flag assertion before setting the SBKRQ bit..
Bit 2: Mute mode request Writing 1 to this bit puts the USART in Mute mode and resets the RWU flag..
Bit 3: Receive data flush request Writing 1 to this bit empties the entire receive FIFO i.e. clears the bit RXFNE. This enables to discard the received data without reading them, and avoid an overrun condition..
Bit 4: Transmit data flush request When FIFO mode is disabled, writing 1 to this bit sets the TXE flag. This enables to discard the transmit data. This bit must be used only in Smartcard mode, when data have not been sent due to errors (NACK) and the FE flag is active in the USART_ISR register. If the USART does not support Smartcard mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. When FIFO is enabled, TXFRQ bit is set to flush the whole FIFO. This sets the TXFE flag (Transmit FIFO empty, bit 23 in the USART_ISR register). Flushing the Transmit FIFO is supported in both UART and Smartcard modes. Note: In FIFO mode, the TXFNF flag is reset during the flush request until TxFIFO is empty in order to ensure that no data are written in the data register..
USART interrupt and status register
Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x000000C0, access: read-only
24/24 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TCBGT
r |
REACK
r |
TEACK
r |
WUF
r |
RWU
r |
SBKF
r |
CMF
r |
BUSY
r |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
ABRF
r |
ABRE
r |
UDR
r |
EOBF
r |
RTOF
r |
CTS
r |
CTSIF
r |
LBDF
r |
TXE
r |
TC
r |
RXNE
r |
IDLE
r |
ORE
r |
NE
r |
FE
r |
PE
r |
Bit 0: Parity error This bit is set by hardware when a parity error occurs in receiver mode. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the PECF in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if PEIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register..
Bit 1: Framing error This bit is set by hardware when a de-synchronization, excessive noise or a break character is detected. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the FECF bit in the USART_ICR register. When transmitting data in Smartcard mode, this bit is set when the maximum number of transmit attempts is reached without success (the card NACKs the data frame). An interrupt is generated if EIE = 1 in the USART_CR3 register..
Bit 2: Noise detection flag This bit is set by hardware when noise is detected on a received frame. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the NECF bit in the USART_ICR register. Note: This bit does not generate an interrupt as it appears at the same time as the RXNE bit which itself generates an interrupt. An interrupt is generated when the NE flag is set during multi buffer communication if the EIE bit is set. Note: When the line is noise-free, the NE flag can be disabled by programming the ONEBIT bit to 1 to increase the USART tolerance to deviations (Refer to Section 26.5.8: Tolerance of the USART receiver to clock deviation on page 709)..
Bit 3: Overrun error This bit is set by hardware when the data currently being received in the shift register is ready to be transferred into the USART_RDR register while RXNE = 1. It is cleared by a software, writing 1 to the ORECF, in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if RXNEIE = 1 or EIE = 1 in the LPUART_CR1 register, or EIE = 1 in the USART_CR3 register. Note: When this bit is set, the USART_RDR register content is not lost but the shift register is overwritten. An interrupt is generated if the ORE flag is set during multi buffer communication if the EIE bit is set. Note: This bit is permanently forced to 0 (no overrun detection) when the bit OVRDIS is set in the USART_CR3 register..
Bit 4: Idle line detected This bit is set by hardware when an Idle Line is detected. An interrupt is generated if IDLEIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the IDLECF in the USART_ICR register. Note: The IDLE bit is not set again until the RXNE bit has been set (i.e. a new idle line occurs). Note: If Mute mode is enabled (MME = 1), IDLE is set if the USART is not mute (RWU = 0), whatever the Mute mode selected by the WAKE bit. If RWU = 1, IDLE is not set..
Bit 5: Read data register not empty RXNE bit is set by hardware when the content of the USART_RDR shift register has been transferred to the USART_RDR register. It is cleared by reading from the USART_RDR register. The RXNE flag can also be cleared by writing 1 to the RXFRQ in the USART_RQR register. An interrupt is generated if RXNEIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register..
Bit 6: Transmission complete This bit indicates that the last data written in the USART_TDR has been transmitted out of the shift register. It is set by hardware when the transmission of a frame containing data is complete and when TXE is set. An interrupt is generated if TCIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register. TC bit is is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the TCCF in the USART_ICR register or by a write to the USART_TDR register. Note: If TE bit is reset and no transmission is on going, the TC bit is set immediately..
Bit 7: Transmit data register empty TXE is set by hardware when the content of the USART_TDR register has been transferred into the shift register. It is cleared by writing to the USART_TDR register. The TXE flag can also be set by writing 1 to the TXFRQ in the USART_RQR register, in order to discard the data (only in Smartcard T = 0 mode, in case of transmission failure). An interrupt is generated if the TXEIE bit = 1 in the USART_CR1 register..
Bit 8: LIN break detection flag This bit is set by hardware when the LIN break is detected. It is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the LBDCF in the USART_ICR. An interrupt is generated if LBDIE = 1 in the USART_CR2 register. Note: If the USART does not support LIN mode, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 9: CTS interrupt flag This bit is set by hardware when the CTS input toggles, if the CTSE bit is set. It is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the CTSCF bit in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if CTSIE = 1 in the USART_CR3 register. Note: If the hardware flow control feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
Bit 10: CTS flag This bit is set/reset by hardware. It is an inverted copy of the status of the CTS input pin. Note: If the hardware flow control feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
Bit 11: Receiver timeout This bit is set by hardware when the timeout value, programmed in the RTOR register has lapsed, without any communication. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the RTOCF bit in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if RTOIE = 1 in the USART_CR2 register. In Smartcard mode, the timeout corresponds to the CWT or BWT timings. Note: If a time equal to the value programmed in RTOR register separates 2 characters, RTOF is not set. If this time exceeds this value + 2 sample times (2/16 or 2/8, depending on the oversampling method), RTOF flag is set. Note: The counter counts even if RE = 0 but RTOF is set only when RE = 1. If the timeout has already elapsed when RE is set, then RTOF is set. Note: If the USART does not support the Receiver timeout feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
Bit 12: End of block flag This bit is set by hardware when a complete block has been received (for example T = 1 Smartcard mode). The detection is done when the number of received bytes (from the start of the block, including the prologue) is equal or greater than BLEN + 4. An interrupt is generated if the EOBIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the EOBCF in the USART_ICR register. Note: If Smartcard mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 13: SPI slave underrun error flag In slave transmission mode, this flag is set when the first clock pulse for data transmission appears while the software has not yet loaded any value into USART_TDR. This flag is reset by setting UDRCF bit in the USART_ICR register. Note: If the USART does not support the SPI slave mode, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 14: Auto baud rate error This bit is set by hardware if the baud rate measurement failed (baud rate out of range or character comparison failed) It is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the ABRRQ bit in the USART_RQR register. Note: If the USART does not support the auto baud rate feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
Bit 15: Auto baud rate flag This bit is set by hardware when the automatic baud rate has been set (RXNE is also set, generating an interrupt if RXNEIE = 1) or when the auto baud rate operation was completed without success (ABRE = 1) (ABRE, RXNE and FE are also set in this case) It is cleared by software, in order to request a new auto baud rate detection, by writing 1 to the ABRRQ in the USART_RQR register. Note: If the USART does not support the auto baud rate feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
Bit 16: Busy flag This bit is set and reset by hardware. It is active when a communication is ongoing on the RX line (successful start bit detected). It is reset at the end of the reception (successful or not)..
Bit 17: Character match flag This bit is set by hardware, when a the character defined by ADD[7:0] is received. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the CMCF in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if CMIE = 1in the USART_CR1 register..
Bit 18: Send break flag This bit indicates that a send break character was requested. It is set by software, by writing 1 to the SBKRQ bit in the USART_CR3 register. It is automatically reset by hardware during the stop bit of break transmission..
Bit 19: Receiver wake-up from Mute mode This bit indicates if the USART is in Mute mode. It is cleared/set by hardware when a wake-up/mute sequence is recognized. The Mute mode control sequence (address or IDLE) is selected by the WAKE bit in the USART_CR1 register. When wake-up on IDLE mode is selected, this bit can only be set by software, writing 1 to the MMRQ bit in the USART_RQR register. Note: If the USART does not support the wake-up from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 20: Wake-up from low-power mode flag This bit is set by hardware, when a wake-up event is detected. The event is defined by the WUS bitfield. It is cleared by software, writing a 1 to the WUCF in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if WUFIE = 1 in the USART_CR3 register. Note: When UESM is cleared, WUF flag is also cleared. Note: If the USART does not support the wake-up from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 21: Transmit enable acknowledge flag This bit is set/reset by hardware, when the Transmit Enable value is taken into account by the USART. It can be used when an idle frame request is generated by writing TE = 0, followed by TE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register, in order to respect the TE = 0 minimum period..
Bit 22: Receive enable acknowledge flag This bit is set/reset by hardware, when the Receive Enable value is taken into account by the USART. It can be used to verify that the USART is ready for reception before entering low-power mode. Note: If the USART does not support the wake-up from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 25: Transmission complete before guard time flag.
USART interrupt and status register
Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x008000C0, access: read-only
28/28 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TXFT
r |
RXFT
r |
TCBGT
r |
RXFF
r |
TXFE
r |
REACK
r |
TEACK
r |
WUF
r |
RWU
r |
SBKF
r |
CMF
r |
BUSY
r |
||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
ABRF
r |
ABRE
r |
UDR
r |
EOBF
r |
RTOF
r |
CTS
r |
CTSIF
r |
LBDF
r |
TXFNF
r |
TC
r |
RXFNE
r |
IDLE
r |
ORE
r |
NE
r |
FE
r |
PE
r |
Bit 0: Parity error This bit is set by hardware when a parity error occurs in receiver mode. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the PECF in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if PEIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register. Note: This error is associated with the character in the USART_RDR..
Bit 1: Framing error This bit is set by hardware when a de-synchronization, excessive noise or a break character is detected. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the FECF bit in the USART_ICR register. When transmitting data in Smartcard mode, this bit is set when the maximum number of transmit attempts is reached without success (the card NACKs the data frame). An interrupt is generated if EIE = 1 in the USART_CR3 register. Note: This error is associated with the character in the USART_RDR..
Bit 2: Noise detection flag This bit is set by hardware when noise is detected on a received frame. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the NECF bit in the USART_ICR register. Note: This bit does not generate an interrupt as it appears at the same time as the RXFNE bit which itself generates an interrupt. An interrupt is generated when the NE flag is set during multi buffer communication if the EIE bit is set. Note: When the line is noise-free, the NE flag can be disabled by programming the ONEBIT bit to 1 to increase the USART tolerance to deviations (Refer to Section 26.5.8: Tolerance of the USART receiver to clock deviation on page 709). Note: This error is associated with the character in the USART_RDR..
Bit 3: Overrun error This bit is set by hardware when the data currently being received in the shift register is ready to be transferred into the USART_RDR register while RXFF = 1. It is cleared by a software, writing 1 to the ORECF, in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if RXFNEIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register, or EIE = 1 in the USART_CR3 register. Note: When this bit is set, the USART_RDR register content is not lost but the shift register is overwritten. An interrupt is generated if the ORE flag is set during multi buffer communication if the EIE bit is set. Note: This bit is permanently forced to 0 (no overrun detection) when the bit OVRDIS is set in the USART_CR3 register..
Bit 4: Idle line detected This bit is set by hardware when an Idle Line is detected. An interrupt is generated if IDLEIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the IDLECF in the USART_ICR register. Note: The IDLE bit is not set again until the RXFNE bit has been set (i.e. a new idle line occurs). Note: If Mute mode is enabled (MME = 1), IDLE is set if the USART is not mute (RWU = 0), whatever the Mute mode selected by the WAKE bit. If RWU = 1, IDLE is not set..
Bit 5: RXFIFO not empty RXFNE bit is set by hardware when the RXFIFO is not empty, meaning that data can be read from the USART_RDR register. Every read operation from the USART_RDR frees a location in the RXFIFO. RXFNE is cleared when the RXFIFO is empty. The RXFNE flag can also be cleared by writing 1 to the RXFRQ in the USART_RQR register. An interrupt is generated if RXFNEIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register..
Bit 6: Transmission complete This bit indicates that the last data written in the USART_TDR has been transmitted out of the shift register. It is set by hardware when the transmission of a frame containing data is complete and when TXFE is set. An interrupt is generated if TCIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register. TC bit is is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the TCCF in the USART_ICR register or by a write to the USART_TDR register. Note: If TE bit is reset and no transmission is on going, the TC bit is immediately set..
Bit 7: TXFIFO not full TXFNF is set by hardware when TXFIFO is not full meaning that data can be written in the USART_TDR. Every write operation to the USART_TDR places the data in the TXFIFO. This flag remains set until the TXFIFO is full. When the TXFIFO is full, this flag is cleared indicating that data can not be written into the USART_TDR. An interrupt is generated if the TXFNFIE bit =1 in the USART_CR1 register. Note: The TXFNF is kept reset during the flush request until TXFIFO is empty. After sending the flush request (by setting TXFRQ bit), the flag TXFNF should be checked prior to writing in TXFIFO (TXFNF and TXFE are set at the same time). Note: This bit is used during single buffer transmission..
Bit 8: LIN break detection flag This bit is set by hardware when the LIN break is detected. It is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the LBDCF in the USART_ICR. An interrupt is generated if LBDIE = 1 in the USART_CR2 register. Note: If the USART does not support LIN mode, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 9: CTS interrupt flag This bit is set by hardware when the CTS input toggles, if the CTSE bit is set. It is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the CTSCF bit in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if CTSIE = 1 in the USART_CR3 register. Note: If the hardware flow control feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
Bit 10: CTS flag This bit is set/reset by hardware. It is an inverted copy of the status of the CTS input pin. Note: If the hardware flow control feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
Bit 11: Receiver timeout This bit is set by hardware when the timeout value, programmed in the RTOR register has lapsed, without any communication. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the RTOCF bit in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if RTOIE = 1 in the USART_CR2 register. In Smartcard mode, the timeout corresponds to the CWT or BWT timings. Note: If a time equal to the value programmed in RTOR register separates 2 characters, RTOF is not set. If this time exceeds this value + 2 sample times (2/16 or 2/8, depending on the oversampling method), RTOF flag is set. Note: The counter counts even if RE = 0 but RTOF is set only when RE = 1. If the timeout has already elapsed when RE is set, then RTOF is set. Note: If the USART does not support the Receiver timeout feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
Bit 12: End of block flag This bit is set by hardware when a complete block has been received (for example T = 1 Smartcard mode). The detection is done when the number of received bytes (from the start of the block, including the prologue) is equal or greater than BLEN + 4. An interrupt is generated if the EOBIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the EOBCF in the USART_ICR register. Note: If Smartcard mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 13: SPI slave underrun error flag In slave transmission mode, this flag is set when the first clock pulse for data transmission appears while the software has not yet loaded any value into USART_TDR. This flag is reset by setting UDRCF bit in the USART_ICR register. Note: If the USART does not support the SPI slave mode, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 14: Auto baud rate error This bit is set by hardware if the baud rate measurement failed (baud rate out of range or character comparison failed) It is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the ABRRQ bit in the USART_RQR register. Note: If the USART does not support the auto baud rate feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
Bit 15: Auto baud rate flag This bit is set by hardware when the automatic baud rate has been set (RXFNE is also set, generating an interrupt if RXFNEIE = 1) or when the auto baud rate operation was completed without success (ABRE = 1) (ABRE, RXFNE and FE are also set in this case) It is cleared by software, in order to request a new auto baud rate detection, by writing 1 to the ABRRQ in the USART_RQR register. Note: If the USART does not support the auto baud rate feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
Bit 16: Busy flag This bit is set and reset by hardware. It is active when a communication is ongoing on the RX line (successful start bit detected). It is reset at the end of the reception (successful or not)..
Bit 17: Character match flag This bit is set by hardware, when a the character defined by ADD[7:0] is received. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the CMCF in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if CMIE = 1in the USART_CR1 register..
Bit 18: Send break flag This bit indicates that a send break character was requested. It is set by software, by writing 1 to the SBKRQ bit in the USART_CR3 register. It is automatically reset by hardware during the stop bit of break transmission..
Bit 19: Receiver wake-up from Mute mode This bit indicates if the USART is in Mute mode. It is cleared/set by hardware when a wake-up/mute sequence is recognized. The Mute mode control sequence (address or IDLE) is selected by the WAKE bit in the USART_CR1 register. When wake-up on IDLE mode is selected, this bit can only be set by software, writing 1 to the MMRQ bit in the USART_RQR register. Note: If the USART does not support the wake-up from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 20: Wake-up from low-power mode flag This bit is set by hardware, when a wake-up event is detected. The event is defined by the WUS bitfield. It is cleared by software, writing a 1 to the WUCF in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if WUFIE = 1 in the USART_CR3 register. Note: When UESM is cleared, WUF flag is also cleared. Note: If the USART does not support the wake-up from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 21: Transmit enable acknowledge flag This bit is set/reset by hardware, when the Transmit Enable value is taken into account by the USART. It can be used when an idle frame request is generated by writing TE = 0, followed by TE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register, in order to respect the TE = 0 minimum period..
Bit 22: Receive enable acknowledge flag This bit is set/reset by hardware, when the Receive Enable value is taken into account by the USART. It can be used to verify that the USART is ready for reception before entering low-power mode. Note: If the USART does not support the wake-up from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 23: TXFIFO empty This bit is set by hardware when TXFIFO is empty. When the TXFIFO contains at least one data, this flag is cleared. The TXFE flag can also be set by writing 1 to the bit TXFRQ (bit 4) in the USART_RQR register. An interrupt is generated if the TXFEIE bit = 1 (bit 30) in the USART_CR1 register..
Bit 24: RXFIFO full This bit is set by hardware when the number of received data corresponds to RXFIFO size + 1 (RXFIFO full + 1 data in the USART_RDR register. An interrupt is generated if the RXFFIE bit = 1 in the USART_CR1 register..
Bit 25: Transmission complete before guard time flag.
Bit 26: RXFIFO threshold flag This bit is set by hardware when the threshold programmed in RXFTCFG in USART_CR3 register is reached. This means that there are (RXFTCFG - 1) data in the Receive FIFO and one data in the USART_RDR register. An interrupt is generated if the RXFTIE bit = 1 (bit 27) in the USART_CR3 register. Note: When the RXFTCFG threshold is configured to 101 , RXFT flag is set if 16 data are available i.e. 15 data in the RXFIFO and 1 data in the USART_RDR. Consequently, the 17th received data does not cause an overrun error. The overrun error occurs after receiving the 18th data..
Bit 27: TXFIFO threshold flag This bit is set by hardware when the TXFIFO reaches the threshold programmed in TXFTCFG of USART_CR3 register i.e. the TXFIFO contains TXFTCFG empty locations. An interrupt is generated if the TXFTIE bit = 1 (bit 31) in the USART_CR3 register..
USART interrupt flag clear register
Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only
0/15 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
WUCF
w |
CMCF
w |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
UDRCF
w |
EOBCF
w |
RTOCF
w |
CTSCF
w |
LBDCF
w |
TCBGTCF
w |
TCCF
w |
TXFECF
w |
IDLECF
w |
ORECF
w |
NECF
w |
FECF
w |
PECF
w |
Bit 0: Parity error clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the PE flag in the USART_ISR register..
Bit 1: Framing error clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the FE flag in the USART_ISR register..
Bit 2: Noise detected clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the NE flag in the USART_ISR register..
Bit 3: Overrun error clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the ORE flag in the USART_ISR register..
Bit 4: Idle line detected clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the IDLE flag in the USART_ISR register..
Bit 5: TXFIFO empty clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the TXFE flag in the USART_ISR register..
Bit 6: Transmission complete clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the TC flag in the USART_ISR register..
Bit 7: Transmission complete before Guard time clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the TCBGT flag in the USART_ISR register..
Bit 8: LIN break detection clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the LBDF flag in the USART_ISR register. Note: If LIN mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 9: CTS clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the CTSIF flag in the USART_ISR register. Note: If the hardware flow control feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 11: Receiver timeout clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the RTOF flag in the USART_ISR register. Note: If the USART does not support the Receiver timeout feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 12: End of block clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the EOBF flag in the USART_ISR register. Note: If the USART does not support Smartcard mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 13: SPI slave underrun clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the UDRF flag in the USART_ISR register. Note: If the USART does not support SPI slave mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691.
Bit 17: Character match clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the CMF flag in the USART_ISR register..
Bit 20: Wake-up from low-power mode clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the WUF flag in the USART_ISR register. Note: If the USART does not support the wake-up from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
USART receive data register
Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
RDR
r |
Bits 0-8: Receive data value Contains the received data character. The RDR register provides the parallel interface between the input shift register and the internal bus (see Figure 243). When receiving with the parity enabled, the value read in the MSB bit is the received parity bit..
USART transmit data register
Offset: 0x28, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TDR
rw |
Bits 0-8: Transmit data value Contains the data character to be transmitted. The USART_TDR register provides the parallel interface between the internal bus and the output shift register (see Figure 243). When transmitting with the parity enabled (PCE bit set to 1 in the USART_CR1 register), the value written in the MSB (bit 7 or bit 8 depending on the data length) has no effect because it is replaced by the parity. Note: This register must be written only when TXE/TXFNF = 1..
USART prescaler register
Offset: 0x2c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRESCALER
rw |
0x40004400: USART address block description
53/170 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | CR1_disabled | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x0 | CR1_enabled | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | CR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | CR3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc | BRR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 | GTPR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 | RTOR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | RQR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1c | ISR_disabled | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1c | ISR_enabled | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 | ICR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x24 | RDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x28 | TDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x2c | PRESC |
USART control register 1
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/22 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
FIFOEN
rw |
M1
rw |
EOBIE
rw |
RTOIE
rw |
DEAT
rw |
DEDT
rw |
||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
OVER8
rw |
CMIE
rw |
MME
rw |
M0
rw |
WAKE
rw |
PCE
rw |
PS
rw |
PEIE
rw |
TXEIE
rw |
TCIE
rw |
RXNEIE
rw |
IDLEIE
rw |
TE
rw |
RE
rw |
UESM
rw |
UE
rw |
Bit 0: USART enable When this bit is cleared, the USART prescalers and outputs are stopped immediately, and all current operations are discarded. The USART configuration is kept, but all the USART_ISR status flags are reset. This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: To enter low-power mode without generating errors on the line, the TE bit must be previously reset and the software must wait for the TC bit in the USART_ISR to be set before resetting the UE bit. Note: The DMA requests are also reset when UE = 0 so the DMA channel must be disabled before resetting the UE bit. Note: In Smartcard mode, (SCEN = 1), the CK pin is always available when CLKEN = 1, regardless of the UE bit value..
Bit 1: USART enable in low-power mode When this bit is cleared, the USART cannot wake up the MCU from low-power mode. When this bit is set, the USART can wake up the MCU from low-power mode. This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: It is recommended to set the UESM bit just before entering low-power mode and clear it when exit from low-power mode. Note: If the USART does not support the wake-up from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 2: Receiver enable This bit enables the receiver. It is set and cleared by software..
Bit 3: Transmitter enable This bit enables the transmitter. It is set and cleared by software. Note: During transmission, a low pulse on the TE bit ( 0 followed by 1 ) sends a preamble (idle line) after the current word, except in Smartcard mode. In order to generate an idle character, the TE must not be immediately written to 1 . To ensure the required duration, the software can poll the TEACK bit in the USART_ISR register. Note: In Smartcard mode, when TE is set, there is a 1 bit-time delay before the transmission starts..
Bit 4: IDLE interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 5: Receive data register not empty This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 6: Transmission complete interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 7: Transmit data register empty This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 8: PE interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 9: Parity selection This bit selects the odd or even parity when the parity generation/detection is enabled (PCE bit set). It is set and cleared by software. The parity is selected after the current byte. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..
Bit 10: Parity control enable This bit selects the hardware parity control (generation and detection). When the parity control is enabled, the computed parity is inserted at the MSB position (9th bit if M = 1; 8th bit if M = 0) and the parity is checked on the received data. This bit is set and cleared by software. Once it is set, PCE is active after the current byte (in reception and in transmission). This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..
Bit 11: Receiver wake-up method This bit determines the USART wake-up method from Mute mode. It is set or cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..
Bit 12: Word length This bit is used in conjunction with bit 28 (M1) to determine the word length. It is set or cleared by software (refer to bit 28 (M1)description). This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..
Bit 13: Mute mode enable This bit enables the USART Mute mode function. When set, the USART can switch between active and Mute mode, as defined by the WAKE bit. It is set and cleared by software..
Bit 14: Character match interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 15: Oversampling mode This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: In LIN, IrDA and Smartcard modes, this bit must be kept cleared..
Bits 16-20: Driver enable deassertion time This 5-bit value defines the time between the end of the last stop bit, in a transmitted message, and the de-activation of the DE (Driver Enable) signal. It is expressed in sample time units (1/8 or 1/16 bit time, depending on the oversampling rate). If the USART_TDR register is written during the DEDT time, the new data is transmitted only when the DEDT and DEAT times have both elapsed. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If the Driver Enable feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bits 21-25: Driver enable assertion time This 5-bit value defines the time between the activation of the DE (Driver Enable) signal and the beginning of the start bit. It is expressed in sample time units (1/8 or 1/16 bit time, depending on the oversampling rate). This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If the Driver Enable feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 26: Receiver timeout interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: If the USART does not support the Receiver timeout feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 27: End of Bbock interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: If the USART does not support Smartcard mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 28: Word length This bit must be used in conjunction with bit 12 (M0) to determine the word length. It is set or cleared by software. M[1:0] = 00 : 1 start bit, 8 Data bits, n Stop bit M[1:0] = 01 : 1 start bit, 9 Data bits, n Stop bit M[1:0] = 10 : 1 start bit, 7 Data bits, n Stop bit This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: In 7-bits data length mode, the Smartcard mode, LIN master mode and auto baud rate (0x7F and 0x55 frames detection) are not supported..
Bit 29: FIFO mode enable This bit is set and cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: FIFO mode can be used on standard UART communication, in SPI master/slave mode and in Smartcard modes only. It must not be enabled in IrDA and LIN modes..
USART control register 1
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/24 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
RXFFIE
rw |
TXFEIE
rw |
FIFOEN
rw |
M1
rw |
EOBIE
rw |
RTOIE
rw |
DEAT
rw |
DEDT
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
OVER8
rw |
CMIE
rw |
MME
rw |
M0
rw |
WAKE
rw |
PCE
rw |
PS
rw |
PEIE
rw |
TXFNFIE
rw |
TCIE
rw |
RXFNEIE
rw |
IDLEIE
rw |
TE
rw |
RE
rw |
UESM
rw |
UE
rw |
Bit 0: USART enable When this bit is cleared, the USART prescalers and outputs are stopped immediately, and all current operations are discarded. The USART configuration is kept, but all the USART_ISR status flags are reset. This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: To enter low-power mode without generating errors on the line, the TE bit must be previously reset and the software must wait for the TC bit in the USART_ISR to be set before resetting the UE bit. Note: The DMA requests are also reset when UE = 0 so the DMA channel must be disabled before resetting the UE bit. Note: In Smartcard mode, (SCEN = 1), the CK is always available when CLKEN = 1, regardless of the UE bit value..
Bit 1: USART enable in low-power mode When this bit is cleared, the USART cannot wake up the MCU from low-power mode. When this bit is set, the USART can wake up the MCU from low-power mode. This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: It is recommended to set the UESM bit just before entering low-power mode and clear it when exit from low-power mode. Note: If the USART does not support the wake-up from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 2: Receiver enable This bit enables the receiver. It is set and cleared by software..
Bit 3: Transmitter enable This bit enables the transmitter. It is set and cleared by software. Note: During transmission, a low pulse on the TE bit ( 0 followed by 1 ) sends a preamble (idle line) after the current word, except in Smartcard mode. In order to generate an idle character, the TE must not be immediately written to 1 . To ensure the required duration, the software can poll the TEACK bit in the USART_ISR register. Note: In Smartcard mode, when TE is set, there is a 1 bit-time delay before the transmission starts..
Bit 4: IDLE interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 5: RXFIFO not empty interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 6: Transmission complete interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 7: TXFIFO not-full interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 8: PE interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 9: Parity selection This bit selects the odd or even parity when the parity generation/detection is enabled (PCE bit set). It is set and cleared by software. The parity is selected after the current byte. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..
Bit 10: Parity control enable This bit selects the hardware parity control (generation and detection). When the parity control is enabled, the computed parity is inserted at the MSB position (9th bit if M = 1; 8th bit if M = 0) and the parity is checked on the received data. This bit is set and cleared by software. Once it is set, PCE is active after the current byte (in reception and in transmission). This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..
Bit 11: Receiver wake-up method This bit determines the USART wake-up method from Mute mode. It is set or cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..
Bit 12: Word length This bit is used in conjunction with bit 28 (M1) to determine the word length. It is set or cleared by software (refer to bit 28 (M1)description). This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..
Bit 13: Mute mode enable This bit enables the USART Mute mode function. When set, the USART can switch between active and Mute mode, as defined by the WAKE bit. It is set and cleared by software..
Bit 14: Character match interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 15: Oversampling mode This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: In LIN, IrDA and Smartcard modes, this bit must be kept cleared..
Bits 16-20: Driver enable deassertion time This 5-bit value defines the time between the end of the last stop bit, in a transmitted message, and the de-activation of the DE (Driver Enable) signal. It is expressed in sample time units (1/8 or 1/16 bit time, depending on the oversampling rate). If the USART_TDR register is written during the DEDT time, the new data is transmitted only when the DEDT and DEAT times have both elapsed. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If the Driver Enable feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bits 21-25: Driver enable assertion time This 5-bit value defines the time between the activation of the DE (Driver Enable) signal and the beginning of the start bit. It is expressed in sample time units (1/8 or 1/16 bit time, depending on the oversampling rate). This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If the Driver Enable feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 26: Receiver timeout interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: If the USART does not support the Receiver timeout feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 27: End-of-block interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: If the USART does not support Smartcard mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 28: Word length This bit must be used in conjunction with bit 12 (M0) to determine the word length. It is set or cleared by software. M[1:0] = 00 : 1 start bit, 8 Data bits, n Stop bit M[1:0] = 01 : 1 start bit, 9 Data bits, n Stop bit M[1:0] = 10 : 1 start bit, 7 Data bits, n Stop bit This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: In 7-bits data length mode, the Smartcard mode, LIN master mode and auto baud rate (0x7F and 0x55 frames detection) are not supported..
Bit 29: FIFO mode enable This bit is set and cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: FIFO mode can be used on standard UART communication, in SPI master/slave mode and in Smartcard modes only. It must not be enabled in IrDA and LIN modes..
Bit 30: TXFIFO empty interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 31: RXFIFO full interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
USART control register 2
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/20 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ADD
rw |
RTOEN
rw |
ABRMOD
rw |
ABREN
rw |
MSBFIRST
rw |
DATAINV
rw |
TXINV
rw |
RXINV
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
SWAP
rw |
LINEN
rw |
STOP
rw |
CLKEN
rw |
CPOL
rw |
CPHA
rw |
LBCL
rw |
LBDIE
rw |
LBDL
rw |
ADDM7
rw |
DIS_NSS
rw |
SLVEN
rw |
Bit 0: Synchronous Slave mode enable When the SLVEN bit is set, the synchronous slave mode is enabled. Note: When SPI slave mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 3: NSS pin enable When the DIS_NSS bit is set, the NSS pin input is ignored. Note: When SPI slave mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 4: 7-bit address detection/4-bit address detection This bit is for selection between 4-bit address detection or 7-bit address detection. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0) Note: In 7-bit and 9-bit data modes, the address detection is done on 6-bit and 8-bit address (ADD[5:0] and ADD[7:0]) respectively..
Bit 5: LIN break detection length This bit is for selection between 11 bit or 10 bit break detection. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If LIN mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 6: LIN break detection interrupt enable Break interrupt mask (break detection using break delimiter). Note: If LIN mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 8: Last bit clock pulse This bit is used to select whether the clock pulse associated with the last data bit transmitted (MSB) has to be output on the CK pin in synchronous mode. The last bit is the 7th or 8th or 9th data bit transmitted depending on the 7 or 8 or 9 bit format selected by the M bit in the USART_CR1 register. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If synchronous mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 9: Clock phase This bit is used to select the phase of the clock output on the CK pin in synchronous mode. It works in conjunction with the CPOL bit to produce the desired clock/data relationship (see Figure 249 and Figure 250) This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If synchronous mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 10: Clock polarity This bit enables the user to select the polarity of the clock output on the CK pin in synchronous mode. It works in conjunction with the CPHA bit to produce the desired clock/data relationship This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If synchronous mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 11: Clock enable This bit enables the user to enable the CK pin. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If neither synchronous mode nor Smartcard mode is supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691. In Smartcard mode, in order to provide correctly the CK clock to the smartcard, the steps below must be respected: UE = 0 SCEN = 1 GTPR configuration CLKEN= 1 Note: UE = 1.
Bits 12-13: Stop bits These bits are used for programming the stop bits. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..
Bit 14: LIN mode enable This bit is set and cleared by software. The LIN mode enables the capability to send LIN synchronous breaks (13 low bits) using the SBKRQ bit in the USART_CR1 register, and to detect LIN Sync breaks. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If the USART does not support LIN mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 15: Swap TX/RX pins This bit is set and cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..
Bit 16: RX pin active level inversion This bit is set and cleared by software. This enables the use of an external inverter on the RX line. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..
Bit 17: TX pin active level inversion This bit is set and cleared by software. This enables the use of an external inverter on the TX line. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..
Bit 18: Binary data inversion This bit is set and cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..
Bit 19: Most significant bit first This bit is set and cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..
Bit 20: Auto baud rate enable This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: If the USART does not support the auto baud rate feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bits 21-22: Auto baud rate mode These bits are set and cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when ABREN = 0 or the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If DATAINV = 1 and/or MSBFIRST = 1 the patterns must be the same on the line, for example 0xAA for MSBFIRST) Note: If the USART does not support the auto baud rate feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 23: Receiver timeout enable This bit is set and cleared by software. When this feature is enabled, the RTOF flag in the USART_ISR register is set if the RX line is idle (no reception) for the duration programmed in the RTOR (receiver timeout register). Note: If the USART does not support the Receiver timeout feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bits 24-31: Address of the USART node These bits give the address of the USART node in Mute mode or a character code to be recognized in low-power or Run mode: In Mute mode: they are used in multiprocessor communication to wake up from Mute mode with 4-bit/7-bit address mark detection. The MSB of the character sent by the transmitter should be equal to 1. In 4-bit address mark detection, only ADD[3:0] bits are used. In low-power mode: they are used for wake up from low-power mode on character match. When WUS[1:0] is programmed to 0b00 (WUF active on address match), the wake-up from low-power mode is performed when the received character corresponds to the character programmed through ADD[6:0] or ADD[3:0] bitfield (depending on ADDM7 bit), and WUF interrupt is enabled by setting WUFIE bit. The MSB of the character sent by transmitter should be equal to 1. In Run mode with Mute mode inactive (for example, end-of-block detection in ModBus protocol): the whole received character (8 bits) is compared to ADD[7:0] value and CMF flag is set on match. An interrupt is generated if the CMIE bit is set. These bits can only be written when the reception is disabled (RE = 0) or when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..
USART control register 3
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/24 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TXFTCFG
rw |
RXFTIE
rw |
RXFTCFG
rw |
TCBGTIE
rw |
TXFTIE
rw |
WUFIE
rw |
WUS
rw |
SCARCNT
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
DEP
rw |
DEM
rw |
DDRE
rw |
OVRDIS
rw |
ONEBIT
rw |
CTSIE
rw |
CTSE
rw |
RTSE
rw |
DMAT
rw |
DMAR
rw |
SCEN
rw |
NACK
rw |
HDSEL
rw |
IRLP
rw |
IREN
rw |
EIE
rw |
Bit 0: Error interrupt enable Error Interrupt Enable Bit is required to enable interrupt generation in case of a framing error, overrun error noise flag or SPI slave underrun error (FE = 1 or ORE = 1 or NE = 1 or UDR = 1 in the USART_ISR register)..
Bit 1: IrDA mode enable This bit is set and cleared by software. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If IrDA mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 2: IrDA low-power This bit is used for selecting between normal and low-power IrDA modes This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If IrDA mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 3: Half-duplex selection Selection of Single-wire Half-duplex mode This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..
Bit 4: Smartcard NACK enable This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If the USART does not support Smartcard mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 5: Smartcard mode enable This bit is used for enabling Smartcard mode. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If the USART does not support Smartcard mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 6: DMA enable receiver This bit is set/reset by software.
Bit 7: DMA enable transmitter This bit is set/reset by software.
Bit 8: RTS enable This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If the hardware flow control feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 9: CTS enable This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0) Note: If the hardware flow control feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 10: CTS interrupt enable Note: If the hardware flow control feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 11: One sample bit method enable This bit enables the user to select the sample method. When the one sample bit method is selected the noise detection flag (NE) is disabled. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..
Bit 12: Overrun disable This bit is used to disable the receive overrun detection. the ORE flag is not set and the new received data overwrites the previous content of the USART_RDR register. When FIFO mode is enabled, the RXFIFO is bypassed and data is written directly in USART_RDR register. Even when FIFO management is enabled, the RXNE flag is to be used. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: This control bit enables checking the communication flow w/o reading the data.
Bit 13: DMA Disable on reception error This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: The reception errors are: parity error, framing error or noise error..
Bit 14: Driver enable mode This bit enables the user to activate the external transceiver control, through the DE signal. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If the Driver Enable feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 15: Driver enable polarity selection This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If the Driver Enable feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bits 17-19: Smartcard auto-retry count This bitfield specifies the number of retries for transmission and reception in Smartcard mode. In transmission mode, it specifies the number of automatic retransmission retries, before generating a transmission error (FE bit set). In reception mode, it specifies the number or erroneous reception trials, before generating a reception error (RXNE/RXFNE and PE bits set). This bitfield must be programmed only when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). When the USART is enabled (UE = 1), this bitfield may only be written to 0x0, in order to stop retransmission. 0x1 to 0x7: number of automatic retransmission attempts (before signaling error) Note: If Smartcard mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bits 20-21: Wake-up from low-power mode interrupt flag selection This bitfield specifies the event which activates the WUF (wake-up from low-power mode flag). This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If the USART does not support the wake-up from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 22: Wake-up from low-power mode interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: WUFIE must be set before entering in low-power mode. Note: If the USART does not support the wake-up from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 23: TXFIFO threshold interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 24: Transmission complete before guard time, interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: If the USART does not support the Smartcard mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bits 25-27: Receive FIFO threshold configuration Remaining combinations: Reserved.
Bit 28: RXFIFO threshold interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bits 29-31: TXFIFO threshold configuration Remaining combinations: Reserved.
USART baud rate register
Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BRR
rw |
USART guard time and prescaler register
Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/2 fields covered.
Bits 0-7: Prescaler value.
Bits 8-15: Guard time value This bitfield is used to program the Guard time value in terms of number of baud clock periods. This is used in Smartcard mode. The Transmission Complete flag is set after this guard time value. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If Smartcard mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
USART receiver timeout register
Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/2 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BLEN
rw |
RTO
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
RTO
rw |
Bits 0-23: Receiver timeout value This bitfield gives the Receiver timeout value in terms of number of bits during which there is no activity on the RX line. In standard mode, the RTOF flag is set if, after the last received character, no new start bit is detected for more than the RTO value. In Smartcard mode, this value is used to implement the CWT and BWT. See Smartcard chapter for more details. In the standard, the CWT/BWT measurement is done starting from the start bit of the last received character. Note: This value must only be programmed once per received character..
Bits 24-31: Block length This bitfield gives the Block length in Smartcard T = 1 Reception. Its value equals the number of information characters + the length of the Epilogue Field (1-LEC/2-CRC) - 1. Examples: BLEN = 0: 0 information characters + LEC BLEN = 1: 0 information characters + CRC BLEN = 255: 254 information characters + CRC (total 256 characters)) In Smartcard mode, the Block length counter is reset when TXE = 0 (TXFE = 0 in case FIFO mode is enabled). This bitfield can be used also in other modes. In this case, the Block length counter is reset when RE = 0 (receiver disabled) and/or when the EOBCF bit is written to 1. Note: This value can be programmed after the start of the block reception (using the data from the LEN character in the Prologue Field). It must be programmed only once per received block..
USART request register
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only
0/5 fields covered.
Bit 0: Auto baud rate request Writing 1 to this bit resets the ABRF and ABRE flags in the USART_ISR and requests an automatic baud rate measurement on the next received data frame. Note: If the USART does not support the auto baud rate feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 1: Send break request Writing 1 to this bit sets the SBKF flag and request to send a BREAK on the line, as soon as the transmit machine is available. Note: When the application needs to send the break character following all previously inserted data, including the ones not yet transmitted, the software should wait for the TXE flag assertion before setting the SBKRQ bit..
Bit 2: Mute mode request Writing 1 to this bit puts the USART in Mute mode and resets the RWU flag..
Bit 3: Receive data flush request Writing 1 to this bit empties the entire receive FIFO i.e. clears the bit RXFNE. This enables to discard the received data without reading them, and avoid an overrun condition..
Bit 4: Transmit data flush request When FIFO mode is disabled, writing 1 to this bit sets the TXE flag. This enables to discard the transmit data. This bit must be used only in Smartcard mode, when data have not been sent due to errors (NACK) and the FE flag is active in the USART_ISR register. If the USART does not support Smartcard mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. When FIFO is enabled, TXFRQ bit is set to flush the whole FIFO. This sets the TXFE flag (Transmit FIFO empty, bit 23 in the USART_ISR register). Flushing the Transmit FIFO is supported in both UART and Smartcard modes. Note: In FIFO mode, the TXFNF flag is reset during the flush request until TxFIFO is empty in order to ensure that no data are written in the data register..
USART interrupt and status register
Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x000000C0, access: read-only
24/24 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TCBGT
r |
REACK
r |
TEACK
r |
WUF
r |
RWU
r |
SBKF
r |
CMF
r |
BUSY
r |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
ABRF
r |
ABRE
r |
UDR
r |
EOBF
r |
RTOF
r |
CTS
r |
CTSIF
r |
LBDF
r |
TXE
r |
TC
r |
RXNE
r |
IDLE
r |
ORE
r |
NE
r |
FE
r |
PE
r |
Bit 0: Parity error This bit is set by hardware when a parity error occurs in receiver mode. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the PECF in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if PEIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register..
Bit 1: Framing error This bit is set by hardware when a de-synchronization, excessive noise or a break character is detected. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the FECF bit in the USART_ICR register. When transmitting data in Smartcard mode, this bit is set when the maximum number of transmit attempts is reached without success (the card NACKs the data frame). An interrupt is generated if EIE = 1 in the USART_CR3 register..
Bit 2: Noise detection flag This bit is set by hardware when noise is detected on a received frame. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the NECF bit in the USART_ICR register. Note: This bit does not generate an interrupt as it appears at the same time as the RXNE bit which itself generates an interrupt. An interrupt is generated when the NE flag is set during multi buffer communication if the EIE bit is set. Note: When the line is noise-free, the NE flag can be disabled by programming the ONEBIT bit to 1 to increase the USART tolerance to deviations (Refer to Section 26.5.8: Tolerance of the USART receiver to clock deviation on page 709)..
Bit 3: Overrun error This bit is set by hardware when the data currently being received in the shift register is ready to be transferred into the USART_RDR register while RXNE = 1. It is cleared by a software, writing 1 to the ORECF, in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if RXNEIE = 1 or EIE = 1 in the LPUART_CR1 register, or EIE = 1 in the USART_CR3 register. Note: When this bit is set, the USART_RDR register content is not lost but the shift register is overwritten. An interrupt is generated if the ORE flag is set during multi buffer communication if the EIE bit is set. Note: This bit is permanently forced to 0 (no overrun detection) when the bit OVRDIS is set in the USART_CR3 register..
Bit 4: Idle line detected This bit is set by hardware when an Idle Line is detected. An interrupt is generated if IDLEIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the IDLECF in the USART_ICR register. Note: The IDLE bit is not set again until the RXNE bit has been set (i.e. a new idle line occurs). Note: If Mute mode is enabled (MME = 1), IDLE is set if the USART is not mute (RWU = 0), whatever the Mute mode selected by the WAKE bit. If RWU = 1, IDLE is not set..
Bit 5: Read data register not empty RXNE bit is set by hardware when the content of the USART_RDR shift register has been transferred to the USART_RDR register. It is cleared by reading from the USART_RDR register. The RXNE flag can also be cleared by writing 1 to the RXFRQ in the USART_RQR register. An interrupt is generated if RXNEIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register..
Bit 6: Transmission complete This bit indicates that the last data written in the USART_TDR has been transmitted out of the shift register. It is set by hardware when the transmission of a frame containing data is complete and when TXE is set. An interrupt is generated if TCIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register. TC bit is is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the TCCF in the USART_ICR register or by a write to the USART_TDR register. Note: If TE bit is reset and no transmission is on going, the TC bit is set immediately..
Bit 7: Transmit data register empty TXE is set by hardware when the content of the USART_TDR register has been transferred into the shift register. It is cleared by writing to the USART_TDR register. The TXE flag can also be set by writing 1 to the TXFRQ in the USART_RQR register, in order to discard the data (only in Smartcard T = 0 mode, in case of transmission failure). An interrupt is generated if the TXEIE bit = 1 in the USART_CR1 register..
Bit 8: LIN break detection flag This bit is set by hardware when the LIN break is detected. It is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the LBDCF in the USART_ICR. An interrupt is generated if LBDIE = 1 in the USART_CR2 register. Note: If the USART does not support LIN mode, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 9: CTS interrupt flag This bit is set by hardware when the CTS input toggles, if the CTSE bit is set. It is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the CTSCF bit in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if CTSIE = 1 in the USART_CR3 register. Note: If the hardware flow control feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
Bit 10: CTS flag This bit is set/reset by hardware. It is an inverted copy of the status of the CTS input pin. Note: If the hardware flow control feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
Bit 11: Receiver timeout This bit is set by hardware when the timeout value, programmed in the RTOR register has lapsed, without any communication. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the RTOCF bit in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if RTOIE = 1 in the USART_CR2 register. In Smartcard mode, the timeout corresponds to the CWT or BWT timings. Note: If a time equal to the value programmed in RTOR register separates 2 characters, RTOF is not set. If this time exceeds this value + 2 sample times (2/16 or 2/8, depending on the oversampling method), RTOF flag is set. Note: The counter counts even if RE = 0 but RTOF is set only when RE = 1. If the timeout has already elapsed when RE is set, then RTOF is set. Note: If the USART does not support the Receiver timeout feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
Bit 12: End of block flag This bit is set by hardware when a complete block has been received (for example T = 1 Smartcard mode). The detection is done when the number of received bytes (from the start of the block, including the prologue) is equal or greater than BLEN + 4. An interrupt is generated if the EOBIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the EOBCF in the USART_ICR register. Note: If Smartcard mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 13: SPI slave underrun error flag In slave transmission mode, this flag is set when the first clock pulse for data transmission appears while the software has not yet loaded any value into USART_TDR. This flag is reset by setting UDRCF bit in the USART_ICR register. Note: If the USART does not support the SPI slave mode, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 14: Auto baud rate error This bit is set by hardware if the baud rate measurement failed (baud rate out of range or character comparison failed) It is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the ABRRQ bit in the USART_RQR register. Note: If the USART does not support the auto baud rate feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
Bit 15: Auto baud rate flag This bit is set by hardware when the automatic baud rate has been set (RXNE is also set, generating an interrupt if RXNEIE = 1) or when the auto baud rate operation was completed without success (ABRE = 1) (ABRE, RXNE and FE are also set in this case) It is cleared by software, in order to request a new auto baud rate detection, by writing 1 to the ABRRQ in the USART_RQR register. Note: If the USART does not support the auto baud rate feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
Bit 16: Busy flag This bit is set and reset by hardware. It is active when a communication is ongoing on the RX line (successful start bit detected). It is reset at the end of the reception (successful or not)..
Bit 17: Character match flag This bit is set by hardware, when a the character defined by ADD[7:0] is received. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the CMCF in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if CMIE = 1in the USART_CR1 register..
Bit 18: Send break flag This bit indicates that a send break character was requested. It is set by software, by writing 1 to the SBKRQ bit in the USART_CR3 register. It is automatically reset by hardware during the stop bit of break transmission..
Bit 19: Receiver wake-up from Mute mode This bit indicates if the USART is in Mute mode. It is cleared/set by hardware when a wake-up/mute sequence is recognized. The Mute mode control sequence (address or IDLE) is selected by the WAKE bit in the USART_CR1 register. When wake-up on IDLE mode is selected, this bit can only be set by software, writing 1 to the MMRQ bit in the USART_RQR register. Note: If the USART does not support the wake-up from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 20: Wake-up from low-power mode flag This bit is set by hardware, when a wake-up event is detected. The event is defined by the WUS bitfield. It is cleared by software, writing a 1 to the WUCF in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if WUFIE = 1 in the USART_CR3 register. Note: When UESM is cleared, WUF flag is also cleared. Note: If the USART does not support the wake-up from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 21: Transmit enable acknowledge flag This bit is set/reset by hardware, when the Transmit Enable value is taken into account by the USART. It can be used when an idle frame request is generated by writing TE = 0, followed by TE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register, in order to respect the TE = 0 minimum period..
Bit 22: Receive enable acknowledge flag This bit is set/reset by hardware, when the Receive Enable value is taken into account by the USART. It can be used to verify that the USART is ready for reception before entering low-power mode. Note: If the USART does not support the wake-up from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 25: Transmission complete before guard time flag.
USART interrupt and status register
Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x008000C0, access: read-only
28/28 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TXFT
r |
RXFT
r |
TCBGT
r |
RXFF
r |
TXFE
r |
REACK
r |
TEACK
r |
WUF
r |
RWU
r |
SBKF
r |
CMF
r |
BUSY
r |
||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
ABRF
r |
ABRE
r |
UDR
r |
EOBF
r |
RTOF
r |
CTS
r |
CTSIF
r |
LBDF
r |
TXFNF
r |
TC
r |
RXFNE
r |
IDLE
r |
ORE
r |
NE
r |
FE
r |
PE
r |
Bit 0: Parity error This bit is set by hardware when a parity error occurs in receiver mode. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the PECF in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if PEIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register. Note: This error is associated with the character in the USART_RDR..
Bit 1: Framing error This bit is set by hardware when a de-synchronization, excessive noise or a break character is detected. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the FECF bit in the USART_ICR register. When transmitting data in Smartcard mode, this bit is set when the maximum number of transmit attempts is reached without success (the card NACKs the data frame). An interrupt is generated if EIE = 1 in the USART_CR3 register. Note: This error is associated with the character in the USART_RDR..
Bit 2: Noise detection flag This bit is set by hardware when noise is detected on a received frame. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the NECF bit in the USART_ICR register. Note: This bit does not generate an interrupt as it appears at the same time as the RXFNE bit which itself generates an interrupt. An interrupt is generated when the NE flag is set during multi buffer communication if the EIE bit is set. Note: When the line is noise-free, the NE flag can be disabled by programming the ONEBIT bit to 1 to increase the USART tolerance to deviations (Refer to Section 26.5.8: Tolerance of the USART receiver to clock deviation on page 709). Note: This error is associated with the character in the USART_RDR..
Bit 3: Overrun error This bit is set by hardware when the data currently being received in the shift register is ready to be transferred into the USART_RDR register while RXFF = 1. It is cleared by a software, writing 1 to the ORECF, in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if RXFNEIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register, or EIE = 1 in the USART_CR3 register. Note: When this bit is set, the USART_RDR register content is not lost but the shift register is overwritten. An interrupt is generated if the ORE flag is set during multi buffer communication if the EIE bit is set. Note: This bit is permanently forced to 0 (no overrun detection) when the bit OVRDIS is set in the USART_CR3 register..
Bit 4: Idle line detected This bit is set by hardware when an Idle Line is detected. An interrupt is generated if IDLEIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the IDLECF in the USART_ICR register. Note: The IDLE bit is not set again until the RXFNE bit has been set (i.e. a new idle line occurs). Note: If Mute mode is enabled (MME = 1), IDLE is set if the USART is not mute (RWU = 0), whatever the Mute mode selected by the WAKE bit. If RWU = 1, IDLE is not set..
Bit 5: RXFIFO not empty RXFNE bit is set by hardware when the RXFIFO is not empty, meaning that data can be read from the USART_RDR register. Every read operation from the USART_RDR frees a location in the RXFIFO. RXFNE is cleared when the RXFIFO is empty. The RXFNE flag can also be cleared by writing 1 to the RXFRQ in the USART_RQR register. An interrupt is generated if RXFNEIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register..
Bit 6: Transmission complete This bit indicates that the last data written in the USART_TDR has been transmitted out of the shift register. It is set by hardware when the transmission of a frame containing data is complete and when TXFE is set. An interrupt is generated if TCIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register. TC bit is is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the TCCF in the USART_ICR register or by a write to the USART_TDR register. Note: If TE bit is reset and no transmission is on going, the TC bit is immediately set..
Bit 7: TXFIFO not full TXFNF is set by hardware when TXFIFO is not full meaning that data can be written in the USART_TDR. Every write operation to the USART_TDR places the data in the TXFIFO. This flag remains set until the TXFIFO is full. When the TXFIFO is full, this flag is cleared indicating that data can not be written into the USART_TDR. An interrupt is generated if the TXFNFIE bit =1 in the USART_CR1 register. Note: The TXFNF is kept reset during the flush request until TXFIFO is empty. After sending the flush request (by setting TXFRQ bit), the flag TXFNF should be checked prior to writing in TXFIFO (TXFNF and TXFE are set at the same time). Note: This bit is used during single buffer transmission..
Bit 8: LIN break detection flag This bit is set by hardware when the LIN break is detected. It is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the LBDCF in the USART_ICR. An interrupt is generated if LBDIE = 1 in the USART_CR2 register. Note: If the USART does not support LIN mode, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 9: CTS interrupt flag This bit is set by hardware when the CTS input toggles, if the CTSE bit is set. It is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the CTSCF bit in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if CTSIE = 1 in the USART_CR3 register. Note: If the hardware flow control feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
Bit 10: CTS flag This bit is set/reset by hardware. It is an inverted copy of the status of the CTS input pin. Note: If the hardware flow control feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
Bit 11: Receiver timeout This bit is set by hardware when the timeout value, programmed in the RTOR register has lapsed, without any communication. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the RTOCF bit in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if RTOIE = 1 in the USART_CR2 register. In Smartcard mode, the timeout corresponds to the CWT or BWT timings. Note: If a time equal to the value programmed in RTOR register separates 2 characters, RTOF is not set. If this time exceeds this value + 2 sample times (2/16 or 2/8, depending on the oversampling method), RTOF flag is set. Note: The counter counts even if RE = 0 but RTOF is set only when RE = 1. If the timeout has already elapsed when RE is set, then RTOF is set. Note: If the USART does not support the Receiver timeout feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
Bit 12: End of block flag This bit is set by hardware when a complete block has been received (for example T = 1 Smartcard mode). The detection is done when the number of received bytes (from the start of the block, including the prologue) is equal or greater than BLEN + 4. An interrupt is generated if the EOBIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the EOBCF in the USART_ICR register. Note: If Smartcard mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 13: SPI slave underrun error flag In slave transmission mode, this flag is set when the first clock pulse for data transmission appears while the software has not yet loaded any value into USART_TDR. This flag is reset by setting UDRCF bit in the USART_ICR register. Note: If the USART does not support the SPI slave mode, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 14: Auto baud rate error This bit is set by hardware if the baud rate measurement failed (baud rate out of range or character comparison failed) It is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the ABRRQ bit in the USART_RQR register. Note: If the USART does not support the auto baud rate feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
Bit 15: Auto baud rate flag This bit is set by hardware when the automatic baud rate has been set (RXFNE is also set, generating an interrupt if RXFNEIE = 1) or when the auto baud rate operation was completed without success (ABRE = 1) (ABRE, RXFNE and FE are also set in this case) It is cleared by software, in order to request a new auto baud rate detection, by writing 1 to the ABRRQ in the USART_RQR register. Note: If the USART does not support the auto baud rate feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
Bit 16: Busy flag This bit is set and reset by hardware. It is active when a communication is ongoing on the RX line (successful start bit detected). It is reset at the end of the reception (successful or not)..
Bit 17: Character match flag This bit is set by hardware, when a the character defined by ADD[7:0] is received. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the CMCF in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if CMIE = 1in the USART_CR1 register..
Bit 18: Send break flag This bit indicates that a send break character was requested. It is set by software, by writing 1 to the SBKRQ bit in the USART_CR3 register. It is automatically reset by hardware during the stop bit of break transmission..
Bit 19: Receiver wake-up from Mute mode This bit indicates if the USART is in Mute mode. It is cleared/set by hardware when a wake-up/mute sequence is recognized. The Mute mode control sequence (address or IDLE) is selected by the WAKE bit in the USART_CR1 register. When wake-up on IDLE mode is selected, this bit can only be set by software, writing 1 to the MMRQ bit in the USART_RQR register. Note: If the USART does not support the wake-up from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 20: Wake-up from low-power mode flag This bit is set by hardware, when a wake-up event is detected. The event is defined by the WUS bitfield. It is cleared by software, writing a 1 to the WUCF in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if WUFIE = 1 in the USART_CR3 register. Note: When UESM is cleared, WUF flag is also cleared. Note: If the USART does not support the wake-up from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 21: Transmit enable acknowledge flag This bit is set/reset by hardware, when the Transmit Enable value is taken into account by the USART. It can be used when an idle frame request is generated by writing TE = 0, followed by TE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register, in order to respect the TE = 0 minimum period..
Bit 22: Receive enable acknowledge flag This bit is set/reset by hardware, when the Receive Enable value is taken into account by the USART. It can be used to verify that the USART is ready for reception before entering low-power mode. Note: If the USART does not support the wake-up from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 23: TXFIFO empty This bit is set by hardware when TXFIFO is empty. When the TXFIFO contains at least one data, this flag is cleared. The TXFE flag can also be set by writing 1 to the bit TXFRQ (bit 4) in the USART_RQR register. An interrupt is generated if the TXFEIE bit = 1 (bit 30) in the USART_CR1 register..
Bit 24: RXFIFO full This bit is set by hardware when the number of received data corresponds to RXFIFO size + 1 (RXFIFO full + 1 data in the USART_RDR register. An interrupt is generated if the RXFFIE bit = 1 in the USART_CR1 register..
Bit 25: Transmission complete before guard time flag.
Bit 26: RXFIFO threshold flag This bit is set by hardware when the threshold programmed in RXFTCFG in USART_CR3 register is reached. This means that there are (RXFTCFG - 1) data in the Receive FIFO and one data in the USART_RDR register. An interrupt is generated if the RXFTIE bit = 1 (bit 27) in the USART_CR3 register. Note: When the RXFTCFG threshold is configured to 101 , RXFT flag is set if 16 data are available i.e. 15 data in the RXFIFO and 1 data in the USART_RDR. Consequently, the 17th received data does not cause an overrun error. The overrun error occurs after receiving the 18th data..
Bit 27: TXFIFO threshold flag This bit is set by hardware when the TXFIFO reaches the threshold programmed in TXFTCFG of USART_CR3 register i.e. the TXFIFO contains TXFTCFG empty locations. An interrupt is generated if the TXFTIE bit = 1 (bit 31) in the USART_CR3 register..
USART interrupt flag clear register
Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only
0/15 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
WUCF
w |
CMCF
w |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
UDRCF
w |
EOBCF
w |
RTOCF
w |
CTSCF
w |
LBDCF
w |
TCBGTCF
w |
TCCF
w |
TXFECF
w |
IDLECF
w |
ORECF
w |
NECF
w |
FECF
w |
PECF
w |
Bit 0: Parity error clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the PE flag in the USART_ISR register..
Bit 1: Framing error clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the FE flag in the USART_ISR register..
Bit 2: Noise detected clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the NE flag in the USART_ISR register..
Bit 3: Overrun error clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the ORE flag in the USART_ISR register..
Bit 4: Idle line detected clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the IDLE flag in the USART_ISR register..
Bit 5: TXFIFO empty clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the TXFE flag in the USART_ISR register..
Bit 6: Transmission complete clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the TC flag in the USART_ISR register..
Bit 7: Transmission complete before Guard time clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the TCBGT flag in the USART_ISR register..
Bit 8: LIN break detection clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the LBDF flag in the USART_ISR register. Note: If LIN mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 9: CTS clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the CTSIF flag in the USART_ISR register. Note: If the hardware flow control feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 11: Receiver timeout clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the RTOF flag in the USART_ISR register. Note: If the USART does not support the Receiver timeout feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 12: End of block clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the EOBF flag in the USART_ISR register. Note: If the USART does not support Smartcard mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
Bit 13: SPI slave underrun clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the UDRF flag in the USART_ISR register. Note: If the USART does not support SPI slave mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691.
Bit 17: Character match clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the CMF flag in the USART_ISR register..
Bit 20: Wake-up from low-power mode clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the WUF flag in the USART_ISR register. Note: If the USART does not support the wake-up from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..
USART receive data register
Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
RDR
r |
Bits 0-8: Receive data value Contains the received data character. The RDR register provides the parallel interface between the input shift register and the internal bus (see Figure 243). When receiving with the parity enabled, the value read in the MSB bit is the received parity bit..
USART transmit data register
Offset: 0x28, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TDR
rw |
Bits 0-8: Transmit data value Contains the data character to be transmitted. The USART_TDR register provides the parallel interface between the internal bus and the output shift register (see Figure 243). When transmitting with the parity enabled (PCE bit set to 1 in the USART_CR1 register), the value written in the MSB (bit 7 or bit 8 depending on the data length) has no effect because it is replaced by the parity. Note: This register must be written only when TXE/TXFNF = 1..
USART prescaler register
Offset: 0x2c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRESCALER
rw |
0x40005c00: USB address block description
24/187 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | CHEP[0]R | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | CHEP[1]R | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | CHEP[2]R | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc | CHEP[3]R | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 | CHEP[4]R | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 | CHEP[5]R | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | CHEP[6]R | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1c | CHEP[7]R | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x40 | CNTR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x44 | ISTR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x48 | FNR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4c | DADDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x54 | LPMCSR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x58 | BCDR |
USB endpoint/channel 0 register
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
1/17 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
THREE_ERR_RX
rw |
THREE_ERR_TX
rw |
ERR_RX
rw |
ERR_TX
rw |
LS_EP
rw |
NAK
rw |
DEVADDR
rw |
|||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
VTRX
rw |
DTOGRX
w |
STATRX
w |
SETUP
r |
UTYPE
rw |
EPKIND
rw |
VTTX
rw |
DTOGTX
w |
STATTX
w |
EA
rw |
Bits 0-3: endpoint/channel address Device mode Software must write in this field the 4-bit address used to identify the transactions directed to this endpoint. A value must be written before enabling the corresponding endpoint. Host mode Software must write in this field the 4-bit address used to identify the channel addressed by the host transaction..
Bits 4-5: Status bits, for transmission transfers.
Bit 6: Data toggle, for transmission transfers If the endpoint/channel is non-isochronous, this bit contains the required value of the data toggle bit (0 = DATA0, 1 = DATA1) for the next data packet to be transmitted. Hardware toggles this bit when the ACK handshake is received from the USB host, following a data packet transmission. If the endpoint/channel is defined as a control one, hardware sets this bit to 1 at the reception of a SETUP PID addressed to this endpoint (in device mode) or when a SETUP transaction is acknowledged by the device (in host mode). If the endpoint/channel is using the double buffer feature, this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping too (Refer to Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint/channel is isochronous, this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping since no data toggling is used for this sort of endpoints and only DATA0 packet are transmitted (refer to Section 28.5.5: Isochronous transfers in Device mode). Hardware toggles this bit just after the end of data packet transmission, since no handshake is used for isochronous transfers. This bit can also be toggled by the software to initialize its value (mandatory when the endpoint/channel is not a control one) or to force a specific data toggle/packet buffer usage. When the application software writes 0, the value of DTOGTX remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value to toggle. This bit is read/write but it can only be toggled by writing 1..
Bit 7: Valid USB transaction transmitted Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when an IN transaction is successfully completed on this endpoint; the software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in the USB_CNTR register is set accordingly, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the endpoint related interrupt condition, which is always activated. A transaction ended with a NAK or STALL handshake does not set this bit, since no data is actually transferred, as in the case of protocol errors or data toggle mismatches. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written. Host mode Same as VTRX behavior but for USB OUT and SETUP transactions..
Bit 8: endpoint/channel kind The meaning of this bit depends on the endpoint/channel type configured by the UTYPE bits. Table 142 summarizes the different meanings. DBL_BUF: This bit is set by the software to enable the double-buffering feature for this bulk endpoint. The usage of double-buffered bulk endpoints is explained in Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode. STATUS_OUT: This bit is set by the software to indicate that a status out transaction is expected: in this case all OUT transactions containing more than zero data bytes are answered STALL instead of ACK . This bit may be used to improve the robustness of the application to protocol errors during control transfers and its usage is intended for control endpoints only. When STATUS_OUT is reset, OUT transactions can have any number of bytes, as required..
Bits 9-10: USB type of transaction These bits configure the behavior of this endpoint/channel as described in Table 141: Endpoint/channel type encoding. Channel0/Endpoint0 must always be a control endpoint/channel and each USB function must have at least one control endpoint/channel which has address 0, but there may be other control channels/endpoints if required. Only control channels/endpoints handle SETUP transactions, which are ignored by endpoints of other kinds. SETUP transactions cannot be answered with NAK or STALL. If a control endpoint/channel is defined as NAK, the USB peripheral does not answer, simulating a receive error, in the receive direction when a SETUP transaction is received. If the control endpoint/channel is defined as STALL in the receive direction, then the SETUP packet is accepted anyway, transferring data and issuing the CTR interrupt. The reception of OUT transactions is handled in the normal way, even if the endpoint/channel is a control one. Bulk and interrupt endpoints have very similar behavior and they differ only in the special feature available using the EPKIND configuration bit. The usage of isochronous channels/endpoints is explained in Section 28.5.5: Isochronous transfers in Device mode.
Bit 11: Setup transaction completed Device mode This bit is read-only and it is set by the hardware when the last completed transaction is a SETUP. This bit changes its value only for control endpoints. It must be examined, in the case of a successful receive transaction (VTRX event), to determine the type of transaction occurred. To protect the interrupt service routine from the changes in SETUP bits due to next incoming tokens, this bit is kept frozen while VTRX bit is at 1; its state changes when VTRX is at 0. This bit is read-only. Host mode This bit is set by the software to send a SETUP transaction on a control endpoint. This bit changes its value only for control endpoints. It is cleared by hardware when the SETUP transaction is acknowledged and VTTX interrupt generated..
Bits 12-13: Status bits, for reception transfers Device mode These bits contain information about the endpoint status, which are listed in Table 140: Reception status encoding on page 881. These bits can be toggled by software to initialize their value. When the application software writes 0, the value remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value to toggle. Hardware sets the STATRX bits to NAK when a correct transfer has occurred (VTRX = 1) corresponding to a OUT or SETUP (control only) transaction addressed to this endpoint, so the software has the time to elaborate the received data before it acknowledges a new transaction. Double-buffered bulk endpoints implement a special transaction flow control, which control the status based upon buffer availability condition (Refer to Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint is defined as isochronous, its status can be only VALID or DISABLED , so that the hardware cannot change the status of the endpoint after a successful transaction. If the software sets the STATRX bits to STALL or NAK for an isochronous endpoint, the USB peripheral behavior is not defined. These bits are read/write but they can be only toggled by writing 1. Host mode These bits are the host application controls to start, retry, or abort host transactions driven by the channel. These bits also contain information about the device answer to the last IN channel transaction and report the current status of the channel according to the following STATRX table of states: - DISABLE DISABLE value is reported in case of ACK acknowledge is received on a single-buffer channel. When in DISABLE state the channel is unused or not active waiting for application to restart it by writing VALID. Application can reset a VALID channel to DISABLE to abort a transaction. In this case the transaction is immediately removed from the host execution list. If the aborted transaction was already under execution it is regularly terminated on the USB but the relative VTRX interrupt is not generated. - VALID A host channel is actively trying to submit USB transaction to device only when in VALID state.VALID state can be set by software or automatically by hardware on a NAKED channel at the start of a new frame. When set to VALID, an host channel enters the host execution queue and waits permission from the host frame scheduler to submit its configured transaction. VALID value is also reported in case of ACK acknowledge is received on a double-buffered channel. In this case the channel remains active on the alternate buffer while application needs to read the current buffer and toggle DTOGTX. In case software is late in reading and the alternate buffer is not ready, the host channel is automatically suspended transparently to the application. The suspended double buffered channel is re-activated as soon as delay is recovered and DTOGTX is toggled. - NAK NAK value is reported in case of NAK acknowledge received. When in NAK state the channel is suspended and does not try to transmit. NAK state is moved to VALID by hardware at the start of the next frame, or software can change it to immediately retry transmission by writing it to VALID, or can disable it and abort the transaction by writing DISABLE - STALL STALL value is reported in case of STALL acknowledge received. When in STALL state the channel behaves as disabled. Application must not retry transmission but reset the USB and re-enumerate..
Bit 14: Data Toggle, for reception transfers If the endpoint/channel is not isochronous, this bit contains the expected value of the data toggle bit (0 = DATA0, 1 = DATA1) for the next data packet to be received. Hardware toggles this bit, when the ACK handshake is sent following a data packet reception having a matching data PID value; if the endpoint is defined as a control one, hardware clears this bit at the reception of a SETUP PID received from host (in device mode), while it sets this bit to 1 when SETUP transaction is acknowledged by device (in host mode). If the endpoint/channel is using the double-buffering feature this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping too (Refer to Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint/channel is isochronous, this bit is used only to support packet buffer swapping for data transmission since no data toggling is used for this kind of channels/endpoints and only DATA0 packet are transmitted (Refer to Section 28.5.5: Isochronous transfers in Device mode). Hardware toggles this bit just after the end of data packet reception, since no handshake is used for isochronous transfers. This bit can also be toggled by the software to initialize its value (mandatory when the endpoint is not a control one) or to force specific data toggle/packet buffer usage. When the application software writes 0, the value of DTOGRX remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value toggle. This bit is read/write but it can be only toggled by writing 1..
Bit 15: USB valid transaction received Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when an OUT/SETUP transaction is successfully completed on this endpoint; the software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set accordingly, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the endpoint related interrupt condition, which is always activated. The type of occurred transaction, OUT or SETUP, can be determined from the SETUP bit described below. A transaction ended with a NAK or STALL handshake does not set this bit, since no data is actually transferred, as in the case of protocol errors or data toggle mismatches. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written, writing 1 has no effect. Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an IN transaction is successfully completed on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated. - A transaction ended with a NAK sets this bit and NAK answer is reported to application reading the NAK state from the STATRX field of this register. One NAKed transaction keeps pending and is automatically retried by the host at the next frame, or the host can immediately retry by resetting STATRX state to VALID. - A transaction ended by STALL handshake sets this bit and the STALL answer is reported to application reading the STALL state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application must consequently disable the channel and re-enumerate. - A transaction ended with ACK handshake sets this bit If double buffering is disabled, ACK answer is reported by application reading the DISABLE state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application must read received data from USBRAM and re-arm the channel by writing VALID to the STATRX field of this register. If double buffering is enabled, ACK answer is reported by application reading VALID state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application must read received data from USBRAM and toggle the DTOGTX bit of this register. - A transaction ended with error sets this bit. Errors can be seen via the bits ERR_RX (host mode only). This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written, writing 1 has no effect..
Bits 16-22: Host mode Device address assigned to the endpoint during the enumeration process..
Bit 23: Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when a device responds with a NAK. Software can use this bit to monitor the number of NAKs received from a device..
Bit 24: Low speed endpoint.
Bit 25: Received error for an OUT/SETUP transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an error (for example no answer by the device, CRC error, bit stuffing error, framing format violation, etc.) has occurred during an OUT or SETUP transaction on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the ERRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated..
Bit 26: Received error for an IN transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an error (for example no answer by the device, CRC error, bit stuffing error, framing format violation, etc.) has occurred during an IN transaction on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the ERRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated..
Bits 27-28: Three errors for an OUT or SETUP transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when 3 consecutive transaction errors occurred on the USB bus for an OUT transaction. THREE_ERR_TX is not generated for isochronous transactions. The software can only clear this bit. Coding of the received error:.
Bits 29-30: Three errors for an IN transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when 3 consecutive transaction errors occurred on the USB bus for an IN transaction. THREE_ERR_RX is not generated for isochronous transactions. The software can only clear this bit. Coding of the received error:.
USB endpoint/channel 1 register
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
1/17 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
THREE_ERR_RX
rw |
THREE_ERR_TX
rw |
ERR_RX
rw |
ERR_TX
rw |
LS_EP
rw |
NAK
rw |
DEVADDR
rw |
|||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
VTRX
rw |
DTOGRX
w |
STATRX
w |
SETUP
r |
UTYPE
rw |
EPKIND
rw |
VTTX
rw |
DTOGTX
w |
STATTX
w |
EA
rw |
Bits 0-3: endpoint/channel address Device mode Software must write in this field the 4-bit address used to identify the transactions directed to this endpoint. A value must be written before enabling the corresponding endpoint. Host mode Software must write in this field the 4-bit address used to identify the channel addressed by the host transaction..
Bits 4-5: Status bits, for transmission transfers.
Bit 6: Data toggle, for transmission transfers If the endpoint/channel is non-isochronous, this bit contains the required value of the data toggle bit (0 = DATA0, 1 = DATA1) for the next data packet to be transmitted. Hardware toggles this bit when the ACK handshake is received from the USB host, following a data packet transmission. If the endpoint/channel is defined as a control one, hardware sets this bit to 1 at the reception of a SETUP PID addressed to this endpoint (in device mode) or when a SETUP transaction is acknowledged by the device (in host mode). If the endpoint/channel is using the double buffer feature, this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping too (Refer to Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint/channel is isochronous, this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping since no data toggling is used for this sort of endpoints and only DATA0 packet are transmitted (refer to Section 28.5.5: Isochronous transfers in Device mode). Hardware toggles this bit just after the end of data packet transmission, since no handshake is used for isochronous transfers. This bit can also be toggled by the software to initialize its value (mandatory when the endpoint/channel is not a control one) or to force a specific data toggle/packet buffer usage. When the application software writes 0, the value of DTOGTX remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value to toggle. This bit is read/write but it can only be toggled by writing 1..
Bit 7: Valid USB transaction transmitted Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when an IN transaction is successfully completed on this endpoint; the software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in the USB_CNTR register is set accordingly, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the endpoint related interrupt condition, which is always activated. A transaction ended with a NAK or STALL handshake does not set this bit, since no data is actually transferred, as in the case of protocol errors or data toggle mismatches. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written. Host mode Same as VTRX behavior but for USB OUT and SETUP transactions..
Bit 8: endpoint/channel kind The meaning of this bit depends on the endpoint/channel type configured by the UTYPE bits. Table 142 summarizes the different meanings. DBL_BUF: This bit is set by the software to enable the double-buffering feature for this bulk endpoint. The usage of double-buffered bulk endpoints is explained in Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode. STATUS_OUT: This bit is set by the software to indicate that a status out transaction is expected: in this case all OUT transactions containing more than zero data bytes are answered STALL instead of ACK . This bit may be used to improve the robustness of the application to protocol errors during control transfers and its usage is intended for control endpoints only. When STATUS_OUT is reset, OUT transactions can have any number of bytes, as required..
Bits 9-10: USB type of transaction These bits configure the behavior of this endpoint/channel as described in Table 141: Endpoint/channel type encoding. Channel0/Endpoint0 must always be a control endpoint/channel and each USB function must have at least one control endpoint/channel which has address 0, but there may be other control channels/endpoints if required. Only control channels/endpoints handle SETUP transactions, which are ignored by endpoints of other kinds. SETUP transactions cannot be answered with NAK or STALL. If a control endpoint/channel is defined as NAK, the USB peripheral does not answer, simulating a receive error, in the receive direction when a SETUP transaction is received. If the control endpoint/channel is defined as STALL in the receive direction, then the SETUP packet is accepted anyway, transferring data and issuing the CTR interrupt. The reception of OUT transactions is handled in the normal way, even if the endpoint/channel is a control one. Bulk and interrupt endpoints have very similar behavior and they differ only in the special feature available using the EPKIND configuration bit. The usage of isochronous channels/endpoints is explained in Section 28.5.5: Isochronous transfers in Device mode.
Bit 11: Setup transaction completed Device mode This bit is read-only and it is set by the hardware when the last completed transaction is a SETUP. This bit changes its value only for control endpoints. It must be examined, in the case of a successful receive transaction (VTRX event), to determine the type of transaction occurred. To protect the interrupt service routine from the changes in SETUP bits due to next incoming tokens, this bit is kept frozen while VTRX bit is at 1; its state changes when VTRX is at 0. This bit is read-only. Host mode This bit is set by the software to send a SETUP transaction on a control endpoint. This bit changes its value only for control endpoints. It is cleared by hardware when the SETUP transaction is acknowledged and VTTX interrupt generated..
Bits 12-13: Status bits, for reception transfers Device mode These bits contain information about the endpoint status, which are listed in Table 140: Reception status encoding on page 881. These bits can be toggled by software to initialize their value. When the application software writes 0, the value remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value to toggle. Hardware sets the STATRX bits to NAK when a correct transfer has occurred (VTRX = 1) corresponding to a OUT or SETUP (control only) transaction addressed to this endpoint, so the software has the time to elaborate the received data before it acknowledges a new transaction. Double-buffered bulk endpoints implement a special transaction flow control, which control the status based upon buffer availability condition (Refer to Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint is defined as isochronous, its status can be only VALID or DISABLED , so that the hardware cannot change the status of the endpoint after a successful transaction. If the software sets the STATRX bits to STALL or NAK for an isochronous endpoint, the USB peripheral behavior is not defined. These bits are read/write but they can be only toggled by writing 1. Host mode These bits are the host application controls to start, retry, or abort host transactions driven by the channel. These bits also contain information about the device answer to the last IN channel transaction and report the current status of the channel according to the following STATRX table of states: - DISABLE DISABLE value is reported in case of ACK acknowledge is received on a single-buffer channel. When in DISABLE state the channel is unused or not active waiting for application to restart it by writing VALID. Application can reset a VALID channel to DISABLE to abort a transaction. In this case the transaction is immediately removed from the host execution list. If the aborted transaction was already under execution it is regularly terminated on the USB but the relative VTRX interrupt is not generated. - VALID A host channel is actively trying to submit USB transaction to device only when in VALID state.VALID state can be set by software or automatically by hardware on a NAKED channel at the start of a new frame. When set to VALID, an host channel enters the host execution queue and waits permission from the host frame scheduler to submit its configured transaction. VALID value is also reported in case of ACK acknowledge is received on a double-buffered channel. In this case the channel remains active on the alternate buffer while application needs to read the current buffer and toggle DTOGTX. In case software is late in reading and the alternate buffer is not ready, the host channel is automatically suspended transparently to the application. The suspended double buffered channel is re-activated as soon as delay is recovered and DTOGTX is toggled. - NAK NAK value is reported in case of NAK acknowledge received. When in NAK state the channel is suspended and does not try to transmit. NAK state is moved to VALID by hardware at the start of the next frame, or software can change it to immediately retry transmission by writing it to VALID, or can disable it and abort the transaction by writing DISABLE - STALL STALL value is reported in case of STALL acknowledge received. When in STALL state the channel behaves as disabled. Application must not retry transmission but reset the USB and re-enumerate..
Bit 14: Data Toggle, for reception transfers If the endpoint/channel is not isochronous, this bit contains the expected value of the data toggle bit (0 = DATA0, 1 = DATA1) for the next data packet to be received. Hardware toggles this bit, when the ACK handshake is sent following a data packet reception having a matching data PID value; if the endpoint is defined as a control one, hardware clears this bit at the reception of a SETUP PID received from host (in device mode), while it sets this bit to 1 when SETUP transaction is acknowledged by device (in host mode). If the endpoint/channel is using the double-buffering feature this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping too (Refer to Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint/channel is isochronous, this bit is used only to support packet buffer swapping for data transmission since no data toggling is used for this kind of channels/endpoints and only DATA0 packet are transmitted (Refer to Section 28.5.5: Isochronous transfers in Device mode). Hardware toggles this bit just after the end of data packet reception, since no handshake is used for isochronous transfers. This bit can also be toggled by the software to initialize its value (mandatory when the endpoint is not a control one) or to force specific data toggle/packet buffer usage. When the application software writes 0, the value of DTOGRX remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value toggle. This bit is read/write but it can be only toggled by writing 1..
Bit 15: USB valid transaction received Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when an OUT/SETUP transaction is successfully completed on this endpoint; the software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set accordingly, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the endpoint related interrupt condition, which is always activated. The type of occurred transaction, OUT or SETUP, can be determined from the SETUP bit described below. A transaction ended with a NAK or STALL handshake does not set this bit, since no data is actually transferred, as in the case of protocol errors or data toggle mismatches. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written, writing 1 has no effect. Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an IN transaction is successfully completed on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated. - A transaction ended with a NAK sets this bit and NAK answer is reported to application reading the NAK state from the STATRX field of this register. One NAKed transaction keeps pending and is automatically retried by the host at the next frame, or the host can immediately retry by resetting STATRX state to VALID. - A transaction ended by STALL handshake sets this bit and the STALL answer is reported to application reading the STALL state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application must consequently disable the channel and re-enumerate. - A transaction ended with ACK handshake sets this bit If double buffering is disabled, ACK answer is reported by application reading the DISABLE state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application must read received data from USBRAM and re-arm the channel by writing VALID to the STATRX field of this register. If double buffering is enabled, ACK answer is reported by application reading VALID state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application must read received data from USBRAM and toggle the DTOGTX bit of this register. - A transaction ended with error sets this bit. Errors can be seen via the bits ERR_RX (host mode only). This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written, writing 1 has no effect..
Bits 16-22: Host mode Device address assigned to the endpoint during the enumeration process..
Bit 23: Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when a device responds with a NAK. Software can use this bit to monitor the number of NAKs received from a device..
Bit 24: Low speed endpoint.
Bit 25: Received error for an OUT/SETUP transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an error (for example no answer by the device, CRC error, bit stuffing error, framing format violation, etc.) has occurred during an OUT or SETUP transaction on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the ERRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated..
Bit 26: Received error for an IN transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an error (for example no answer by the device, CRC error, bit stuffing error, framing format violation, etc.) has occurred during an IN transaction on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the ERRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated..
Bits 27-28: Three errors for an OUT or SETUP transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when 3 consecutive transaction errors occurred on the USB bus for an OUT transaction. THREE_ERR_TX is not generated for isochronous transactions. The software can only clear this bit. Coding of the received error:.
Bits 29-30: Three errors for an IN transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when 3 consecutive transaction errors occurred on the USB bus for an IN transaction. THREE_ERR_RX is not generated for isochronous transactions. The software can only clear this bit. Coding of the received error:.
USB endpoint/channel 2 register
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
1/17 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
THREE_ERR_RX
rw |
THREE_ERR_TX
rw |
ERR_RX
rw |
ERR_TX
rw |
LS_EP
rw |
NAK
rw |
DEVADDR
rw |
|||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
VTRX
rw |
DTOGRX
w |
STATRX
w |
SETUP
r |
UTYPE
rw |
EPKIND
rw |
VTTX
rw |
DTOGTX
w |
STATTX
w |
EA
rw |
Bits 0-3: endpoint/channel address Device mode Software must write in this field the 4-bit address used to identify the transactions directed to this endpoint. A value must be written before enabling the corresponding endpoint. Host mode Software must write in this field the 4-bit address used to identify the channel addressed by the host transaction..
Bits 4-5: Status bits, for transmission transfers.
Bit 6: Data toggle, for transmission transfers If the endpoint/channel is non-isochronous, this bit contains the required value of the data toggle bit (0 = DATA0, 1 = DATA1) for the next data packet to be transmitted. Hardware toggles this bit when the ACK handshake is received from the USB host, following a data packet transmission. If the endpoint/channel is defined as a control one, hardware sets this bit to 1 at the reception of a SETUP PID addressed to this endpoint (in device mode) or when a SETUP transaction is acknowledged by the device (in host mode). If the endpoint/channel is using the double buffer feature, this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping too (Refer to Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint/channel is isochronous, this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping since no data toggling is used for this sort of endpoints and only DATA0 packet are transmitted (refer to Section 28.5.5: Isochronous transfers in Device mode). Hardware toggles this bit just after the end of data packet transmission, since no handshake is used for isochronous transfers. This bit can also be toggled by the software to initialize its value (mandatory when the endpoint/channel is not a control one) or to force a specific data toggle/packet buffer usage. When the application software writes 0, the value of DTOGTX remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value to toggle. This bit is read/write but it can only be toggled by writing 1..
Bit 7: Valid USB transaction transmitted Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when an IN transaction is successfully completed on this endpoint; the software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in the USB_CNTR register is set accordingly, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the endpoint related interrupt condition, which is always activated. A transaction ended with a NAK or STALL handshake does not set this bit, since no data is actually transferred, as in the case of protocol errors or data toggle mismatches. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written. Host mode Same as VTRX behavior but for USB OUT and SETUP transactions..
Bit 8: endpoint/channel kind The meaning of this bit depends on the endpoint/channel type configured by the UTYPE bits. Table 142 summarizes the different meanings. DBL_BUF: This bit is set by the software to enable the double-buffering feature for this bulk endpoint. The usage of double-buffered bulk endpoints is explained in Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode. STATUS_OUT: This bit is set by the software to indicate that a status out transaction is expected: in this case all OUT transactions containing more than zero data bytes are answered STALL instead of ACK . This bit may be used to improve the robustness of the application to protocol errors during control transfers and its usage is intended for control endpoints only. When STATUS_OUT is reset, OUT transactions can have any number of bytes, as required..
Bits 9-10: USB type of transaction These bits configure the behavior of this endpoint/channel as described in Table 141: Endpoint/channel type encoding. Channel0/Endpoint0 must always be a control endpoint/channel and each USB function must have at least one control endpoint/channel which has address 0, but there may be other control channels/endpoints if required. Only control channels/endpoints handle SETUP transactions, which are ignored by endpoints of other kinds. SETUP transactions cannot be answered with NAK or STALL. If a control endpoint/channel is defined as NAK, the USB peripheral does not answer, simulating a receive error, in the receive direction when a SETUP transaction is received. If the control endpoint/channel is defined as STALL in the receive direction, then the SETUP packet is accepted anyway, transferring data and issuing the CTR interrupt. The reception of OUT transactions is handled in the normal way, even if the endpoint/channel is a control one. Bulk and interrupt endpoints have very similar behavior and they differ only in the special feature available using the EPKIND configuration bit. The usage of isochronous channels/endpoints is explained in Section 28.5.5: Isochronous transfers in Device mode.
Bit 11: Setup transaction completed Device mode This bit is read-only and it is set by the hardware when the last completed transaction is a SETUP. This bit changes its value only for control endpoints. It must be examined, in the case of a successful receive transaction (VTRX event), to determine the type of transaction occurred. To protect the interrupt service routine from the changes in SETUP bits due to next incoming tokens, this bit is kept frozen while VTRX bit is at 1; its state changes when VTRX is at 0. This bit is read-only. Host mode This bit is set by the software to send a SETUP transaction on a control endpoint. This bit changes its value only for control endpoints. It is cleared by hardware when the SETUP transaction is acknowledged and VTTX interrupt generated..
Bits 12-13: Status bits, for reception transfers Device mode These bits contain information about the endpoint status, which are listed in Table 140: Reception status encoding on page 881. These bits can be toggled by software to initialize their value. When the application software writes 0, the value remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value to toggle. Hardware sets the STATRX bits to NAK when a correct transfer has occurred (VTRX = 1) corresponding to a OUT or SETUP (control only) transaction addressed to this endpoint, so the software has the time to elaborate the received data before it acknowledges a new transaction. Double-buffered bulk endpoints implement a special transaction flow control, which control the status based upon buffer availability condition (Refer to Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint is defined as isochronous, its status can be only VALID or DISABLED , so that the hardware cannot change the status of the endpoint after a successful transaction. If the software sets the STATRX bits to STALL or NAK for an isochronous endpoint, the USB peripheral behavior is not defined. These bits are read/write but they can be only toggled by writing 1. Host mode These bits are the host application controls to start, retry, or abort host transactions driven by the channel. These bits also contain information about the device answer to the last IN channel transaction and report the current status of the channel according to the following STATRX table of states: - DISABLE DISABLE value is reported in case of ACK acknowledge is received on a single-buffer channel. When in DISABLE state the channel is unused or not active waiting for application to restart it by writing VALID. Application can reset a VALID channel to DISABLE to abort a transaction. In this case the transaction is immediately removed from the host execution list. If the aborted transaction was already under execution it is regularly terminated on the USB but the relative VTRX interrupt is not generated. - VALID A host channel is actively trying to submit USB transaction to device only when in VALID state.VALID state can be set by software or automatically by hardware on a NAKED channel at the start of a new frame. When set to VALID, an host channel enters the host execution queue and waits permission from the host frame scheduler to submit its configured transaction. VALID value is also reported in case of ACK acknowledge is received on a double-buffered channel. In this case the channel remains active on the alternate buffer while application needs to read the current buffer and toggle DTOGTX. In case software is late in reading and the alternate buffer is not ready, the host channel is automatically suspended transparently to the application. The suspended double buffered channel is re-activated as soon as delay is recovered and DTOGTX is toggled. - NAK NAK value is reported in case of NAK acknowledge received. When in NAK state the channel is suspended and does not try to transmit. NAK state is moved to VALID by hardware at the start of the next frame, or software can change it to immediately retry transmission by writing it to VALID, or can disable it and abort the transaction by writing DISABLE - STALL STALL value is reported in case of STALL acknowledge received. When in STALL state the channel behaves as disabled. Application must not retry transmission but reset the USB and re-enumerate..
Bit 14: Data Toggle, for reception transfers If the endpoint/channel is not isochronous, this bit contains the expected value of the data toggle bit (0 = DATA0, 1 = DATA1) for the next data packet to be received. Hardware toggles this bit, when the ACK handshake is sent following a data packet reception having a matching data PID value; if the endpoint is defined as a control one, hardware clears this bit at the reception of a SETUP PID received from host (in device mode), while it sets this bit to 1 when SETUP transaction is acknowledged by device (in host mode). If the endpoint/channel is using the double-buffering feature this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping too (Refer to Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint/channel is isochronous, this bit is used only to support packet buffer swapping for data transmission since no data toggling is used for this kind of channels/endpoints and only DATA0 packet are transmitted (Refer to Section 28.5.5: Isochronous transfers in Device mode). Hardware toggles this bit just after the end of data packet reception, since no handshake is used for isochronous transfers. This bit can also be toggled by the software to initialize its value (mandatory when the endpoint is not a control one) or to force specific data toggle/packet buffer usage. When the application software writes 0, the value of DTOGRX remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value toggle. This bit is read/write but it can be only toggled by writing 1..
Bit 15: USB valid transaction received Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when an OUT/SETUP transaction is successfully completed on this endpoint; the software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set accordingly, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the endpoint related interrupt condition, which is always activated. The type of occurred transaction, OUT or SETUP, can be determined from the SETUP bit described below. A transaction ended with a NAK or STALL handshake does not set this bit, since no data is actually transferred, as in the case of protocol errors or data toggle mismatches. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written, writing 1 has no effect. Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an IN transaction is successfully completed on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated. - A transaction ended with a NAK sets this bit and NAK answer is reported to application reading the NAK state from the STATRX field of this register. One NAKed transaction keeps pending and is automatically retried by the host at the next frame, or the host can immediately retry by resetting STATRX state to VALID. - A transaction ended by STALL handshake sets this bit and the STALL answer is reported to application reading the STALL state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application must consequently disable the channel and re-enumerate. - A transaction ended with ACK handshake sets this bit If double buffering is disabled, ACK answer is reported by application reading the DISABLE state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application must read received data from USBRAM and re-arm the channel by writing VALID to the STATRX field of this register. If double buffering is enabled, ACK answer is reported by application reading VALID state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application must read received data from USBRAM and toggle the DTOGTX bit of this register. - A transaction ended with error sets this bit. Errors can be seen via the bits ERR_RX (host mode only). This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written, writing 1 has no effect..
Bits 16-22: Host mode Device address assigned to the endpoint during the enumeration process..
Bit 23: Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when a device responds with a NAK. Software can use this bit to monitor the number of NAKs received from a device..
Bit 24: Low speed endpoint.
Bit 25: Received error for an OUT/SETUP transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an error (for example no answer by the device, CRC error, bit stuffing error, framing format violation, etc.) has occurred during an OUT or SETUP transaction on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the ERRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated..
Bit 26: Received error for an IN transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an error (for example no answer by the device, CRC error, bit stuffing error, framing format violation, etc.) has occurred during an IN transaction on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the ERRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated..
Bits 27-28: Three errors for an OUT or SETUP transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when 3 consecutive transaction errors occurred on the USB bus for an OUT transaction. THREE_ERR_TX is not generated for isochronous transactions. The software can only clear this bit. Coding of the received error:.
Bits 29-30: Three errors for an IN transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when 3 consecutive transaction errors occurred on the USB bus for an IN transaction. THREE_ERR_RX is not generated for isochronous transactions. The software can only clear this bit. Coding of the received error:.
USB endpoint/channel 3 register
Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
1/17 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
THREE_ERR_RX
rw |
THREE_ERR_TX
rw |
ERR_RX
rw |
ERR_TX
rw |
LS_EP
rw |
NAK
rw |
DEVADDR
rw |
|||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
VTRX
rw |
DTOGRX
w |
STATRX
w |
SETUP
r |
UTYPE
rw |
EPKIND
rw |
VTTX
rw |
DTOGTX
w |
STATTX
w |
EA
rw |
Bits 0-3: endpoint/channel address Device mode Software must write in this field the 4-bit address used to identify the transactions directed to this endpoint. A value must be written before enabling the corresponding endpoint. Host mode Software must write in this field the 4-bit address used to identify the channel addressed by the host transaction..
Bits 4-5: Status bits, for transmission transfers.
Bit 6: Data toggle, for transmission transfers If the endpoint/channel is non-isochronous, this bit contains the required value of the data toggle bit (0 = DATA0, 1 = DATA1) for the next data packet to be transmitted. Hardware toggles this bit when the ACK handshake is received from the USB host, following a data packet transmission. If the endpoint/channel is defined as a control one, hardware sets this bit to 1 at the reception of a SETUP PID addressed to this endpoint (in device mode) or when a SETUP transaction is acknowledged by the device (in host mode). If the endpoint/channel is using the double buffer feature, this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping too (Refer to Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint/channel is isochronous, this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping since no data toggling is used for this sort of endpoints and only DATA0 packet are transmitted (refer to Section 28.5.5: Isochronous transfers in Device mode). Hardware toggles this bit just after the end of data packet transmission, since no handshake is used for isochronous transfers. This bit can also be toggled by the software to initialize its value (mandatory when the endpoint/channel is not a control one) or to force a specific data toggle/packet buffer usage. When the application software writes 0, the value of DTOGTX remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value to toggle. This bit is read/write but it can only be toggled by writing 1..
Bit 7: Valid USB transaction transmitted Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when an IN transaction is successfully completed on this endpoint; the software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in the USB_CNTR register is set accordingly, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the endpoint related interrupt condition, which is always activated. A transaction ended with a NAK or STALL handshake does not set this bit, since no data is actually transferred, as in the case of protocol errors or data toggle mismatches. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written. Host mode Same as VTRX behavior but for USB OUT and SETUP transactions..
Bit 8: endpoint/channel kind The meaning of this bit depends on the endpoint/channel type configured by the UTYPE bits. Table 142 summarizes the different meanings. DBL_BUF: This bit is set by the software to enable the double-buffering feature for this bulk endpoint. The usage of double-buffered bulk endpoints is explained in Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode. STATUS_OUT: This bit is set by the software to indicate that a status out transaction is expected: in this case all OUT transactions containing more than zero data bytes are answered STALL instead of ACK . This bit may be used to improve the robustness of the application to protocol errors during control transfers and its usage is intended for control endpoints only. When STATUS_OUT is reset, OUT transactions can have any number of bytes, as required..
Bits 9-10: USB type of transaction These bits configure the behavior of this endpoint/channel as described in Table 141: Endpoint/channel type encoding. Channel0/Endpoint0 must always be a control endpoint/channel and each USB function must have at least one control endpoint/channel which has address 0, but there may be other control channels/endpoints if required. Only control channels/endpoints handle SETUP transactions, which are ignored by endpoints of other kinds. SETUP transactions cannot be answered with NAK or STALL. If a control endpoint/channel is defined as NAK, the USB peripheral does not answer, simulating a receive error, in the receive direction when a SETUP transaction is received. If the control endpoint/channel is defined as STALL in the receive direction, then the SETUP packet is accepted anyway, transferring data and issuing the CTR interrupt. The reception of OUT transactions is handled in the normal way, even if the endpoint/channel is a control one. Bulk and interrupt endpoints have very similar behavior and they differ only in the special feature available using the EPKIND configuration bit. The usage of isochronous channels/endpoints is explained in Section 28.5.5: Isochronous transfers in Device mode.
Bit 11: Setup transaction completed Device mode This bit is read-only and it is set by the hardware when the last completed transaction is a SETUP. This bit changes its value only for control endpoints. It must be examined, in the case of a successful receive transaction (VTRX event), to determine the type of transaction occurred. To protect the interrupt service routine from the changes in SETUP bits due to next incoming tokens, this bit is kept frozen while VTRX bit is at 1; its state changes when VTRX is at 0. This bit is read-only. Host mode This bit is set by the software to send a SETUP transaction on a control endpoint. This bit changes its value only for control endpoints. It is cleared by hardware when the SETUP transaction is acknowledged and VTTX interrupt generated..
Bits 12-13: Status bits, for reception transfers Device mode These bits contain information about the endpoint status, which are listed in Table 140: Reception status encoding on page 881. These bits can be toggled by software to initialize their value. When the application software writes 0, the value remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value to toggle. Hardware sets the STATRX bits to NAK when a correct transfer has occurred (VTRX = 1) corresponding to a OUT or SETUP (control only) transaction addressed to this endpoint, so the software has the time to elaborate the received data before it acknowledges a new transaction. Double-buffered bulk endpoints implement a special transaction flow control, which control the status based upon buffer availability condition (Refer to Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint is defined as isochronous, its status can be only VALID or DISABLED , so that the hardware cannot change the status of the endpoint after a successful transaction. If the software sets the STATRX bits to STALL or NAK for an isochronous endpoint, the USB peripheral behavior is not defined. These bits are read/write but they can be only toggled by writing 1. Host mode These bits are the host application controls to start, retry, or abort host transactions driven by the channel. These bits also contain information about the device answer to the last IN channel transaction and report the current status of the channel according to the following STATRX table of states: - DISABLE DISABLE value is reported in case of ACK acknowledge is received on a single-buffer channel. When in DISABLE state the channel is unused or not active waiting for application to restart it by writing VALID. Application can reset a VALID channel to DISABLE to abort a transaction. In this case the transaction is immediately removed from the host execution list. If the aborted transaction was already under execution it is regularly terminated on the USB but the relative VTRX interrupt is not generated. - VALID A host channel is actively trying to submit USB transaction to device only when in VALID state.VALID state can be set by software or automatically by hardware on a NAKED channel at the start of a new frame. When set to VALID, an host channel enters the host execution queue and waits permission from the host frame scheduler to submit its configured transaction. VALID value is also reported in case of ACK acknowledge is received on a double-buffered channel. In this case the channel remains active on the alternate buffer while application needs to read the current buffer and toggle DTOGTX. In case software is late in reading and the alternate buffer is not ready, the host channel is automatically suspended transparently to the application. The suspended double buffered channel is re-activated as soon as delay is recovered and DTOGTX is toggled. - NAK NAK value is reported in case of NAK acknowledge received. When in NAK state the channel is suspended and does not try to transmit. NAK state is moved to VALID by hardware at the start of the next frame, or software can change it to immediately retry transmission by writing it to VALID, or can disable it and abort the transaction by writing DISABLE - STALL STALL value is reported in case of STALL acknowledge received. When in STALL state the channel behaves as disabled. Application must not retry transmission but reset the USB and re-enumerate..
Bit 14: Data Toggle, for reception transfers If the endpoint/channel is not isochronous, this bit contains the expected value of the data toggle bit (0 = DATA0, 1 = DATA1) for the next data packet to be received. Hardware toggles this bit, when the ACK handshake is sent following a data packet reception having a matching data PID value; if the endpoint is defined as a control one, hardware clears this bit at the reception of a SETUP PID received from host (in device mode), while it sets this bit to 1 when SETUP transaction is acknowledged by device (in host mode). If the endpoint/channel is using the double-buffering feature this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping too (Refer to Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint/channel is isochronous, this bit is used only to support packet buffer swapping for data transmission since no data toggling is used for this kind of channels/endpoints and only DATA0 packet are transmitted (Refer to Section 28.5.5: Isochronous transfers in Device mode). Hardware toggles this bit just after the end of data packet reception, since no handshake is used for isochronous transfers. This bit can also be toggled by the software to initialize its value (mandatory when the endpoint is not a control one) or to force specific data toggle/packet buffer usage. When the application software writes 0, the value of DTOGRX remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value toggle. This bit is read/write but it can be only toggled by writing 1..
Bit 15: USB valid transaction received Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when an OUT/SETUP transaction is successfully completed on this endpoint; the software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set accordingly, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the endpoint related interrupt condition, which is always activated. The type of occurred transaction, OUT or SETUP, can be determined from the SETUP bit described below. A transaction ended with a NAK or STALL handshake does not set this bit, since no data is actually transferred, as in the case of protocol errors or data toggle mismatches. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written, writing 1 has no effect. Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an IN transaction is successfully completed on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated. - A transaction ended with a NAK sets this bit and NAK answer is reported to application reading the NAK state from the STATRX field of this register. One NAKed transaction keeps pending and is automatically retried by the host at the next frame, or the host can immediately retry by resetting STATRX state to VALID. - A transaction ended by STALL handshake sets this bit and the STALL answer is reported to application reading the STALL state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application must consequently disable the channel and re-enumerate. - A transaction ended with ACK handshake sets this bit If double buffering is disabled, ACK answer is reported by application reading the DISABLE state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application must read received data from USBRAM and re-arm the channel by writing VALID to the STATRX field of this register. If double buffering is enabled, ACK answer is reported by application reading VALID state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application must read received data from USBRAM and toggle the DTOGTX bit of this register. - A transaction ended with error sets this bit. Errors can be seen via the bits ERR_RX (host mode only). This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written, writing 1 has no effect..
Bits 16-22: Host mode Device address assigned to the endpoint during the enumeration process..
Bit 23: Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when a device responds with a NAK. Software can use this bit to monitor the number of NAKs received from a device..
Bit 24: Low speed endpoint.
Bit 25: Received error for an OUT/SETUP transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an error (for example no answer by the device, CRC error, bit stuffing error, framing format violation, etc.) has occurred during an OUT or SETUP transaction on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the ERRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated..
Bit 26: Received error for an IN transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an error (for example no answer by the device, CRC error, bit stuffing error, framing format violation, etc.) has occurred during an IN transaction on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the ERRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated..
Bits 27-28: Three errors for an OUT or SETUP transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when 3 consecutive transaction errors occurred on the USB bus for an OUT transaction. THREE_ERR_TX is not generated for isochronous transactions. The software can only clear this bit. Coding of the received error:.
Bits 29-30: Three errors for an IN transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when 3 consecutive transaction errors occurred on the USB bus for an IN transaction. THREE_ERR_RX is not generated for isochronous transactions. The software can only clear this bit. Coding of the received error:.
USB endpoint/channel 4 register
Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
1/17 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
THREE_ERR_RX
rw |
THREE_ERR_TX
rw |
ERR_RX
rw |
ERR_TX
rw |
LS_EP
rw |
NAK
rw |
DEVADDR
rw |
|||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
VTRX
rw |
DTOGRX
w |
STATRX
w |
SETUP
r |
UTYPE
rw |
EPKIND
rw |
VTTX
rw |
DTOGTX
w |
STATTX
w |
EA
rw |
Bits 0-3: endpoint/channel address Device mode Software must write in this field the 4-bit address used to identify the transactions directed to this endpoint. A value must be written before enabling the corresponding endpoint. Host mode Software must write in this field the 4-bit address used to identify the channel addressed by the host transaction..
Bits 4-5: Status bits, for transmission transfers.
Bit 6: Data toggle, for transmission transfers If the endpoint/channel is non-isochronous, this bit contains the required value of the data toggle bit (0 = DATA0, 1 = DATA1) for the next data packet to be transmitted. Hardware toggles this bit when the ACK handshake is received from the USB host, following a data packet transmission. If the endpoint/channel is defined as a control one, hardware sets this bit to 1 at the reception of a SETUP PID addressed to this endpoint (in device mode) or when a SETUP transaction is acknowledged by the device (in host mode). If the endpoint/channel is using the double buffer feature, this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping too (Refer to Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint/channel is isochronous, this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping since no data toggling is used for this sort of endpoints and only DATA0 packet are transmitted (refer to Section 28.5.5: Isochronous transfers in Device mode). Hardware toggles this bit just after the end of data packet transmission, since no handshake is used for isochronous transfers. This bit can also be toggled by the software to initialize its value (mandatory when the endpoint/channel is not a control one) or to force a specific data toggle/packet buffer usage. When the application software writes 0, the value of DTOGTX remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value to toggle. This bit is read/write but it can only be toggled by writing 1..
Bit 7: Valid USB transaction transmitted Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when an IN transaction is successfully completed on this endpoint; the software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in the USB_CNTR register is set accordingly, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the endpoint related interrupt condition, which is always activated. A transaction ended with a NAK or STALL handshake does not set this bit, since no data is actually transferred, as in the case of protocol errors or data toggle mismatches. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written. Host mode Same as VTRX behavior but for USB OUT and SETUP transactions..
Bit 8: endpoint/channel kind The meaning of this bit depends on the endpoint/channel type configured by the UTYPE bits. Table 142 summarizes the different meanings. DBL_BUF: This bit is set by the software to enable the double-buffering feature for this bulk endpoint. The usage of double-buffered bulk endpoints is explained in Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode. STATUS_OUT: This bit is set by the software to indicate that a status out transaction is expected: in this case all OUT transactions containing more than zero data bytes are answered STALL instead of ACK . This bit may be used to improve the robustness of the application to protocol errors during control transfers and its usage is intended for control endpoints only. When STATUS_OUT is reset, OUT transactions can have any number of bytes, as required..
Bits 9-10: USB type of transaction These bits configure the behavior of this endpoint/channel as described in Table 141: Endpoint/channel type encoding. Channel0/Endpoint0 must always be a control endpoint/channel and each USB function must have at least one control endpoint/channel which has address 0, but there may be other control channels/endpoints if required. Only control channels/endpoints handle SETUP transactions, which are ignored by endpoints of other kinds. SETUP transactions cannot be answered with NAK or STALL. If a control endpoint/channel is defined as NAK, the USB peripheral does not answer, simulating a receive error, in the receive direction when a SETUP transaction is received. If the control endpoint/channel is defined as STALL in the receive direction, then the SETUP packet is accepted anyway, transferring data and issuing the CTR interrupt. The reception of OUT transactions is handled in the normal way, even if the endpoint/channel is a control one. Bulk and interrupt endpoints have very similar behavior and they differ only in the special feature available using the EPKIND configuration bit. The usage of isochronous channels/endpoints is explained in Section 28.5.5: Isochronous transfers in Device mode.
Bit 11: Setup transaction completed Device mode This bit is read-only and it is set by the hardware when the last completed transaction is a SETUP. This bit changes its value only for control endpoints. It must be examined, in the case of a successful receive transaction (VTRX event), to determine the type of transaction occurred. To protect the interrupt service routine from the changes in SETUP bits due to next incoming tokens, this bit is kept frozen while VTRX bit is at 1; its state changes when VTRX is at 0. This bit is read-only. Host mode This bit is set by the software to send a SETUP transaction on a control endpoint. This bit changes its value only for control endpoints. It is cleared by hardware when the SETUP transaction is acknowledged and VTTX interrupt generated..
Bits 12-13: Status bits, for reception transfers Device mode These bits contain information about the endpoint status, which are listed in Table 140: Reception status encoding on page 881. These bits can be toggled by software to initialize their value. When the application software writes 0, the value remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value to toggle. Hardware sets the STATRX bits to NAK when a correct transfer has occurred (VTRX = 1) corresponding to a OUT or SETUP (control only) transaction addressed to this endpoint, so the software has the time to elaborate the received data before it acknowledges a new transaction. Double-buffered bulk endpoints implement a special transaction flow control, which control the status based upon buffer availability condition (Refer to Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint is defined as isochronous, its status can be only VALID or DISABLED , so that the hardware cannot change the status of the endpoint after a successful transaction. If the software sets the STATRX bits to STALL or NAK for an isochronous endpoint, the USB peripheral behavior is not defined. These bits are read/write but they can be only toggled by writing 1. Host mode These bits are the host application controls to start, retry, or abort host transactions driven by the channel. These bits also contain information about the device answer to the last IN channel transaction and report the current status of the channel according to the following STATRX table of states: - DISABLE DISABLE value is reported in case of ACK acknowledge is received on a single-buffer channel. When in DISABLE state the channel is unused or not active waiting for application to restart it by writing VALID. Application can reset a VALID channel to DISABLE to abort a transaction. In this case the transaction is immediately removed from the host execution list. If the aborted transaction was already under execution it is regularly terminated on the USB but the relative VTRX interrupt is not generated. - VALID A host channel is actively trying to submit USB transaction to device only when in VALID state.VALID state can be set by software or automatically by hardware on a NAKED channel at the start of a new frame. When set to VALID, an host channel enters the host execution queue and waits permission from the host frame scheduler to submit its configured transaction. VALID value is also reported in case of ACK acknowledge is received on a double-buffered channel. In this case the channel remains active on the alternate buffer while application needs to read the current buffer and toggle DTOGTX. In case software is late in reading and the alternate buffer is not ready, the host channel is automatically suspended transparently to the application. The suspended double buffered channel is re-activated as soon as delay is recovered and DTOGTX is toggled. - NAK NAK value is reported in case of NAK acknowledge received. When in NAK state the channel is suspended and does not try to transmit. NAK state is moved to VALID by hardware at the start of the next frame, or software can change it to immediately retry transmission by writing it to VALID, or can disable it and abort the transaction by writing DISABLE - STALL STALL value is reported in case of STALL acknowledge received. When in STALL state the channel behaves as disabled. Application must not retry transmission but reset the USB and re-enumerate..
Bit 14: Data Toggle, for reception transfers If the endpoint/channel is not isochronous, this bit contains the expected value of the data toggle bit (0 = DATA0, 1 = DATA1) for the next data packet to be received. Hardware toggles this bit, when the ACK handshake is sent following a data packet reception having a matching data PID value; if the endpoint is defined as a control one, hardware clears this bit at the reception of a SETUP PID received from host (in device mode), while it sets this bit to 1 when SETUP transaction is acknowledged by device (in host mode). If the endpoint/channel is using the double-buffering feature this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping too (Refer to Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint/channel is isochronous, this bit is used only to support packet buffer swapping for data transmission since no data toggling is used for this kind of channels/endpoints and only DATA0 packet are transmitted (Refer to Section 28.5.5: Isochronous transfers in Device mode). Hardware toggles this bit just after the end of data packet reception, since no handshake is used for isochronous transfers. This bit can also be toggled by the software to initialize its value (mandatory when the endpoint is not a control one) or to force specific data toggle/packet buffer usage. When the application software writes 0, the value of DTOGRX remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value toggle. This bit is read/write but it can be only toggled by writing 1..
Bit 15: USB valid transaction received Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when an OUT/SETUP transaction is successfully completed on this endpoint; the software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set accordingly, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the endpoint related interrupt condition, which is always activated. The type of occurred transaction, OUT or SETUP, can be determined from the SETUP bit described below. A transaction ended with a NAK or STALL handshake does not set this bit, since no data is actually transferred, as in the case of protocol errors or data toggle mismatches. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written, writing 1 has no effect. Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an IN transaction is successfully completed on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated. - A transaction ended with a NAK sets this bit and NAK answer is reported to application reading the NAK state from the STATRX field of this register. One NAKed transaction keeps pending and is automatically retried by the host at the next frame, or the host can immediately retry by resetting STATRX state to VALID. - A transaction ended by STALL handshake sets this bit and the STALL answer is reported to application reading the STALL state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application must consequently disable the channel and re-enumerate. - A transaction ended with ACK handshake sets this bit If double buffering is disabled, ACK answer is reported by application reading the DISABLE state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application must read received data from USBRAM and re-arm the channel by writing VALID to the STATRX field of this register. If double buffering is enabled, ACK answer is reported by application reading VALID state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application must read received data from USBRAM and toggle the DTOGTX bit of this register. - A transaction ended with error sets this bit. Errors can be seen via the bits ERR_RX (host mode only). This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written, writing 1 has no effect..
Bits 16-22: Host mode Device address assigned to the endpoint during the enumeration process..
Bit 23: Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when a device responds with a NAK. Software can use this bit to monitor the number of NAKs received from a device..
Bit 24: Low speed endpoint.
Bit 25: Received error for an OUT/SETUP transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an error (for example no answer by the device, CRC error, bit stuffing error, framing format violation, etc.) has occurred during an OUT or SETUP transaction on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the ERRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated..
Bit 26: Received error for an IN transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an error (for example no answer by the device, CRC error, bit stuffing error, framing format violation, etc.) has occurred during an IN transaction on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the ERRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated..
Bits 27-28: Three errors for an OUT or SETUP transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when 3 consecutive transaction errors occurred on the USB bus for an OUT transaction. THREE_ERR_TX is not generated for isochronous transactions. The software can only clear this bit. Coding of the received error:.
Bits 29-30: Three errors for an IN transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when 3 consecutive transaction errors occurred on the USB bus for an IN transaction. THREE_ERR_RX is not generated for isochronous transactions. The software can only clear this bit. Coding of the received error:.
USB endpoint/channel 5 register
Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
1/17 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
THREE_ERR_RX
rw |
THREE_ERR_TX
rw |
ERR_RX
rw |
ERR_TX
rw |
LS_EP
rw |
NAK
rw |
DEVADDR
rw |
|||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
VTRX
rw |
DTOGRX
w |
STATRX
w |
SETUP
r |
UTYPE
rw |
EPKIND
rw |
VTTX
rw |
DTOGTX
w |
STATTX
w |
EA
rw |
Bits 0-3: endpoint/channel address Device mode Software must write in this field the 4-bit address used to identify the transactions directed to this endpoint. A value must be written before enabling the corresponding endpoint. Host mode Software must write in this field the 4-bit address used to identify the channel addressed by the host transaction..
Bits 4-5: Status bits, for transmission transfers.
Bit 6: Data toggle, for transmission transfers If the endpoint/channel is non-isochronous, this bit contains the required value of the data toggle bit (0 = DATA0, 1 = DATA1) for the next data packet to be transmitted. Hardware toggles this bit when the ACK handshake is received from the USB host, following a data packet transmission. If the endpoint/channel is defined as a control one, hardware sets this bit to 1 at the reception of a SETUP PID addressed to this endpoint (in device mode) or when a SETUP transaction is acknowledged by the device (in host mode). If the endpoint/channel is using the double buffer feature, this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping too (Refer to Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint/channel is isochronous, this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping since no data toggling is used for this sort of endpoints and only DATA0 packet are transmitted (refer to Section 28.5.5: Isochronous transfers in Device mode). Hardware toggles this bit just after the end of data packet transmission, since no handshake is used for isochronous transfers. This bit can also be toggled by the software to initialize its value (mandatory when the endpoint/channel is not a control one) or to force a specific data toggle/packet buffer usage. When the application software writes 0, the value of DTOGTX remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value to toggle. This bit is read/write but it can only be toggled by writing 1..
Bit 7: Valid USB transaction transmitted Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when an IN transaction is successfully completed on this endpoint; the software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in the USB_CNTR register is set accordingly, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the endpoint related interrupt condition, which is always activated. A transaction ended with a NAK or STALL handshake does not set this bit, since no data is actually transferred, as in the case of protocol errors or data toggle mismatches. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written. Host mode Same as VTRX behavior but for USB OUT and SETUP transactions..
Bit 8: endpoint/channel kind The meaning of this bit depends on the endpoint/channel type configured by the UTYPE bits. Table 142 summarizes the different meanings. DBL_BUF: This bit is set by the software to enable the double-buffering feature for this bulk endpoint. The usage of double-buffered bulk endpoints is explained in Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode. STATUS_OUT: This bit is set by the software to indicate that a status out transaction is expected: in this case all OUT transactions containing more than zero data bytes are answered STALL instead of ACK . This bit may be used to improve the robustness of the application to protocol errors during control transfers and its usage is intended for control endpoints only. When STATUS_OUT is reset, OUT transactions can have any number of bytes, as required..
Bits 9-10: USB type of transaction These bits configure the behavior of this endpoint/channel as described in Table 141: Endpoint/channel type encoding. Channel0/Endpoint0 must always be a control endpoint/channel and each USB function must have at least one control endpoint/channel which has address 0, but there may be other control channels/endpoints if required. Only control channels/endpoints handle SETUP transactions, which are ignored by endpoints of other kinds. SETUP transactions cannot be answered with NAK or STALL. If a control endpoint/channel is defined as NAK, the USB peripheral does not answer, simulating a receive error, in the receive direction when a SETUP transaction is received. If the control endpoint/channel is defined as STALL in the receive direction, then the SETUP packet is accepted anyway, transferring data and issuing the CTR interrupt. The reception of OUT transactions is handled in the normal way, even if the endpoint/channel is a control one. Bulk and interrupt endpoints have very similar behavior and they differ only in the special feature available using the EPKIND configuration bit. The usage of isochronous channels/endpoints is explained in Section 28.5.5: Isochronous transfers in Device mode.
Bit 11: Setup transaction completed Device mode This bit is read-only and it is set by the hardware when the last completed transaction is a SETUP. This bit changes its value only for control endpoints. It must be examined, in the case of a successful receive transaction (VTRX event), to determine the type of transaction occurred. To protect the interrupt service routine from the changes in SETUP bits due to next incoming tokens, this bit is kept frozen while VTRX bit is at 1; its state changes when VTRX is at 0. This bit is read-only. Host mode This bit is set by the software to send a SETUP transaction on a control endpoint. This bit changes its value only for control endpoints. It is cleared by hardware when the SETUP transaction is acknowledged and VTTX interrupt generated..
Bits 12-13: Status bits, for reception transfers Device mode These bits contain information about the endpoint status, which are listed in Table 140: Reception status encoding on page 881. These bits can be toggled by software to initialize their value. When the application software writes 0, the value remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value to toggle. Hardware sets the STATRX bits to NAK when a correct transfer has occurred (VTRX = 1) corresponding to a OUT or SETUP (control only) transaction addressed to this endpoint, so the software has the time to elaborate the received data before it acknowledges a new transaction. Double-buffered bulk endpoints implement a special transaction flow control, which control the status based upon buffer availability condition (Refer to Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint is defined as isochronous, its status can be only VALID or DISABLED , so that the hardware cannot change the status of the endpoint after a successful transaction. If the software sets the STATRX bits to STALL or NAK for an isochronous endpoint, the USB peripheral behavior is not defined. These bits are read/write but they can be only toggled by writing 1. Host mode These bits are the host application controls to start, retry, or abort host transactions driven by the channel. These bits also contain information about the device answer to the last IN channel transaction and report the current status of the channel according to the following STATRX table of states: - DISABLE DISABLE value is reported in case of ACK acknowledge is received on a single-buffer channel. When in DISABLE state the channel is unused or not active waiting for application to restart it by writing VALID. Application can reset a VALID channel to DISABLE to abort a transaction. In this case the transaction is immediately removed from the host execution list. If the aborted transaction was already under execution it is regularly terminated on the USB but the relative VTRX interrupt is not generated. - VALID A host channel is actively trying to submit USB transaction to device only when in VALID state.VALID state can be set by software or automatically by hardware on a NAKED channel at the start of a new frame. When set to VALID, an host channel enters the host execution queue and waits permission from the host frame scheduler to submit its configured transaction. VALID value is also reported in case of ACK acknowledge is received on a double-buffered channel. In this case the channel remains active on the alternate buffer while application needs to read the current buffer and toggle DTOGTX. In case software is late in reading and the alternate buffer is not ready, the host channel is automatically suspended transparently to the application. The suspended double buffered channel is re-activated as soon as delay is recovered and DTOGTX is toggled. - NAK NAK value is reported in case of NAK acknowledge received. When in NAK state the channel is suspended and does not try to transmit. NAK state is moved to VALID by hardware at the start of the next frame, or software can change it to immediately retry transmission by writing it to VALID, or can disable it and abort the transaction by writing DISABLE - STALL STALL value is reported in case of STALL acknowledge received. When in STALL state the channel behaves as disabled. Application must not retry transmission but reset the USB and re-enumerate..
Bit 14: Data Toggle, for reception transfers If the endpoint/channel is not isochronous, this bit contains the expected value of the data toggle bit (0 = DATA0, 1 = DATA1) for the next data packet to be received. Hardware toggles this bit, when the ACK handshake is sent following a data packet reception having a matching data PID value; if the endpoint is defined as a control one, hardware clears this bit at the reception of a SETUP PID received from host (in device mode), while it sets this bit to 1 when SETUP transaction is acknowledged by device (in host mode). If the endpoint/channel is using the double-buffering feature this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping too (Refer to Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint/channel is isochronous, this bit is used only to support packet buffer swapping for data transmission since no data toggling is used for this kind of channels/endpoints and only DATA0 packet are transmitted (Refer to Section 28.5.5: Isochronous transfers in Device mode). Hardware toggles this bit just after the end of data packet reception, since no handshake is used for isochronous transfers. This bit can also be toggled by the software to initialize its value (mandatory when the endpoint is not a control one) or to force specific data toggle/packet buffer usage. When the application software writes 0, the value of DTOGRX remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value toggle. This bit is read/write but it can be only toggled by writing 1..
Bit 15: USB valid transaction received Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when an OUT/SETUP transaction is successfully completed on this endpoint; the software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set accordingly, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the endpoint related interrupt condition, which is always activated. The type of occurred transaction, OUT or SETUP, can be determined from the SETUP bit described below. A transaction ended with a NAK or STALL handshake does not set this bit, since no data is actually transferred, as in the case of protocol errors or data toggle mismatches. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written, writing 1 has no effect. Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an IN transaction is successfully completed on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated. - A transaction ended with a NAK sets this bit and NAK answer is reported to application reading the NAK state from the STATRX field of this register. One NAKed transaction keeps pending and is automatically retried by the host at the next frame, or the host can immediately retry by resetting STATRX state to VALID. - A transaction ended by STALL handshake sets this bit and the STALL answer is reported to application reading the STALL state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application must consequently disable the channel and re-enumerate. - A transaction ended with ACK handshake sets this bit If double buffering is disabled, ACK answer is reported by application reading the DISABLE state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application must read received data from USBRAM and re-arm the channel by writing VALID to the STATRX field of this register. If double buffering is enabled, ACK answer is reported by application reading VALID state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application must read received data from USBRAM and toggle the DTOGTX bit of this register. - A transaction ended with error sets this bit. Errors can be seen via the bits ERR_RX (host mode only). This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written, writing 1 has no effect..
Bits 16-22: Host mode Device address assigned to the endpoint during the enumeration process..
Bit 23: Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when a device responds with a NAK. Software can use this bit to monitor the number of NAKs received from a device..
Bit 24: Low speed endpoint.
Bit 25: Received error for an OUT/SETUP transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an error (for example no answer by the device, CRC error, bit stuffing error, framing format violation, etc.) has occurred during an OUT or SETUP transaction on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the ERRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated..
Bit 26: Received error for an IN transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an error (for example no answer by the device, CRC error, bit stuffing error, framing format violation, etc.) has occurred during an IN transaction on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the ERRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated..
Bits 27-28: Three errors for an OUT or SETUP transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when 3 consecutive transaction errors occurred on the USB bus for an OUT transaction. THREE_ERR_TX is not generated for isochronous transactions. The software can only clear this bit. Coding of the received error:.
Bits 29-30: Three errors for an IN transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when 3 consecutive transaction errors occurred on the USB bus for an IN transaction. THREE_ERR_RX is not generated for isochronous transactions. The software can only clear this bit. Coding of the received error:.
USB endpoint/channel 6 register
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
1/17 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
THREE_ERR_RX
rw |
THREE_ERR_TX
rw |
ERR_RX
rw |
ERR_TX
rw |
LS_EP
rw |
NAK
rw |
DEVADDR
rw |
|||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
VTRX
rw |
DTOGRX
w |
STATRX
w |
SETUP
r |
UTYPE
rw |
EPKIND
rw |
VTTX
rw |
DTOGTX
w |
STATTX
w |
EA
rw |
Bits 0-3: endpoint/channel address Device mode Software must write in this field the 4-bit address used to identify the transactions directed to this endpoint. A value must be written before enabling the corresponding endpoint. Host mode Software must write in this field the 4-bit address used to identify the channel addressed by the host transaction..
Bits 4-5: Status bits, for transmission transfers.
Bit 6: Data toggle, for transmission transfers If the endpoint/channel is non-isochronous, this bit contains the required value of the data toggle bit (0 = DATA0, 1 = DATA1) for the next data packet to be transmitted. Hardware toggles this bit when the ACK handshake is received from the USB host, following a data packet transmission. If the endpoint/channel is defined as a control one, hardware sets this bit to 1 at the reception of a SETUP PID addressed to this endpoint (in device mode) or when a SETUP transaction is acknowledged by the device (in host mode). If the endpoint/channel is using the double buffer feature, this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping too (Refer to Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint/channel is isochronous, this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping since no data toggling is used for this sort of endpoints and only DATA0 packet are transmitted (refer to Section 28.5.5: Isochronous transfers in Device mode). Hardware toggles this bit just after the end of data packet transmission, since no handshake is used for isochronous transfers. This bit can also be toggled by the software to initialize its value (mandatory when the endpoint/channel is not a control one) or to force a specific data toggle/packet buffer usage. When the application software writes 0, the value of DTOGTX remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value to toggle. This bit is read/write but it can only be toggled by writing 1..
Bit 7: Valid USB transaction transmitted Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when an IN transaction is successfully completed on this endpoint; the software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in the USB_CNTR register is set accordingly, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the endpoint related interrupt condition, which is always activated. A transaction ended with a NAK or STALL handshake does not set this bit, since no data is actually transferred, as in the case of protocol errors or data toggle mismatches. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written. Host mode Same as VTRX behavior but for USB OUT and SETUP transactions..
Bit 8: endpoint/channel kind The meaning of this bit depends on the endpoint/channel type configured by the UTYPE bits. Table 142 summarizes the different meanings. DBL_BUF: This bit is set by the software to enable the double-buffering feature for this bulk endpoint. The usage of double-buffered bulk endpoints is explained in Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode. STATUS_OUT: This bit is set by the software to indicate that a status out transaction is expected: in this case all OUT transactions containing more than zero data bytes are answered STALL instead of ACK . This bit may be used to improve the robustness of the application to protocol errors during control transfers and its usage is intended for control endpoints only. When STATUS_OUT is reset, OUT transactions can have any number of bytes, as required..
Bits 9-10: USB type of transaction These bits configure the behavior of this endpoint/channel as described in Table 141: Endpoint/channel type encoding. Channel0/Endpoint0 must always be a control endpoint/channel and each USB function must have at least one control endpoint/channel which has address 0, but there may be other control channels/endpoints if required. Only control channels/endpoints handle SETUP transactions, which are ignored by endpoints of other kinds. SETUP transactions cannot be answered with NAK or STALL. If a control endpoint/channel is defined as NAK, the USB peripheral does not answer, simulating a receive error, in the receive direction when a SETUP transaction is received. If the control endpoint/channel is defined as STALL in the receive direction, then the SETUP packet is accepted anyway, transferring data and issuing the CTR interrupt. The reception of OUT transactions is handled in the normal way, even if the endpoint/channel is a control one. Bulk and interrupt endpoints have very similar behavior and they differ only in the special feature available using the EPKIND configuration bit. The usage of isochronous channels/endpoints is explained in Section 28.5.5: Isochronous transfers in Device mode.
Bit 11: Setup transaction completed Device mode This bit is read-only and it is set by the hardware when the last completed transaction is a SETUP. This bit changes its value only for control endpoints. It must be examined, in the case of a successful receive transaction (VTRX event), to determine the type of transaction occurred. To protect the interrupt service routine from the changes in SETUP bits due to next incoming tokens, this bit is kept frozen while VTRX bit is at 1; its state changes when VTRX is at 0. This bit is read-only. Host mode This bit is set by the software to send a SETUP transaction on a control endpoint. This bit changes its value only for control endpoints. It is cleared by hardware when the SETUP transaction is acknowledged and VTTX interrupt generated..
Bits 12-13: Status bits, for reception transfers Device mode These bits contain information about the endpoint status, which are listed in Table 140: Reception status encoding on page 881. These bits can be toggled by software to initialize their value. When the application software writes 0, the value remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value to toggle. Hardware sets the STATRX bits to NAK when a correct transfer has occurred (VTRX = 1) corresponding to a OUT or SETUP (control only) transaction addressed to this endpoint, so the software has the time to elaborate the received data before it acknowledges a new transaction. Double-buffered bulk endpoints implement a special transaction flow control, which control the status based upon buffer availability condition (Refer to Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint is defined as isochronous, its status can be only VALID or DISABLED , so that the hardware cannot change the status of the endpoint after a successful transaction. If the software sets the STATRX bits to STALL or NAK for an isochronous endpoint, the USB peripheral behavior is not defined. These bits are read/write but they can be only toggled by writing 1. Host mode These bits are the host application controls to start, retry, or abort host transactions driven by the channel. These bits also contain information about the device answer to the last IN channel transaction and report the current status of the channel according to the following STATRX table of states: - DISABLE DISABLE value is reported in case of ACK acknowledge is received on a single-buffer channel. When in DISABLE state the channel is unused or not active waiting for application to restart it by writing VALID. Application can reset a VALID channel to DISABLE to abort a transaction. In this case the transaction is immediately removed from the host execution list. If the aborted transaction was already under execution it is regularly terminated on the USB but the relative VTRX interrupt is not generated. - VALID A host channel is actively trying to submit USB transaction to device only when in VALID state.VALID state can be set by software or automatically by hardware on a NAKED channel at the start of a new frame. When set to VALID, an host channel enters the host execution queue and waits permission from the host frame scheduler to submit its configured transaction. VALID value is also reported in case of ACK acknowledge is received on a double-buffered channel. In this case the channel remains active on the alternate buffer while application needs to read the current buffer and toggle DTOGTX. In case software is late in reading and the alternate buffer is not ready, the host channel is automatically suspended transparently to the application. The suspended double buffered channel is re-activated as soon as delay is recovered and DTOGTX is toggled. - NAK NAK value is reported in case of NAK acknowledge received. When in NAK state the channel is suspended and does not try to transmit. NAK state is moved to VALID by hardware at the start of the next frame, or software can change it to immediately retry transmission by writing it to VALID, or can disable it and abort the transaction by writing DISABLE - STALL STALL value is reported in case of STALL acknowledge received. When in STALL state the channel behaves as disabled. Application must not retry transmission but reset the USB and re-enumerate..
Bit 14: Data Toggle, for reception transfers If the endpoint/channel is not isochronous, this bit contains the expected value of the data toggle bit (0 = DATA0, 1 = DATA1) for the next data packet to be received. Hardware toggles this bit, when the ACK handshake is sent following a data packet reception having a matching data PID value; if the endpoint is defined as a control one, hardware clears this bit at the reception of a SETUP PID received from host (in device mode), while it sets this bit to 1 when SETUP transaction is acknowledged by device (in host mode). If the endpoint/channel is using the double-buffering feature this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping too (Refer to Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint/channel is isochronous, this bit is used only to support packet buffer swapping for data transmission since no data toggling is used for this kind of channels/endpoints and only DATA0 packet are transmitted (Refer to Section 28.5.5: Isochronous transfers in Device mode). Hardware toggles this bit just after the end of data packet reception, since no handshake is used for isochronous transfers. This bit can also be toggled by the software to initialize its value (mandatory when the endpoint is not a control one) or to force specific data toggle/packet buffer usage. When the application software writes 0, the value of DTOGRX remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value toggle. This bit is read/write but it can be only toggled by writing 1..
Bit 15: USB valid transaction received Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when an OUT/SETUP transaction is successfully completed on this endpoint; the software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set accordingly, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the endpoint related interrupt condition, which is always activated. The type of occurred transaction, OUT or SETUP, can be determined from the SETUP bit described below. A transaction ended with a NAK or STALL handshake does not set this bit, since no data is actually transferred, as in the case of protocol errors or data toggle mismatches. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written, writing 1 has no effect. Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an IN transaction is successfully completed on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated. - A transaction ended with a NAK sets this bit and NAK answer is reported to application reading the NAK state from the STATRX field of this register. One NAKed transaction keeps pending and is automatically retried by the host at the next frame, or the host can immediately retry by resetting STATRX state to VALID. - A transaction ended by STALL handshake sets this bit and the STALL answer is reported to application reading the STALL state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application must consequently disable the channel and re-enumerate. - A transaction ended with ACK handshake sets this bit If double buffering is disabled, ACK answer is reported by application reading the DISABLE state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application must read received data from USBRAM and re-arm the channel by writing VALID to the STATRX field of this register. If double buffering is enabled, ACK answer is reported by application reading VALID state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application must read received data from USBRAM and toggle the DTOGTX bit of this register. - A transaction ended with error sets this bit. Errors can be seen via the bits ERR_RX (host mode only). This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written, writing 1 has no effect..
Bits 16-22: Host mode Device address assigned to the endpoint during the enumeration process..
Bit 23: Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when a device responds with a NAK. Software can use this bit to monitor the number of NAKs received from a device..
Bit 24: Low speed endpoint.
Bit 25: Received error for an OUT/SETUP transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an error (for example no answer by the device, CRC error, bit stuffing error, framing format violation, etc.) has occurred during an OUT or SETUP transaction on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the ERRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated..
Bit 26: Received error for an IN transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an error (for example no answer by the device, CRC error, bit stuffing error, framing format violation, etc.) has occurred during an IN transaction on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the ERRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated..
Bits 27-28: Three errors for an OUT or SETUP transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when 3 consecutive transaction errors occurred on the USB bus for an OUT transaction. THREE_ERR_TX is not generated for isochronous transactions. The software can only clear this bit. Coding of the received error:.
Bits 29-30: Three errors for an IN transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when 3 consecutive transaction errors occurred on the USB bus for an IN transaction. THREE_ERR_RX is not generated for isochronous transactions. The software can only clear this bit. Coding of the received error:.
USB endpoint/channel 7 register
Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
1/17 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
THREE_ERR_RX
rw |
THREE_ERR_TX
rw |
ERR_RX
rw |
ERR_TX
rw |
LS_EP
rw |
NAK
rw |
DEVADDR
rw |
|||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
VTRX
rw |
DTOGRX
w |
STATRX
w |
SETUP
r |
UTYPE
rw |
EPKIND
rw |
VTTX
rw |
DTOGTX
w |
STATTX
w |
EA
rw |
Bits 0-3: endpoint/channel address Device mode Software must write in this field the 4-bit address used to identify the transactions directed to this endpoint. A value must be written before enabling the corresponding endpoint. Host mode Software must write in this field the 4-bit address used to identify the channel addressed by the host transaction..
Bits 4-5: Status bits, for transmission transfers.
Bit 6: Data toggle, for transmission transfers If the endpoint/channel is non-isochronous, this bit contains the required value of the data toggle bit (0 = DATA0, 1 = DATA1) for the next data packet to be transmitted. Hardware toggles this bit when the ACK handshake is received from the USB host, following a data packet transmission. If the endpoint/channel is defined as a control one, hardware sets this bit to 1 at the reception of a SETUP PID addressed to this endpoint (in device mode) or when a SETUP transaction is acknowledged by the device (in host mode). If the endpoint/channel is using the double buffer feature, this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping too (Refer to Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint/channel is isochronous, this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping since no data toggling is used for this sort of endpoints and only DATA0 packet are transmitted (refer to Section 28.5.5: Isochronous transfers in Device mode). Hardware toggles this bit just after the end of data packet transmission, since no handshake is used for isochronous transfers. This bit can also be toggled by the software to initialize its value (mandatory when the endpoint/channel is not a control one) or to force a specific data toggle/packet buffer usage. When the application software writes 0, the value of DTOGTX remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value to toggle. This bit is read/write but it can only be toggled by writing 1..
Bit 7: Valid USB transaction transmitted Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when an IN transaction is successfully completed on this endpoint; the software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in the USB_CNTR register is set accordingly, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the endpoint related interrupt condition, which is always activated. A transaction ended with a NAK or STALL handshake does not set this bit, since no data is actually transferred, as in the case of protocol errors or data toggle mismatches. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written. Host mode Same as VTRX behavior but for USB OUT and SETUP transactions..
Bit 8: endpoint/channel kind The meaning of this bit depends on the endpoint/channel type configured by the UTYPE bits. Table 142 summarizes the different meanings. DBL_BUF: This bit is set by the software to enable the double-buffering feature for this bulk endpoint. The usage of double-buffered bulk endpoints is explained in Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode. STATUS_OUT: This bit is set by the software to indicate that a status out transaction is expected: in this case all OUT transactions containing more than zero data bytes are answered STALL instead of ACK . This bit may be used to improve the robustness of the application to protocol errors during control transfers and its usage is intended for control endpoints only. When STATUS_OUT is reset, OUT transactions can have any number of bytes, as required..
Bits 9-10: USB type of transaction These bits configure the behavior of this endpoint/channel as described in Table 141: Endpoint/channel type encoding. Channel0/Endpoint0 must always be a control endpoint/channel and each USB function must have at least one control endpoint/channel which has address 0, but there may be other control channels/endpoints if required. Only control channels/endpoints handle SETUP transactions, which are ignored by endpoints of other kinds. SETUP transactions cannot be answered with NAK or STALL. If a control endpoint/channel is defined as NAK, the USB peripheral does not answer, simulating a receive error, in the receive direction when a SETUP transaction is received. If the control endpoint/channel is defined as STALL in the receive direction, then the SETUP packet is accepted anyway, transferring data and issuing the CTR interrupt. The reception of OUT transactions is handled in the normal way, even if the endpoint/channel is a control one. Bulk and interrupt endpoints have very similar behavior and they differ only in the special feature available using the EPKIND configuration bit. The usage of isochronous channels/endpoints is explained in Section 28.5.5: Isochronous transfers in Device mode.
Bit 11: Setup transaction completed Device mode This bit is read-only and it is set by the hardware when the last completed transaction is a SETUP. This bit changes its value only for control endpoints. It must be examined, in the case of a successful receive transaction (VTRX event), to determine the type of transaction occurred. To protect the interrupt service routine from the changes in SETUP bits due to next incoming tokens, this bit is kept frozen while VTRX bit is at 1; its state changes when VTRX is at 0. This bit is read-only. Host mode This bit is set by the software to send a SETUP transaction on a control endpoint. This bit changes its value only for control endpoints. It is cleared by hardware when the SETUP transaction is acknowledged and VTTX interrupt generated..
Bits 12-13: Status bits, for reception transfers Device mode These bits contain information about the endpoint status, which are listed in Table 140: Reception status encoding on page 881. These bits can be toggled by software to initialize their value. When the application software writes 0, the value remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value to toggle. Hardware sets the STATRX bits to NAK when a correct transfer has occurred (VTRX = 1) corresponding to a OUT or SETUP (control only) transaction addressed to this endpoint, so the software has the time to elaborate the received data before it acknowledges a new transaction. Double-buffered bulk endpoints implement a special transaction flow control, which control the status based upon buffer availability condition (Refer to Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint is defined as isochronous, its status can be only VALID or DISABLED , so that the hardware cannot change the status of the endpoint after a successful transaction. If the software sets the STATRX bits to STALL or NAK for an isochronous endpoint, the USB peripheral behavior is not defined. These bits are read/write but they can be only toggled by writing 1. Host mode These bits are the host application controls to start, retry, or abort host transactions driven by the channel. These bits also contain information about the device answer to the last IN channel transaction and report the current status of the channel according to the following STATRX table of states: - DISABLE DISABLE value is reported in case of ACK acknowledge is received on a single-buffer channel. When in DISABLE state the channel is unused or not active waiting for application to restart it by writing VALID. Application can reset a VALID channel to DISABLE to abort a transaction. In this case the transaction is immediately removed from the host execution list. If the aborted transaction was already under execution it is regularly terminated on the USB but the relative VTRX interrupt is not generated. - VALID A host channel is actively trying to submit USB transaction to device only when in VALID state.VALID state can be set by software or automatically by hardware on a NAKED channel at the start of a new frame. When set to VALID, an host channel enters the host execution queue and waits permission from the host frame scheduler to submit its configured transaction. VALID value is also reported in case of ACK acknowledge is received on a double-buffered channel. In this case the channel remains active on the alternate buffer while application needs to read the current buffer and toggle DTOGTX. In case software is late in reading and the alternate buffer is not ready, the host channel is automatically suspended transparently to the application. The suspended double buffered channel is re-activated as soon as delay is recovered and DTOGTX is toggled. - NAK NAK value is reported in case of NAK acknowledge received. When in NAK state the channel is suspended and does not try to transmit. NAK state is moved to VALID by hardware at the start of the next frame, or software can change it to immediately retry transmission by writing it to VALID, or can disable it and abort the transaction by writing DISABLE - STALL STALL value is reported in case of STALL acknowledge received. When in STALL state the channel behaves as disabled. Application must not retry transmission but reset the USB and re-enumerate..
Bit 14: Data Toggle, for reception transfers If the endpoint/channel is not isochronous, this bit contains the expected value of the data toggle bit (0 = DATA0, 1 = DATA1) for the next data packet to be received. Hardware toggles this bit, when the ACK handshake is sent following a data packet reception having a matching data PID value; if the endpoint is defined as a control one, hardware clears this bit at the reception of a SETUP PID received from host (in device mode), while it sets this bit to 1 when SETUP transaction is acknowledged by device (in host mode). If the endpoint/channel is using the double-buffering feature this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping too (Refer to Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint/channel is isochronous, this bit is used only to support packet buffer swapping for data transmission since no data toggling is used for this kind of channels/endpoints and only DATA0 packet are transmitted (Refer to Section 28.5.5: Isochronous transfers in Device mode). Hardware toggles this bit just after the end of data packet reception, since no handshake is used for isochronous transfers. This bit can also be toggled by the software to initialize its value (mandatory when the endpoint is not a control one) or to force specific data toggle/packet buffer usage. When the application software writes 0, the value of DTOGRX remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value toggle. This bit is read/write but it can be only toggled by writing 1..
Bit 15: USB valid transaction received Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when an OUT/SETUP transaction is successfully completed on this endpoint; the software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set accordingly, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the endpoint related interrupt condition, which is always activated. The type of occurred transaction, OUT or SETUP, can be determined from the SETUP bit described below. A transaction ended with a NAK or STALL handshake does not set this bit, since no data is actually transferred, as in the case of protocol errors or data toggle mismatches. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written, writing 1 has no effect. Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an IN transaction is successfully completed on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated. - A transaction ended with a NAK sets this bit and NAK answer is reported to application reading the NAK state from the STATRX field of this register. One NAKed transaction keeps pending and is automatically retried by the host at the next frame, or the host can immediately retry by resetting STATRX state to VALID. - A transaction ended by STALL handshake sets this bit and the STALL answer is reported to application reading the STALL state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application must consequently disable the channel and re-enumerate. - A transaction ended with ACK handshake sets this bit If double buffering is disabled, ACK answer is reported by application reading the DISABLE state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application must read received data from USBRAM and re-arm the channel by writing VALID to the STATRX field of this register. If double buffering is enabled, ACK answer is reported by application reading VALID state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application must read received data from USBRAM and toggle the DTOGTX bit of this register. - A transaction ended with error sets this bit. Errors can be seen via the bits ERR_RX (host mode only). This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written, writing 1 has no effect..
Bits 16-22: Host mode Device address assigned to the endpoint during the enumeration process..
Bit 23: Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when a device responds with a NAK. Software can use this bit to monitor the number of NAKs received from a device..
Bit 24: Low speed endpoint.
Bit 25: Received error for an OUT/SETUP transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an error (for example no answer by the device, CRC error, bit stuffing error, framing format violation, etc.) has occurred during an OUT or SETUP transaction on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the ERRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated..
Bit 26: Received error for an IN transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an error (for example no answer by the device, CRC error, bit stuffing error, framing format violation, etc.) has occurred during an IN transaction on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the ERRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated..
Bits 27-28: Three errors for an OUT or SETUP transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when 3 consecutive transaction errors occurred on the USB bus for an OUT transaction. THREE_ERR_TX is not generated for isochronous transactions. The software can only clear this bit. Coding of the received error:.
Bits 29-30: Three errors for an IN transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when 3 consecutive transaction errors occurred on the USB bus for an IN transaction. THREE_ERR_RX is not generated for isochronous transactions. The software can only clear this bit. Coding of the received error:.
USB control register
Offset: 0x40, size: 32, reset: 0x00000003, access: read-write
1/18 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
HOST
rw |
DDISCM
rw |
THR512M
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CTRM
rw |
PMAOVRM
rw |
ERRM
rw |
WKUPM
rw |
SUSPM
rw |
RST_DCONM
rw |
SOFM
rw |
ESOFM
rw |
L1REQM
rw |
L1RES
rw |
L2RES
rw |
SUSPEN
rw |
SUSPRDY
r |
PDWN
rw |
USBRST
rw |
Bit 0: USB Reset Software can set this bit to reset the USB core, exactly as it happens when receiving a RESET signaling on the USB.The USB peripheral, in response to a RESET, resets its internal protocol state machine. Reception and transmission are disabled until the RST_DCON bit is cleared. All configuration registers do not reset: the microcontroller must explicitly clear these registers (this is to ensure that the RST_DCON interrupt can be safely delivered, and any transaction immediately followed by a RESET can be completed). The function address and endpoint registers are reset by an USB reset event. Software sets this bit to drive USB reset state on the bus and initialize the device. USB reset terminates as soon as this bit is cleared by software..
Bit 1: Power down This bit is used to completely switch off all USB-related analog parts if it is required to completely disable the USB peripheral for any reason. When this bit is set, the USB peripheral is disconnected from the transceivers and it cannot be used..
Bit 2: Suspend state effective This bit is set by hardware as soon as the suspend state entered through the SUSPEN control gets internally effective. In this state USB activity is suspended, USB clock is gated, transceiver is set in low power mode by disabling the differential receiver. Only asynchronous wake-up logic and single ended receiver is kept alive to detect remote wake-up or resume events. Software must poll this bit to confirm it to be set before any STOP mode entry. This bit is cleared by hardware simultaneously to the WAKEUP flag being set..
Bit 3: Suspend state enable Software can set this bit when the SUSP interrupt is received, which is issued when no traffic is received by the USB peripheral for 3 ms. Software can also set this bit when the L1REQ interrupt is received with positive acknowledge sent. As soon as the suspend state is propagated internally all device activity is stopped, USB clock is gated, USB transceiver is set into low power mode and the SUSPRDY bit is set by hardware. In the case that device application wants to pursue more aggressive power saving by stopping the USB clock source and by moving the microcontroller to stop mode, as in the case of bus powered device application, it must first wait few cycles to see the SUSPRDY = 1 acknowledge the suspend request. This bit is cleared by hardware simultaneous with the WAKEUP flag set. Software can set this bit when host application has nothing scheduled for the next frames and wants to enter long term power saving. When set, it stops immediately SOF generation and any other host activity, gates the USB clock and sets the transceiver in low power mode. If any USB transaction is on-going at the time SUSPEN is set, suspend is entered at the end of the current transaction. As soon as suspend state is propagated internally and gets effective the SUSPRDY bit is set. In the case that host application wants to pursue more aggressive power saving by stopping the USB clock source and by moving the micro-controller to STOP mode, it must first wait few cycles to see SUSPRDY=1 acknowledge to the suspend request. This bit is cleared by hardware simultaneous with the WAKEUP flag set..
Bit 4: L2 remote wake-up / resume driver Device mode The microcontroller can set this bit to send remote wake-up signaling to the host. It must be activated, according to USB specifications, for no less than 1 ms and no more than 15 ms after which the host PC is ready to drive the resume sequence up to its end. Host mode Software sets this bit to send resume signaling to the device. Software clears this bit to send end of resume to device and restart SOF generation. In the context of remote wake up, this bit is to be set following the WAKEUP interrupt..
Bit 5: L1 remote wake-up / resume driver.
Bit 7: LPM L1 state request interrupt mask.
Bit 8: Expected start of frame interrupt mask.
Bit 9: Start of frame interrupt mask.
Bit 10: USB reset request (Device mode) or device connect/disconnect (Host mode) interrupt mask.
Bit 11: Suspend mode interrupt mask.
Bit 12: Wake-up interrupt mask.
Bit 13: Error interrupt mask.
Bit 14: Packet memory area over / underrun interrupt mask.
Bit 15: Correct transfer interrupt mask.
Bit 16: 512 byte threshold interrupt mask.
Bit 17: Device disconnection mask Host mode.
Bit 31: HOST mode HOST bit selects betweens host or device USB mode of operation. It must be set before enabling the USB peripheral by the function enable bit..
USB interrupt status register
Offset: 0x44, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
5/15 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
LS_DCON
r |
DCON_STAT
r |
DDISC
rw |
THR512
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CTR
r |
PMAOVR
rw |
ERR
rw |
WKUP
rw |
SUSP
rw |
RST_DCON
rw |
SOF
rw |
ESOF
rw |
L1REQ
rw |
DIR
r |
IDN
r |
Bits 0-3: Device Endpoint / host channel identification number These bits are written by the hardware according to the host channel or device endpoint number, which generated the interrupt request. If several endpoint/channel transactions are pending, the hardware writes the identification number related to the endpoint/channel having the highest priority defined in the following way: two levels are defined, in order of priority: isochronous and double-buffered bulk channels/endpoints are considered first and then the others are examined. If more than one endpoint/channel from the same set is requesting an interrupt, the IDN bits in USB_ISTR register are assigned according to the lowest requesting register, CHEP0R having the highest priority followed by CHEP1R and so on. The application software can assign a register to each endpoint/channel according to this priority scheme, so as to order the concurring endpoint/channel requests in a suitable way. These bits are read only..
Bit 4: Direction of transaction This bit is written by the hardware according to the direction of the successful transaction, which generated the interrupt request. If DIR bit = 0, VTTX bit is set in the USB_CHEPnR register related to the interrupting endpoint. The interrupting transaction is of IN type (data transmitted by the USB peripheral to the host PC). If DIR bit = 1, VTRX bit or both VTTX/VTRX are set in the USB_CHEPnR register related to the interrupting endpoint. The interrupting transaction is of OUT type (data received by the USB peripheral from the host PC) or two pending transactions are waiting to be processed. This information can be used by the application software to access the USB_CHEPnR bits related to the triggering transaction since it represents the direction having the interrupt pending. This bit is read-only..
Bit 7: LPM L1 state request Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when LPM command to enter the L1 state is successfully received and acknowledged. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written and writing 1 has no effect..
Bit 8: Expected start of frame Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when an SOF packet is expected but not received. The host sends an SOF packet each 1 ms, but if the device does not receive it properly, the suspend timer issues this interrupt. If three consecutive ESOF interrupts are generated (for example three SOF packets are lost) without any traffic occurring in between, a SUSP interrupt is generated. This bit is set even when the missing SOF packets occur while the suspend timer is not yet locked. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written and writing 1 has no effect..
Bit 9: Start of frame This bit signals the beginning of a new USB frame and it is set when a SOF packet arrives through the USB bus. The interrupt service routine may monitor the SOF events to have a 1 ms synchronization event to the USB host and to safely read the USB_FNR register which is updated at the SOF packet reception (this can be useful for isochronous applications). This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written and writing 1 has no effect..
Bit 10: USB reset request (Device mode) or device connect/disconnect (Host mode) Device mode This bit is set by hardware when an USB reset is released by the host and the bus returns to idle. USB reset state is internally detected after the sampling of 60 consecutive SE0 cycles. Host mode This bit is set by hardware when device connection or device disconnection is detected. Device connection is signaled after J state is sampled for 22 cycles consecutively from unconnected state. Device disconnection is signaled after SE0 state is seen for 22 bit times consecutively from connected state..
Bit 11: Suspend mode request Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when no traffic has been received for 3 ms, indicating a suspend mode request from the USB bus. The suspend condition check is enabled immediately after any USB reset and it is disabled by the hardware when the suspend mode is active (SUSPEN=1) until the end of resume sequence. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written and writing 1 has no effect..
Bit 12: Wake-up This bit is set to 1 by the hardware when, during suspend mode, activity is detected that wakes up the USB peripheral. This event asynchronously clears the SUSPRDY bit in the CTLR register and activates the USB_WAKEUP line, which can be used to notify the rest of the device (for example wake-up unit) about the start of the resume process. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written and writing 1 has no effect..
Bit 13: Error This flag is set whenever one of the errors listed below has occurred: NANS: No ANSwer. The timeout for a host response has expired. CRC: Cyclic redundancy check error. One of the received CRCs, either in the token or in the data, was wrong. BST: Bit stuffing error. A bit stuffing error was detected anywhere in the PID, data, and/or CRC. FVIO: Framing format violation. A non-standard frame was received (EOP not in the right place, wrong token sequence, etc.). The USB software can usually ignore errors, since the USB peripheral and the PC host manage retransmission in case of errors in a fully transparent way. This interrupt can be useful during the software development phase, or to monitor the quality of transmission over the USB bus, to flag possible problems to the user (for example loose connector, too noisy environment, broken conductor in the USB cable and so on). This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written and writing 1 has no effect..
Bit 14: Packet memory area over / underrun This bit is set if the microcontroller has not been able to respond in time to an USB memory request. The USB peripheral handles this event in the following way: During reception an ACK handshake packet is not sent, during transmission a bit-stuff error is forced on the transmitted stream; in both cases the host retries the transaction. The PMAOVR interrupt must never occur during normal operations. Since the failed transaction is retried by the host, the application software has the chance to speed-up device operations during this interrupt handling, to be ready for the next transaction retry; however this does not happen during isochronous transfers (no isochronous transaction is anyway retried) leading to a loss of data in this case. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written and writing 1 has no effect..
Bit 15: Completed transfer in host mode This bit is set by the hardware to indicate that an endpoint/channel has successfully completed a transaction; using DIR and IDN bits software can determine which endpoint/channel requested the interrupt. This bit is read-only..
Bit 16: 512 byte threshold interrupt This bit is set to 1 by the hardware when 512 bytes have been transmitted or received during isochronous transfers. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written and writing 1 has no effect. Note that no information is available to indicate the associated channel/endpoint, however in practice only one ISO endpoint/channel with such large packets can be supported, so that channel..
Bit 17: Device connection Host mode This bit is set when a device connection is detected. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written and writing 1 has no effect..
Bit 29: Device connection status Host mode: This bit contains information about device connection status. It is set by hardware when a LS/FS device is attached to the host while it is reset when the device is disconnected..
Bit 30: Low speed device connected Host mode: This bit is set by hardware when an LS device connection is detected. Device connection is signaled after LS J-state is sampled for 22 consecutive cycles of the USB clock (48 MHz) from the unconnected state..
USB frame number register
Offset: 0x48, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
5/5 fields covered.
Bits 0-10: Frame number This bit field contains the 11-bits frame number contained in the last received SOF packet. The frame number is incremented for every frame sent by the host and it is useful for isochronous transfers. This bit field is updated on the generation of an SOF interrupt..
Bits 11-12: Lost SOF Device mode These bits are written by the hardware when an ESOF interrupt is generated, counting the number of consecutive SOF packets lost. At the reception of an SOF packet, these bits are cleared..
Bit 13: Locked Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when at least two consecutive SOF packets have been received after the end of an USB reset condition or after the end of an USB resume sequence. Once locked, the frame timer remains in this state until an USB reset or USB suspend event occurs..
Bit 14: Receive data - line status This bit can be used to observe the status of received data minus upstream port data line. It can be used during end-of-suspend routines to help determining the wake-up event..
Bit 15: Receive data + line status This bit can be used to observe the status of received data plus upstream port data line. It can be used during end-of-suspend routines to help determining the wake-up event..
USB Device address
Offset: 0x4c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/2 fields covered.
Bits 0-6: Device address Device mode These bits contain the USB function address assigned by the host PC during the enumeration process. Both this field and the endpoint/channel address (EA) field in the associated USB_CHEPnR register must match with the information contained in a USB token in order to handle a transaction to the required endpoint. Host mode These bits contain the address transmitted with the LPM transaction.
Bit 7: Enable function This bit is set by the software to enable the USB Device. The address of this device is contained in the following ADD[6:0] bits. If this bit is at 0 no transactions are handled, irrespective of the settings of USB_CHEPnR registers..
LPM control and status register
Offset: 0x54, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
2/4 fields covered.
Bit 0: LPM support enable Device mode This bit is set by the software to enable the LPM support within the USB Device. If this bit is at 0 no LPM transactions are handled..
Bit 1: LPM token acknowledge enable Device mode: The NYET/ACK is returned only on a successful LPM transaction: No errors in both the EXT token and the LPM token (else ERROR) A valid bLinkState = 0001B (L1) is received (else STALL).
Bit 3: bRemoteWake value Device mode This bit contains the bRemoteWake value received with last ACKed LPM Token.
Bits 4-7: BESL value Device mode These bits contain the BESL value received with last ACKed LPM Token.
Battery charging detector
Offset: 0x58, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
3/7 fields covered.
Bit 0: Battery charging detector (BCD) enable Device mode This bit is set by the software to enable the BCD support within the USB Device. When enabled, the USB PHY is fully controlled by BCD and cannot be used for normal communication. Once the BCD discovery is finished, the BCD must be placed in OFF mode by clearing this bit to 0 in order to allow the normal USB operation..
Bit 2: Primary detection (PD) mode enable Device mode This bit is set by the software to put the BCD into PD mode. Only one detection mode (PD, SD or OFF) must be selected to work correctly..
Bit 3: Secondary detection (SD) mode enable Device mode This bit is set by the software to put the BCD into SD mode. Only one detection mode (PD, SD or OFF) must be selected to work correctly..
Bit 5: Primary detection (PD) status Device mode This bit gives the result of PD..
Bit 6: Secondary detection (SD) status Device mode This bit gives the result of SD..
Bit 7: DM pull-up detection status Device mode This bit is active only during PD and gives the result of comparison between DM voltage level and V<sub>LGC</sub> threshold. In normal situation, the DM level must be below this threshold. If it is above, it means that the DM is externally pulled high. This can be caused by connection to a PS2 port (which pulls-up both DP and DM lines) or to some proprietary charger not following the BCD specification..
Bit 15: DP pull-up / DPDM pull-down Device mode This bit is set by software to enable the embedded pull-up on DP line. Clearing it to 0 can be used to signal disconnect to the host when needed by the user software. Host mode This bit is set by software to enable the embedded pull-down on DP and DM lines..
0x40002c00: WWDG address block description
0/6 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | CFR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | SR |
WWDG control register
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x0000007F, access: read-write
0/2 fields covered.
Bits 0-6: 7-bit counter (MSB to LSB) These bits contain the value of the watchdog counter, decremented every (4096 x 2<sup>WDGTB[2:0]</sup>) PCLK cycles. A reset is produced when it is decremented from 0x40 to 0x3F (T6 becomes cleared)..
Bit 7: Activation bit This bit is set by software and only cleared by hardware after a reset. When WDGA = 1, the watchdog can generate a reset..
WWDG configuration register
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x0000007F, access: read-write
0/3 fields covered.
Bits 0-6: 7-bit window value These bits contain the window value to be compared with the down-counter..
Bit 9: Early wake-up interrupt enable Set by software and cleared by hardware after a reset. When set, an interrupt occurs whenever the counter reaches the value 0x40..
Bits 11-13: Timer base The timebase of the prescaler can be modified as follows:.
WWDG status register
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
EWIF
rw |